Amends To SDs 2013

NP247(2)
ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS -

UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2012 (Week 52/12)
CONTENTS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE
ii
iii
INTRODUCTION
NP247(2), Admiralty of Notices to Mariners - Updates to Sailing Directions and
Miscellaneous Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current
editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications
which have been published in Sections IV and VII of Admiralty of Notices to
Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2012 (Week 52/12).
HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION
Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical
Publications
Updates to Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications
arealways appliedtothemost recent editionof thevolumeinuse. Details of themost
recent edition of any particular volume can be established by consulting:
Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January.
NP131 Admiralty Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.
NP234 Cumulative List of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, published
6-monthly in January and July.
New editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical
Publications are announced in Section I of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
A complete listing of current editions is updated and published quarterly in Part IB
of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. It is also available on the UKHO website at
www.ukho.gov.uk.
Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision
Most volumes of Admiralty Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a Continuous
Revision cycle. This means that once a new edition is published it will be
continuously revised by its Editor for a period of approximately 3 years using
information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the life of the book,
it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the
safety of navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes
to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations.
It is recommended that updates issued in this way are cut out and pasted into the
parent book. Mariners may, however, prefer to keep updates in a separate file, and
annotate the text of the book in the margin to indicate the existence of an update.
This latter method may be more appropriate in some volumes where significant
numbers of updates, sometimes overlapping, may make the cut-and-paste method
unwieldy and confusing.
iv
Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners
Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in Admiralty Notices to
Mariners.
A check-list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end
of Sections IV and VII respectively of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and
VII Notices.
Action on receipt of a volume of Admiralty Sailing Directions or
Miscellaneous Nautical Publication.
(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held.
(2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied.
(3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been
applied, using the most recent quarterly check-list at Section IV or VII of the
Weekly Edition.
Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent
editions of all Admiralty publications can be obtained from Admiralty Distributors,
and back copies of Admiralty Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the
UKHO website.
1 - 1
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP No Title Edition Supplement Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 16th (2012) 29/12
2 Africa Pilot Vol 2 16th (2011) 12/11
3: Africa Pilot Vol 3 15th (2010) 20/10
4} South-East Alaska Pilot 7th (2010) 09/11
5 South America Pilot Vol 1 17th (2011) 23/11
6} South America Pilot Vol 2 18th (2011) 50/11
7: South America Pilot Vol 3 10th (2009) 41/09
7A: South America Pilot Vol 4 5th (2010) 18/10
8: Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 12th (2010) 29/10
9} Antarctic Pilot 7th (2009) 31/09
10} Arctic Pilot Vol 1 7th (2010) 10/11
13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 3rd (2011) 40/11
14: Australia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2010) 21/10
15 Australia Pilot Vol 3 12th (2012) 48/12
18* Baltic Pilot Vol 1 15th (2009) 02/10
19 Baltic Pilot Vol 2 15th (2011) 26/11
20* Baltic Pilot Vol 3 11th (2010) 24/10
21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 11th (2010) 44/10
22: Bay of Biscay Pilot 11th (2010) 34/10
23} Bering Sea asnd Strait Pilot 7th (2009) 33/09
24: Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 3rd (2010) 30/10
25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 14th (2010) 47/10
26} British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 10th (2011) 12/12
27 Channel Pilot 9th (2011) 17/12
28: Dover Strait Pilot 9th (2011) 01/12
30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 8th (2010) 43/10
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 4th (2011) 41/11
34: Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 5th (2009) 47/09
35 Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 5th (2011) 28/11
36 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 7th (2012) 19/12
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 18th (2011) 39/11
38: West Coast of India Pilot 16th (2010) 25/10
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 13th (2011) 36/11
40 Irish Coast Pilot 18th (2010) 01/11
41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 10th (2012) 32/12
42A: Japan Pilot Vol 2 3rd (2011) 25/11
42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 9th (2011) 11/12
1 - 2
NP No Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
Supplement Edition Title
42C: Japan Pilot Vol 4 3rd (2011) 15/11
43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and
Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
9th (2011) 33/11
44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 10th (2011) 09/12
45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 14th (2011) 02/12
50} Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 13th (2011) 36/11
51 New Zealand Pilot 18th (2010) 51/10
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 8th (2012) 35/12
54: North Sea (West) Pilot 8th (2009) 01/10
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 8th (2012) 46/12
56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 15th (2012) 21/12
57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 10th (2011) 30/11
57B} Norway Pilot Vol 2B 9th (2012) 22/12
58A} Norway Pilot Vol 3A 7th (2010) 16/10
58B: Norway Pilot Vol 3B 6th (1984) 9/2004 48/04
59} Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 14th (2008) 11/09
60}: Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 11th (2007) 06/08
61} Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 12th (2011) 13/12
62: Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 12th (2010) 32/10
63: Persian Gulf Pilot 15th (2010) 08/11
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 17th (2012) 40/12
65 St Lawrence Pilot 17th (2012) 38/12
66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 17th (2011) 03/12
67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 11th (2011) 08/12
68: East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 1 13th (2009) 10/10
69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 2 12th (2011) 49/11
69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 6th (2012) 23/12
70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 5th (2011) 18/12
71} West Indies Pilot Vol 2 17th (2012) 50/12
72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2nd (2010) 31/10
: New Edition scheduled for publication in 2013.
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.
2 - 1
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
PART 2
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2012 (Week 52/12)
NP Pilot Page
1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 2 - 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 South-East Alaska Pilot 2 - 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 South America Pilot Volume 1 2 - 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 South America Pilot Volume 2 2 - 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 South America Pilot Volume 3 2 - 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7A South America Pilot Volume 4 2 - 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 2 - 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 Antarctic Pilot 2 - 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 2 - 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 2 - 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 2 - 58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 2 - 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 2 - 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24 Black Sea Pilot 2 - 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27 Channel Pilot 2 - 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28 Dover Strait Pilot 2 - 68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 2 - 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 2 - 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 2 - 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38 West Coast of India Pilot 2 - 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 2 - 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40 Irish Coast Pilot 2 - 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 2 - 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 2 - 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 2 - 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 2 - 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot 2 - 102 . . . . . .
44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 2 - 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 2 - 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 2 - 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 New Zealand Pilot 2 - 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
2 - 2
NP Pilot Page
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 2 - 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54 North Sea (West) Pilot 2 - 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 2 - 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 2 - 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A 2 - 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B 2 - 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A 2 - 127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B 2 - 132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 2 - 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 2 - 142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
63 Persian Gulf Pilot 2 - 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 2 - 153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65 St Lawrence Pilot 2 - 154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 2 - 154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 2 - 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 2 - 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 2 - 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 2 - 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 2 - 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 2 - 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2 - 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
NP1
2 - 3
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
Guinea Conakry Directions; obstruction
247
After Paragraph 8.57 1 line 2 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (3 miles S) with a depth of
91 m, thence:
French Notice 12/44/105
(SDD 2012000 220836) [47/12]
Ghana Abidjan to Aboadi Point
Jubilee Terminal
303
Paragraph 10.19 and heading Replace by:
Spare
10.19
Paragraph 10.22 4 line 6 For (10.19) Read (10.27a)
305
After Paragraph 10.27 3 Insert:
Jubilee Terminal
General information
10.27a
1 Position and function. The Jubilee Terminal
consists of a turret-moored FPSO in position
43600N 25340W. Its function is to extract,
process, store and export crude oil from the Jubilee
Field.
Terminal Authority: Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd.
E-mail: gh_fpsomooringmaster@tullowoil.com
Limiting conditions
10.27b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt;
Length 3665 m.
Minimum size of vessel handled: 70 000 dwt;
length 270 m.
Arrival information
10.27c
1 Notice of ETA: Vessels should send ETA 7 days,
72, 48, 24 and 12 hours before arrival.
Pilotage is compulsory; the Mooring Master boards
vessels in the anchorage area.
Tugs are available; a tug is employed as a
holdback vessel secured to the vessels stern during
the loading operation.
Anchorage. An anchorage area with a radius of
3 miles, centred on 44000N 24000W, exists for
vessels awaiting berthing.
Restricted area. A designated Area To Be
Avoided, radius 5 miles, centred on 43210N
25460W has been established.
Regulations. Berthing of export tankers will only
take place during daylight hours, between 0700 and
1800. Berthing must be completed by 1800.
Directions
10.27d
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Berths
10.27e
1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSO, with
the export tankers bow to the stern of the FPSO, and
a floating hose arrangement between the two.
Services
10.27f
1 None available. Limited medical facilities may be
available in an emergency.
Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd
(SDD 2012000 122777) [29/12]
Equatorial Guinea Isla de Bioko
Puerto de Malabo Arrival information;
Prohibited anchorage; Submarine cable
97
Paragraph 3.52 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Ensenada de
Gravina (34540N 84580E), clear of a submarine
cable (3.52a). Anchoring further offshore where it is
cooler, will enable a vessel to be free of mosquitos.
Also, during the tornado season, it gives more sea
room as winds frequently blow directly towards the
land.
Prohibited anchorages exist in the following areas:
Within 3 cables of the submarine cable (3.52a).
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in Bahia de
Malabo.
After Paragraph 3.52 Insert:
Submarine cable
3.52a
1 A submarine cable runs NE from the W side of
Ensenada de Gravina, as shown on the chart.
(SDD 2011000 122423) [30/11]
Cameroun Limbe Directions for entering
harbour Obstruction
121
Paragraph 4.63 5 lines 7 to 8 Replace by:
Thence the track leads to anchorage D (4.66), or
the required destination, noting an obstruction with a
depth of 71m (3 miles NNW).
(SDD 2011000 087144) [21/11]
Angola Approaches to River Congo
Soyo Angola LNG Terminal
187
Paragraph 6.108 1 line 4 Add:
Vessels should anchor clear of drilling rigs which
may operate off this area and note the possible
existence of underwater pipelines.
Index
NP2
2 - 4
188
After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 2-3 Replace by:
...(7.58), notingthepilot boardingpositionfor thePort
of Soyo (Angola LNG) (3 miles WNW). Thence:
N of Ponta Padro (6.9).
(Directions for the Port of Soyo are at 6.120c)
Paragraphs 6.119 and 6.120, including headings
Replace by:
Port of Soyo
Chart 659
General information
6.119
1 Position and function. The Port of Soyo
(60695S 121990E), comprises a newly constructed
Angola LNG exporting terminal and the port of
Kwanda Base. It lies at the head of Baa de Diogo
Co.
As well as being a major LNG exporting terminal, it
is also used as a supply base for the offshore oil
industry.
2 Approach and entry. The port is entered via
Pululu Channel, close E of Ponta Padro to a basin
area N of the town of Kwanda.
3 Port Authority. Capitania do Porto Soyo.
Limiting conditions
6.120
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is
dredged to 140 m. Depth in the Basin and alongside
the LNG terminal is 140 m.
Depths in the approaches to, and at the berths of
Kwanda Base are maintained at 75 m.
Arrival information
6.120a
1 Outer anchorages. See 6.108.
2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding position for vessels
destined for the LNG terminals is 3 miles WNW of
Ponta Padro.
Pilots for vessels bound for Kwanda Base board at
the entrance to the Pululu Channel.
Tugs are available.
Harbour
6.120b
1 General layout. The port consists of Kwanda Base
which lies on the W side at the head of Baa de
Diogo Co, and the Angola LNG terminal built on
reclaimed land formerly known as Praia Quanda.
Directions
6.120c
1 Caution. Due to strong surface currents at the
entrance to the approach channel, 2-6 kts depending
on season, vessels transit speed will be in the region
of 8-10 kts to maintain the required track. Careful
attention is to be paid to the steering of the vessel at
this time.
Approach. From the pilot boarding position the
track leads ESE for 3 miles to a position N of Ponta
Padro.
2 Port of Soyo. Directional lights.
Entrance Channel Directional Light (60705S
122028E).
Remaining in the white sector (1792-1802) of
this light leads into the Pululu Channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) passing:
E of Ponta Padro
Entrance Channel Directional Light (60679S
121907E).
Remaining in the white sector (1993-2001) of
this light continues passage through the Pululu
Channel to the turning basin N of the LNG terminal.
Thence to required berth.
Berths
6.120d
1 Kwanda Base:
Main Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 150 m
and is used by offshore support vessels, bulk and
container traffic.
Commercial Quay - Can accommodate vessels of
140 m and is used by oil tankers and passenger
vessels.
Texaco Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 100 m
and is used by oil tankers
ALNG Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 170 m
and is used by container, bulk and RoRo vessels
2 Angola LNG Terminal:
LNG Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between
125 000m
3
and 215 000m
3
.
LPG Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between
35 000m
3
and 120 000m
3
.
Pressurized Butane Jetty - Can accommodate
vessels between 3 500m
3
and 5 000m
3
.
Minor and river ports
Canal de Soyo
6.120e
1 Canal de Soyo is entered between Ponta Quengue
(60714S 122170E) and Ponta da Ilha, 1 cables
NE. It is occasionally used by fishing vessels and
small naval craft.
Sociedade Operacional Angola LNG SA
(SDD 2011000 127131,131587,147980.) [49/11]
Angola Approaches to River Congo Soyo
Angola LNG Terminal Pilotage
188
Existing Section IVNotice Week 49/11 Paragraph 6.120a 2
lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding positions for vessels
destined for Angola LNG terminals are:
For vessels of length 120 m or more in position
060300S 121200E.
For vessels less than 120 m in position 060300S
121700E.
Angola LNG Marine Department
(SDD 2012000 106089) [26/12]
Index
NP2
2 - 5
Angola River Congo to Ponta das Palmeirinhas
PSVM Terminal
202
PSVM Terminal
General information
7.13a
1 Position and function. The PVSM development is
situated 92 miles W of the River Congo entrance.
The FPSO PSVM (61460S 104390E) serves as
an offloading platform.
Terminal Authority. BP Exploration (Angola)
Limited.
E-mail: AngolaB31PSVMTerm@bp.com
Limiting conditions
7.13b
1 Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Arrival information
7.13c
1 Terminal opertions. Mooring operations are
normally conducted during daylight hours only,
between 0600 and 1500.
Notice of ETA required. Notice is to be given on
commencement of passage to terminal and 96, 72,
48, 24 and 4 hours prior to arrival.
Waiting area. A designated waiting area lies N of
the FPSO. This is a circular area of diameter 10 miles
centred on 60750S 103670E.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at position
61090S 104030E.
Tugs. A tug will normally be connected prior to the
export tankers final approach to the FPSO, and will
remain connected to the vessels stern throughout the
loading operation.
Restricted area. It is prohibited to approach within
5 miles of the FPSO without a pilot or Terminal
representative on board.
Due to continuing exploration and construction
activities within the vicinity of the Terminal, vessels
due to offl oad wi l l be advi sed i n pre-arri val
communications of any temporary restricted areas or
areas of high vessel activity.
Terminal
7.13d
1 The FPSO PSVM is situated in a depth of
approximately 2000 m. It is a mounted turret moored
FPSO used as a hub for subsea wells and as an
offloading platform.
Services
7.13e
1 See 7.13.
BP Exploration (Angola) Ltd
(SDD 2012000 012504) [06/12]
Namibia Walvis Bay Controlling depths;
arrival information; directions for entering
harbour; berths
240
Paragraph 8.49 1 line 1 For 128 m Read 140 m
241
Paragraph 8.60 1 line 6 For 6 cables Read 7 cables
Paragraph 8.61 1 line 3 For (225284S 143000E) Read
(225182S 143005E)
242
...Buoy (225162S 142687E), the track leads ESE for
about 4 miles to the vicinity of the Fairway Buoy (safe
water) (225182S 143005E) and the pilot...
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 2 For (225284S 143000E) Read
(225182S 143005E)
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 5 For 4 miles Read 5 miles
South African Notices 7/58/2011; 7/61/2011
(SDD 2011000 149087) [37/11]
Namibia Walvis Bay Outer anchorage
241
Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 There are 3 designated anchorages, the limits of
which are shown on the chart. Vessels may anchor as
advised and directed by Port Control. The holding is
generally good on a mud bottom.
South African Notice 5/60/2012
(SDD 2012000 111977) [30/12]
South Africa Mossel Bay Vessel traffic
service; outer anchorage; pilotage
85
Vessel traffic service
2.64a
1 Vessel traffic service is in operation for the control
of shipping. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals 6(3).
Reporting points are shown on the chart.
1 Anchorage may be obtained as indicated on the
chart 3 miles NNE of Cape Saint Blaize Light
(341117S 220938E).
Index
NP3
2 - 6
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 1 miles ENE
of Cape Sai nt Bl ai ze i n posi ti on 3410 52S
221123E. See Amiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(3).
South African Notice 82/2011, South African Chart 1020
(SDD 2011000 229900,
2012000 036208, 050082) [14/12]
South Africa South coast
Storm Point Depth
94
2 S of shoal patch (3 miles ESE) with a least depth
of 4 m (reported 2010), 5 cables offshore, over which
the sea breaks in heavy weather. Thence:
South African Notice 77/2010
(SDD 2010000 144921) [41/10]
South Africa Port Elizabeth
Outer anchorages Shoal depth
102
Caution. A shoal with a depth of 105 m (Reported
2011) lies in the SE corner of No 2 anchorage in
position 335237S 254733E.
(SDD 2011000 162972) [39/11]
South Africa Port of Ngqura
Directions; Leading lights
107
Paragraph 2.192 3 and 4 Replace by:
3 Entry leading lights:
Front (fluorescent orange rectangle with white
vertical stripe on lattice tower, red and white
bands, 51 m in height) (334835S 254066E).
Rear (similar structure, 60 m in height) (5 cables
NNW of front light).
4 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(335290S 254280E), the alignment (3424) of
these lights leads through the entrance channel for
2 miles, passing with positions from the front light:
Clear of fairway buoy (safe water) (3 miles SSE),
thence:
E of a light buoy (E cardinal) (2 miles SSE).
South African NM 32/2011
(SDD 2011000 027288) [10/11]
South Africa Algoa Bay
Directions; depth
109
(SDD 2011000 061289) [17/11]
South Africa Durban Directions;
major light; directional light
154
After Paragraph 4.31 1 line 12 Add:
Durban North Breakwater Light (round metal tower
green platform, 10 m in height) (29520S
31035E).
162
Durban North Breakwater Light (29520S
31035E) (4.31).
Paragraph 4.71 3-5 Replace by:
3 From the boarding position the track leads SW
within the white sector (2176-2178) of the Port
entry light (grey metal lattice tower with platform, 41 m
in height) (29531S 31026E), passing (with
positions from the Port entry light).
4 NW of the head of South Breakwater (pier)
(1 miles NE) from which a light (4.31) is
exhibited, thence:
SE of the head of the North Breakwater (1 miles
NE), fromwhich a light (4.31) is exhibited, thence:
5 Through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral) marking the narrowest part of the
entrance, thence:
Into the harbour and as required for berthing.
South African NM 10/2010 (Lights and Fog Signals)
(SDD 2010000 190238) [01/11]
South Africa Durban offshore oil terminal
General information; arrival information
157
Paragraph 4.40 1 Replace by:
1 Position and function. Durban offshore oil terminal
(300047S 305841E), is situated 9 miles SW of the
entrance to Durban.
It is used for the discharge of crude oil via a SBM
and subsea pipeline to shore tank farms.
The SBM is operated independently of Durban port,
and onl y the vessel s agent can gi ve advi ce
concerning operations at the terminal.
157-158
Notice of ETA required. ETA messages should be
sent at least 10 days prior to the first day of the
allocated SBM berthing date range, with updates
every 24 hours. Any changes of ETA in excess of one
hour within the the final 24 hours must be advised
immediately. See also 1.39.
158
2 Anchorages. The primary anchorage for vessels
waiting to berth at the SBM is at least 6 miles NE of
the Durban Fai rway Li ght Buoy (2950 02S
310558E) (4.32). Vessels must keep 6 miles to
seaward of the 20 m depth contour.
Index
NP3
2 - 7
A secondary anchorage, to be used only if
instructed by the authorities, lies 2 miles SSW of the
SBM. Vessels must keep 3 miles to seaward of the
20 m depth contour.
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels securing to the
SBM. The pilot will normally board the vessel by
helicopter approximately 2 miles E of SBM, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
Tugs. A tug is available and is compulsory for all
vessels while moored to the SBM.
SMIT Amandla Marine (Pty) Ltd
(SDD 2011000 165117) [39/11]
Mozambique Baa de Maputo Depths;
Recommended route; Directions
185
1 The route from No 1N to No 6 Light Buoy follows a
recommended route shown on the chart.
The route is a channel 100 m wide with a
maintained depth of 11 m.
Traffic regulations
5.20a
1 Recommended route. A recommended route, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, is established
in Canal do Norte. It follows the route from No 1N
Light Buoy to the pilot boarding area at No 6 Light
Buoy.
186
Paragraph 5.25 1 line 5 to 3 line 7 Replace by:
From a position in the vicinity of No 1N Light Buoy
(N cardi nal ) (2538 13S 3253 07E), the
recommended route marked by light buoys (lateral),
leads generally S for 17 miles to No 5 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (255540S 325154E), passing:
Wof BaixoCutfield(253927S325297E), thence:
E of shoals extending E from Ponta da Macaneta
(255196S 324474E), a low sandy point with a
stranded wreck (position doubtful) close by.
Paragraph 5.26 1 & 2 Replace by:
1 Thence the track continues:
E of Baixo Fawn (255341S 325062E) at the
entrance to Baa de Maputo, thence:
W of shoal ground (255353S 325346E) which
forms the W extremity of Baixos da Inhaca,
thence:
NWof Ponta dos Elefantes (255782S325355E),
the steep-to Wextremity of Ilha dos Portugueses;
No 5 Light Buoy lies 3 miles NW of Ponta dos
Elephantes.
2 Caution. Mari ners shoul d note that the
recommended track turns sharply W in the vicinity of
No 5 Light Buoy.
Paragraph 5.29 2 line 1 For Local knowledge is required
Read Canal do Sul is no longer considered suitable as an
approach channel (2012).
187
...3252E), which leads into Baa de Maputo (5.17).The
port is entered via a...
Paragraph 5.41 1 line 2 For dredged (2006) to a depth of
94 m Read maintained depth 11 m (2012)
Harbour Master, Maputo
(SDD 2012000 128135) [45/12]
Mozambique Beira Approach and entry;
arrival information; directions
201
202
Paragraph 5.167 1 line 3 For (195603S 350246E)
Read (195378S 345921E)
Read (195378S 345921E)
204
Read (195378S 345921E)
Paragraph 5.177 2 lines 3 and 4 For (195603S
350246E) Read (195378S 345921E)
Paragraph 5.178 1 lines 6 and 7 Replace by:
...9 m should make to a position 4 miles ESE of Light
Buoy A, thence followa WNWcourse to the vicinity of Light
Buoy A.
Read. (195378S 345921E)
207
Read (195378S 345921E)
Mozambique NM 59/2011
(SDD 2011000 185047) [01/12]
Mozambique Beira Berths; SBM
205
Single Buoy Mooring. An SBM has been
established in position 195663S 351608E. It is to
be used for mooring bulk carriers engaged in coal
transhipments. A 1 mile exclusion zone exists around
the buoy.
SMIT Amandla Marine (Pty) Ltd
(SDD 2012000 161943) [39/12]
Index
NP3
2 - 8
Tanzania Msasani Bay
Submarine cable; anchorage
290
1 General information. Msasani Bay lies between
Ras Kankadya (644N 3917E) and Kunduchi (8.93),
5 miles NW. The bay is sheltered from the swell by
Byongoyo, 1 miles N of Ras Kankadya, and offers
good anchorage during either monsoon.
Caution. A submarine cable has been laid from
Msasani, in the S part of the bay, leading N and then
E through the entrance channel between Bongoyo and
Ras Kankadya.
291
...about 15 m.
390
Index Left column Delete:
Masasani Bay 8.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
391
Index Centre column After Msangazi, Mto Add:
Msasani Bay 8.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tanzania Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 087338) [25/10]
Tanzania Msasani Bay
Submarine cable; anchorage
290
Existing Section IV Week 25/10 Paragraph 8.92 1 line 2
For N Read S
UKHO [51/10]
Kenya Mombasa Pilotage; buoyage
331
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unless
exempted by the port authorities, and is available
24 hours. The pilot boards 4 miles SE of Ras Serani
(10.26), as shown on the chart.
334
Paragraph 10.37 2 lines 6 to 7 Delete
Marine Safety Information Kenya
(SDD 2010000 082530) [41/10]
Kenya Lamu Bay and approaches
Directions; obstruction
349
WNW of shoal patch (3 miles S), on which the sea
breaks, thence:
(SDD 2011000 062177) [28/11]
NP4 South-East Alaska Pilot (2010 Edition)
Nil
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1
(2011 Edition)
Brazil Rio Amazonas Directions; light
85
Paragraph 3.53 2 lines 1-3 Delete
86
...covered in mangroves. Banks,...
Brazil Notice 15/79/12
(SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12]
Brazil Rio Par Directions; racon
93
Paragraph 3.125 1 line 5 Delete
(SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12]
Brazil - North coast Directions; light
121
Paragraph 4.28 1 line 7 Including existing Section IVNotice
Week 17/12 For (11010S 453820W) Read (11000S
453810W)
(SDD 2012000 154512) [34/12]
Brazil North coast Directions; platform; light
142
Paragraph 4.227 1 line 3 Replace by:
Production PlatformPAGII (45245S361622W).
143
...positions from Production Platform PAG II (45245S
361622W)):
NNE of the designated oilfield area (centred 3 miles
SW) (4.178) in which lies Guamar Oil Terminal
(4.241), thence:
Index
NP5
2 - 9
Paragraph 4.229 3 line 2 For Agulha Light Read Production
Platform PAG II
Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras
(SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12]
Brazil North coast Guamar Oil Terminal;
platform; light
144
Paragraph 4.241 1 lines 1-2 For 45200S 362100W
Read 45242S 362245W
Paragraph 4.245 1 line 2 For WNW of Agulha Light
(4528S 36163W) (4.229) Read W of Production
Platform PAG II (4.227)
Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras
(SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12]
Brazil E coast Directions;
Offshore marks
201
212
3 Offshore marks:
FPSO Espirito Santo (lit) (211241S 394464W)
(6.187a).
FPSO Capixaba (lit) (211405S 395750W).
Marine Superintendent FPSO Espirito Santo
(SDDs 2011000 088571; 100562) [25/11]
Brazil E coast Offshore terminal
213
Offshore terminal
Espirito Santo
6.187a
1 General information. FPSO Espi ri to Santo
(211241S 394464W) is moored within the BC-10
oilfield.
Approach to FPSO and berthing during daylight
only; unberthing may occur at anytime.
Pilotage from Brazilian mainland ports see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Tugs available. Compulsory for berthing, one
remains secured during loading operations.
2 Tankers loading at Espirito Santo are not permitted
to approach closer than 2 miles without a pilot.
Berth. In tandem; moored astern of FPSO.
Repairs. None.
Other facilities. None. No garbage is to be thrown
overboard in the vicinity of the terminal.
FPSO Espirito Santo Terminal Regulations
(SDDs 2011000 088571; 092909) [25/11]
NP6SouthAmericaPilot Volume 2(2011 Edition)
Canal Beagle West Part Canal Thomson
General information; directions
220-221
Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by:
CANAL THOMSON
General information
Chart 1373 (undetermined datum), Chilean Chart 12750
(WGS84 datum), 12720 (yendegaia datum) (see 1.10)
Route
5.276
1 From the head of Baha Cook (5510 00S
701000W) (5.371) the route leads NNW, NNE, then
N, for about 17 miles, to a position ENE of Isla Timbal
Chico (545420S 701460W) in the W entrance to
Paso Darwin (5.264) and the junction of Canal
Thomson with Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
(5.257) and Canal OBrien (5.283).
Depths
5.277
1 The fairway has depths of more than 100 m over a
least width of 1 mile.
Pilotage
5.278
1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (7)
and 5.54.
Traffic regulations
5.279
1 See 5.285.
Directions
(continued from 5.375)
Track
5.280
1 From a posi ti on ESE of Isl otes Sal i entes
(550803S 701516W) the track leads NNW,
passing:
ENE of Islotes Salientes; Islotes Salientes Light
(white GRP tower, red band; 3 m in height)
(550803S 701516W) is exhibited from the E
islet of the group. Thence:
2 ENE of Islotes Mio (550725S 701420W),
thence:
WSW of Islote Goddard (550600S 700980W),
thence:
ENE of the islets lying off the E side of Isla Herrera
(550630S 701580W), thence:
WSW of Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W),
thence:
3 WSW of Islotes Pollera (550435S 701290W);
Islotes Pollera Light (red GRP tower, lateral;
3 m in height), is exhibited from the W islet.
Thence:
ENE of the dangers (550410S 701720W) lying
E, and NE, of Punta Mariana, thence:
ENEof the dangers (550320S701760W) lying N
of Punta Gonzlez, and:
4 WSW of Baj o Ana Mari a (5502 34S
701400W), a shoal, covered by kelp, lying
W of the W end of Isla Dos Cumbres; a light
buoy (lateral) marks the shoal.
Index
NP6
2 - 10
The track then leads NNE, passing:
ESE of the rocks, islets and other dangers
(550100S 701600W) fronting Isla Kelvin
(550040S 701780W), thence:
5 WNW of a dangerous rock (5500 90S
701260W) lying close off the SW side of
Isla Thomson, thence:
WNW of Islote Uribe (545910S 701180W ) the
largest of the islets and rocks lying off the NW
corner of Isla Thomson, thence:
ESE of the E extremity of Isla Cook (545780S
701380W).
6 The track then leads N, passing:
W of Punta Howard (545645S 701220W), a
point of sheer cliffs, thence:
E of Isla Maruja Light (white GRP tower, red band,
4 m in height) (545603S 701410W) exhibited
from the E extremity of Isla Maruja (545610S
701460W) the largest island of the Islas Ferrer.
Thence:
E of Isla Timbal Chico (545420S 701460W) the
E islet of the Grupo Timbales (5.283).
7 The track continues a short distance N to a
position ENE of Isla Timbal Chico.
Useful mark:
Pico Huemul (545560S 708080W) (5.263).
(Directions for Canal OBrien continue at 5.287,
Directions for Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
are given at 5.263, and for
Canal Pomar at 5.292)
Chilean Chart 12750
(SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12]
Bahia Cook General information Directions
235-236
Paragraph 5.371 to 5.375 including heading and existing
section IV Notice Week 10/12 Replace by:
BAHA COOK
General information
Charts 1373, 554 (undetermined datums), Chilean
Chart 12750 (WGS84 datum) (see 1.10)
Description
5.371
1 Baha Cook (551000S 701000W), bounded SE
by Islas Christmas and Isla Hoste, and NW by Isla
Londonderry, is an extensive arm of the sea forming
probably the best approach from SW to the W part of
Canal Beagle (5.243) and Canal OBrien (5.283).
Though the bay has not been fully surveyed it is free
of dangers in the fairway.
2 From a posi ti on SW of Isl otes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the route leads
NNE for about 25 miles to a position at the junction of
the route with Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
(5.245) and Canal Thomson (5.276), ESE of Islotes
Salientes (550803S 701516W).
Depths
5.372
1 There is a least depth (551580S 701852W) of
29 m close to track.
Pilotage
5.373
1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
channels from S is situated, as shown on the chart,
about about 2 miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light
(550803S 701516W). See 5.54.
Directions
Other aids to navigation
5.374
1 Racon:
Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Automatic Identification System:
Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W).
See Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2.
Track
5.375
1 From a posi ti on SW of Isl otes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the track leads
NNE, passing:
WNW of Islotes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (5.355),
thence:
WNW of Islotes Ripita (552020S 701240W), a
group of islets and rocks, thence:
WNW of Cabo Carfort (551670S 701280W) the
W extremity of Isla Hamond; see 5.372. Thence:
2 WNW of a shoal (551530S 701670W) with a
depth of 26m, thence:
ESEof Islotes Sandwich(551255S702580W), a
large group of islets and rocks; Islotes Sandwich
Light is exhibited from the group. Thence:
ESEof ashoal (551260S701880W) withadepth
of 16 m lying ESE of the Islotes Exterior, thence:
3 WNW of Islote Nio (551140S 700910W),
thence:
ESE of Islotes Salientes (550803S 701516W)
(5.280); Islotes Salientes Light is exhibited from
the E islet of the group.
Useful marks:
Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W).
Islotes Pollera Light (550435S 701290W)
(5.280).
(Directions continue for Canal Thomson at 5.280;
directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
are given at 5.250)
Chilean Chart 12750
(SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12]
Chile Canal Cockburn Directions; light
243
1 From a position NW of Islote Negro (54312S
72028W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions
relative to the SE islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas
Clavel):
Index
NP6
2 - 11
SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence:
244
252
Paragraph 6.92 1 line 1-6 Replace by:
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, SSW of Islas
Clavel (6.24), Paso Sur (54250S 72030W) leads
N, between Isla Henry and Islas Clavel, to a position
NE of Isla Ballena (54207S 72073W), passing
(with positions relative to the SE islet (54253S
71592W) of Islas Clavel):
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, ENE of Islas
Clavel (6.24), Paso Aguila (54240S 71590W)
leads NW, between Islas Clavel and Isla Vidal
Gormz, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54207S
72073W), passing (with positions relative to the SE
islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Clavel):
NE of Islas Clavel, thence:
Chilean Notice 141/11/11
(SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) [10/12]
Chile Estrecho de Magallanes Puerto Sara
General information; directions; leading lights
275-276
Paragraph 7.76 to 7.82 including headings Replace by:
Puerto Sara
Chilean Chart 11512 (WGS84)
General information
7.76
1 Position and function. Puerto Sara (523750S
701180W), an oil terminal on the W shore of Baha
Gregorio (7.84), comprises an offshore mooring
terminal for use by tankers loading crude oil and oil
products, and a jetty for loading and discharge of
clean oil products.
Port Authority. Puerto Sara is a satellite port of
Punta Arenas, see 7.162.
Limiting conditions
7.77
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel handled:
Offshore terminal; length 250 m, draught 149 m,
75 000 dwt.
Clean oil quay; length 120m draught 70 m,
6500 dwt.
2 Local weather. Winds from E create a swell which
affects both the offshore terminal and the clean oil
quay. The prevailing winds are from W and WNW
with the most frequent gales from NW and N; see
7.12.
Arrival information
7.78
1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing from the
offshore terminal are undertaken in daylight only at
HW slack which usually occurs about 33 minutes
before HW Puerto Montt (412891S 725704W).
Mariners are advised to anchor off the terminal about
1 hour before the predicted time of slack water;
observation of the small buoys marking the flexible
pipelines will give a good indication of the time of
commencement of slack water, a time which may be
advanced or delayed by the prevailing wind.
2 Maximum permitted wind speed during berthing and
unberthing operations is 10 m/second (19 kn); during
periods of winds with an E component the maximum
permitted wind speed is reduced to 5 m/second
(10 kn).
3 Berthing is undertaken with the assistance of two
tugs which take ships lines to mooring buoys and
provide two wires, one on each quarter, laid from
permanent moorings. On close approach to the berth
the port anchor is let go, good holding ground of mud
and shell; the starboard anchor is then let go, over
poorer holding ground of rock and pebbles taking care
to avoid dragging, and the stern is swung to starboard
to make secure at the berth on a heading of 230. As
prevailing winds are from W extra lines should be
passed to the appropriate buoys.
4 Berthing at San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay is carried
out during daylight at slack water; maximum permitted
wind 10 m/second (19 kn), with an E component then
5 m/second (10 kn). Departure undertaken day or night
at slack water; similar maximum permitted wind
speeds. The exact time of slack water in the vicinity
of San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay has not been fully
ascertained and, given it is of short duration, then all
manoeuvres are undertaken when some stream is
flowing, however there is no set on, or off, the quay.
Vessels berth on heading 013.
5 Notice of ETA required. See 7.171.
Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, as
shown on the chart, about 3 miles NE of Cabo
Gregorio in depths between 23 and 24 m.
Pilotage is compulsory; if not embarked, pilot
boards in the pilot and waiting area 1 miles ENE of
Cabo Gregorio (523905S 701275W) (7.92), as
shown on the chart.
Tugs are available.
Quarantine. See 7.175.
Harbour
7.79
1 General layout. The offshore oil terminal lies SE of
Puerto Sara Quay (523757S 701175W) (ruins
2008) in depths between 25 and 28 m. San Gregorio
Clean Oil Quay is situated close NNE of Cabo
Gregorio.
Index
NP6
2 - 12
Tidal streams set S with the in-going stream and
N with the out-going; see Admiralty Tide Tables
Volume 4.
Directions for entering harbour
7.80
1 Offshore Oil Terminal Leading Light Beacons:
Front light beacon (white triangle with orange bands
on white post with red bands, 11 m in height)
(523739S 701183W).
Rear light beacon (white metal framework tower, red
bands, 5 m in height) (523721S 701198W).
2 From a position in the pilot and waiting area (7.78)
the alignment (334) of these light beacons leads
NNW towards the offshore terminal berth.
Anchor positioning beacons:
Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common).
Beacon (523818S 701258W).
3 The alignment (2655) of these beacons indicate
the position to drop the port anchor.
Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common).
Beacon (523819S 701257W).
The alignment (256) of these beacons indicate the
position to drop the starboard anchor.
4 Useful marks:
Oil storage tanks (523728S 701200W).
Radio masts (523825S 701260W).
Berths
7.81
1 Offshore terminal. The berth (5238 07S
701143W) consists of a submarine pipeline laid from
shore to the vicinity of four mooring buoys and two
permanent ground moorings.
San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay (523890S
7012 49W) i s connected to the shore by a
footbridge. The berth consists of a T-shaped head
with a berthing face of 30 m and two mooring
dolphins. Vessels over 70 m in length must not
exceed a forward draught of 60 m. The quay is fairly
well protected from the prevailing winds.
Port services
7.82
1 Facilities. Dirty ballast accepted at Clean Oil Quay.
Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil and fresh water
available from Clean Oil Quay.
Chilean Chart 11512; Chilean Notice to Mariners 65-2012
(SDD 2012000 054222; 116984) [42/12]
NP7 SouthAmerica Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Aids to navigation
Automatic Identification System
4
...conditions. For details see The Mariners Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. The...
UKHO
(HH. 007/200/02) [12/10]
Pacific Ocean Outlying dangers Breakers
71
Breakers
(60649N 820688W)
Panam to Papeete
72
Breakers (60649N 820688W) reported (2010).
SY Black Arrow
(SDD 2010000 037291) [13/10]
South Pacific Ocean Isla San Ambrosio
Off-lying shoal
77
After Paragraph 2.49 Add:
Off-lying shoal
2.49a
1 A shoal reported (2009) lies in position 2628S
7950W.
US Notice 48/608/09
(SDD 2009000 174333) [51/09]
Chile Baha de Quelln
Pilot boarding place
141
...vessels under 12 m in draught, 2 miles W of the light.
These pilot boarding places are...
(SDD 2010000 006410) [05/10]
Chile Baha Ancud Pilot boarding place
186
(SDD 2010000 006409) [05/10]
Chile Baha Coronel Arrival information;
pilotage
205
Paragraph 6.270 1 line 3 For 1 mile ESE Read 1 miles S
(SDD 2012000 159653) [35/12]
Chile Punta Pea Blanca to Punta Concn
Directions; buoy
223
3 Cl ear of an ODAS l i ght buoy (speci al )
(325980S 714920W), thence:
WNW of Punta Angeles (3301S 7138W), high
and...
(SDD 2010000 006411) [05/10]
Index
NP7
2 - 13
Chile Valparaso Arrival information;
anchorage
226
1 Anchorage may be obtained at 22 alphabetically
listed anchor berths.
(SDD 2012000 159653) [35/12]
Chile Quintero Anchorages
233
Anchorage may be obtained at 17 alphabetically
listed anchor berths.
(SDD 2012000 099496) [25/12]
Chile Puerto Huasco Directions; lights
248
Paragraph 7.205 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.205
249
...Pennsula Guacolda, dark in colour.
250
Existing Section IV Notice Week 27/10 Paragraph 7.225 1
line 2 Replace by:
...Pennsula Guacolda. See Admiralty List of Radio...
...thence N of Pennsula Guacolda, to the pilot...
251
Spare
7.246
Light List Vol. G 2009/10; Chilean Notice 9/115/2012
(SDD 2012000 205489) [44/12]
Chile Puerto Huasco
Pilotage; anchorages
250
Paragraph 7.223 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.223
1 Compulsory. The pilot boards about 5 cables NE
of Pennsula Guacolda Light. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
2 Anchorage may be obtained in an irregular shaped
area centred 4 cabl es NW of Isl ote Cayo
(282739S 711363W), in depths from 21 to 77 m.
(SDD 2010000 097025) [27/10]
Chile Puerto Antofagasta Wreck
270
Paragraph 8.67 2 line 6 Add: A dangerous wreck lies
cable S of the root of Molo Este.
ENC CL5AN015
(SDD 2009000 067167) [41/09]
Chile Mejillones del Sur Port limit; pilotage;
anchorages; terminal
275
1 E from Punta Angamos Li ght (2301 58S
703103W) to shore (230158S 702080W) on
opposite side of Baha Mejillones del Sur.
Paragraph 8.120 1 line 2 For Volume 6(5) Read
Volume 6(7)
276
...Terminals, 2 miles ENE for Interacid Terminal and
4 miles NNE for the LNG Terminal....
Paragraph 8.121 1 line 5 For Volume 6(5) Read
Volume 6(7)
E. 297 distant 15 miles, 1 miles WSW of Puerto
Angamos pierhead.
GNL1. 014 distant 29 miles, 9 cables Nof Muelle
GNL.
GNL2. 019 distant 36 miles, 1 miles NNE of
Muelle GNL.
Muelle GNL (LNG Terminal) (5 miles ENE)
consists of jetty extending 740 m NW from the shore,
from which a light is exhibited.
(SDD 2010000 042035) [14/10]
Index
NP7
2 - 14
Peru Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo
Directions; wreck
315
WSW of a dangerous wreck (48 miles NW), thence:
WSW of Isla Callao (Isla Frontn) (52 miles NNW)
(9.291), thence:
Peru 7/33/09
(SDD 2009000 100991) [41/09]
Peru Cerro Azul Light
316
...promontory from which a light (black GRP tower, white
band, 11 m in height) is exhibited, lies...
Light List Volume G (2008/09) No 2044
(SDD 2008000 085271) [41/09]
Peru Punta Pacasmayo to
Isla Lobos de Tierra Directions; wreck
339
SW of Production platform SM-1 (48 miles NW). A
dangerous wreck lies 7 miles NE. Thence:
ENC PE300124
(SDD 2009000 052992) [41/09]
Peru Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco Directions;
platform
346
Paragraph 10.265 1 line 4 For an obstruction Read a
platform (disused)
ENC PE300113
(SDD 2009000 048914) [41/09]
Ecuador Manta Harbour regulation
373
Harbour regulation
11.241a
1 No 1 Light Buoy (special) (05597S 804286W) is
for the exclusive use of submarines.
Ecuadorian Chart 10401
(SDD 2011000 082131) [47/11]
Colombia Buenaventura
Anchorages; light
385
No 3A 6 miles NE Least charted depth 63 m
No 5 1 miles ENE Least charted depth 89 m
387
Aguacate Light Beacon (green tower, red band)
(3537N 77038W).
Colombian Chart 760
(SDD 2009000 017369) [41/09]
Colombia Baha de Mlaga
Directions; light buoy
388
Paragraph 12.100 2 line 5 For starboard hand Read W
cardinal
cardinal
Colombian Chart 150
(SDD 2009000 017480) [41/09]
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Navigation and Regulations Charts
Foreign charts
3
Paragraph 1.14 2 line 5 For 6058 Read 7376
Instructions nautiques H5
(SDD 2010000 029291) [18/10]
Navigation and Regulations
Radio facilities DGPS
4
Within the area covered by this volume DGPS data
is broadcast from:
Cayenne (Montabo) (45600N 521800W).
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
Guyane Franaise les du Salut to
Fleuve Maroni Directions
73
Paragraph 2.67 3 line 6 For 54362N 535742W Read
54457N 535709W
French Chart 7376
(SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10]
Index
NP7A
2 - 15
Guyane Franaise Fleuve Mana
Charts; description; directions
73
Paragraph 2.69 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 517 (datum undetermined)
54457N 535709W
54476N 535426W
54838N 535598W
French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5
(SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10]
Guyane Franaise Fleuve Maroni
Charts; general information; depth; directions;
landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
73
Paragraph 2.70 Chart heading For French Charts 5883,
6058 Read French Chart 7376
74
...entered between Pointe Franaise (54457N
535709W) and Hoek Galibi (Pointe Hollandaise on
French Chart 7376),...
54457N 535709W
Paragraph 2.70 5 line 9 For 2 m NE Read 3 miles NNE
54838N 535598W
1 Landmark:
Radio tower (54474N 535938W), situated on
Hoek Galibi (2.70).
54457N 535709W
Paragraph 2.72 2 lines 3-4 For 54850N 535630W
Read 54838N 535598W
3 ESE of a stranded wreck (548 38N
535598W); a dangerous wreck lies 8 cables
WNW and Tijger Bank, which dries, lies
9 cables farther WNW. Another stranded
wreck (54659N 535792W) lies off the SE
side of the bank. Thence:
WNW of a drying bank (54566N 535687W)
extending NNE from Pointe Franaise, thence:
WNW of Pointe Franaise (54457N 535709W).
Paragraph 2.72 4 lines 2-3 For 54283N 535823W
Read 54302N 535792W
5 Useful marks:
House (54475N 535674W) standing in Les
Hattes.
Pylne (54482N 535909W) standing on Hoek
Galibi (2.70).
Radio mast (53033N 540169W).
Light (53041N 540213W) exhibited from the
wreck of the Edith Cavell, lying close NW of
Saint-Laurent du Maroni.
1 Good anchorage may be obtained in Fleuve Maroni
4 cables N of Pointe Panato (54302N 535792W)
in 7 m.
French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5
(SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10]
Guyane Franaise Fleuve Maroni
74
...SL Light Buoy (55180N 535176W) where the pilot...
...Buoy (safe water) (55180N 535176W).
Replace by:
3 ESE of a stranded wreck (548 07N
535700W), position doubtful; a dangerous
wreck, position approximate, lies 8 cables
WNW. Tijger Bank (Banc Hollandaise), which
dries, lies 1 miles WNW of the stranded
wreck. Another stranded wreck (54659N
535792W), lies off the SE side of the bank.
Thence:
WNW of a drying bank (54566N 535687W),
extending NNE from Pointe Franaise, thence:
WNW of Pointe Franaise (54457N 535709W).
Paragraph 2.72 4 line 3 For Arouba Read Arouaba
French Chart 7376
(SDD 2010000 063631) [20/10]
Surinam Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to
Suriname Rivier General information;
directions
75
54457N 535709W
54506N 535912W
54457N 535709W
...depth of 27 m. Kaaimanshoofd (Cape des Camans)
(54998N 540165W), should be...
French Chart 7376
(SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10]
Index
NP7A
2 - 16
Surinam Nickerie Rivier
Pilotage; directions; buoyage
80
...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (60206N
570052W). For further details see Admiralty List of...
81
...position is reached close to V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe
water) (60206N 570052W).
...by a light buoy and light beacons (port hand). To
the E of the...
Paragraph 2.134 2 line 8 For close SE Read 4 cables ENE
Paragraph 2.134 3 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon
Netherlands Notice 36/440/10
(SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10]
Guyana Corentyn River
83
...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (60206N
570052W).
...V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (60206N
570052W).
Clear of V-COR/N Light Buoy (60206N
570052W), thence:
SE of CM 1 Light Buoy (60088N 570220W),
thence:
SE of CM 3 Light Buoy (55900N 570384W),
thence:
Netherlands Notice 36/440/10
(SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10]
Guyana New Amsterdam to Georgetown
Directions; wreck
86
2 NE of a dangerous wreck (652 95N
574995W), position approximate. Another
dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
5 miles W.
Maritime Administration Department, Guyana
(SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10]
Trinidad East coast Directions; light
119
Galera Point Light (red lattice mast, white bands, on
white round tower) (104993N 605466W).
Photograph (4.36) caption Replace by:
Klein Curaao Light (7.35)
(Original dated 2009)
MV UBC Sacramento
(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]
Venezuela Isla Coche Major light
160
Isla Coche Light (104730N 635920W) (5.70).
162
1 Major lights:
Punta Ballena Light (orange stone tower, 30 m in
height) (105984N 634666W).
165
Major lights:
Punta Ballena Light (105984N634666W) (5.53).
Isla Coche Light (orange truncated conical GRP
tower, white band, 12 m in height) (104730N
635920W).
167
Major light:
Venezuelan Notice 008/10
(SDD 2010000 084237) [23/10]
Venezuela Puerto La Cruz
Port authorities; anchorage; harbours; hazards;
directions; berths
173
A designated anchorage area for vessels bound for
Baha Guanta and Baha de Pertigalete has been
established 1 mile NE of Isla Redonda (101541N
643555W), as shown on the chart.
174
3 Baha de Pertigalete. Situated 1 miles E of
Baha Bergantn, this bay contains a cement terminal
on its E side.
Index
NP7A
2 - 17
Hazards
5.149a
1 Ferry (see 5.159) passes N of the entrances to
Baha Bergantn, Baha de Guanta and Baha de
Pertigalete.
Small craft may be encountered in the approaches
to the harbours, as yacht harbours are situated in
Baha de Guanta, Baha de Pozuelos and Baha de
Barcelona.
...Borracha (101782N 644442W) the track leads
generally SSE for 11 miles to the pilot station in Baha de
Pozuelos, passing:
WSWof an unnamed islet (101698N644014W).
3 The track then leads SE to the pilot boarding place
(5.146), 6 cables SW of Punta Baregn (101534N
643847W) (5.133).
175
BA Chart 1498
(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]
Venezuela Puerto La Cruz
Pilot boarding position
173
...pilot boards in Baha de Pozuelos in position 101490N
643897W, 9 cables W of Isla Burro (5.155). For...
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
Venezuela Puerto Jose
176
...speeds of less than force 7. Pilot boards in position
100880N 645148W, 3 miles E of Isla Pritu Adentro
Light (5.176).
178
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
Venezuela Puerto La Guaira and
Catia La Mar Anchorages; pilotage
187
1 General anchorage. The main anchorage area off
Puerto La Guaira is centred about 1 miles NE of the
head of the North Mole (6.30), as shown on the chart.
The...
Dangerous cargoes. Vessels carrying dangerous
cargoes are required to anchor in an area, E and N
of the main anchorage, centred about 1 miles NNW
of Punta Mulatos (6.29).
3 Quarantine anchorage l i es E of the mai n
anchorage, centred about 2 miles NNW of Punta
Mulatos (6.29).
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available from 0600 to
2400 local time. The pilot boards about 1 mile NW of
the head (6.30) of North Mole, W of the main
anchorage.
190
1 Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth should
anchor N of the outer mooring buoys in depths from
13 to 18 m.
Prohibited anchorages. Two areas have been
established (2010), centred 2 miles ENE and 5 cables
NW from Punta Arrecife (6.43).
(SDD 2010000 122652) [37/10]
Venezuela Archipielago Las Aves
Directions; light
205
Aves de Sotavento Light (120349N 674064W).
209
Aves de Sotavento Light (120349N 674064W).
Aves de Sotavento Light (orange and white GRP
tower, 12 m in height) (120349N 674064W).
(SDD 2010000 111033) [33/10]
Nederlandse Antillen
Klein Curaao Light
211
Klein Curaao Light (square brick building with white
concrete tower, 23 m in height) (115939N
683858W).
Index
NP7A
2 - 18
212
Galera Point Light (4.36)
MV UBC Sacramento
(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]
Aruba South coast Directions
228
2 S of the entrance (122523N 695408W) to
the SE part of Sint Nicolaasbaai, marked by a
light buoy and light beacons (7.188), thence:
S of a light buoy (special, position approximate)
(122406N 695490W), thence:
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
Aruba Sint Nicolaas
229
Reef berths. About 1 miles WSW of the berths
(7.189).
Paragraph 7.180 2 line 2 For WSW Read W
Paragraph 7.180 2 line 3 For 1 miles SW Read 5 cables
WSW
Paragraph 7.186 1 line 6 For WSW Read W
230
...track leads NNWto thepilot boardingposition (7.180), on
the following leading line:
Valero Aruba Refinery & UKHO
(SDD 2010000 017758) [18/10]
Colombia Punta de la Garita
Directions Light
280
Paragraph 9.147 1 line 7 For 9.144 Read red and white
tower
Colombian Notice 50/10
(SDD 2010000 049964) [20/10]
Colombia Baha de Cartagena Directions
Bocachica Leading lights; useful mark
283
Paragraph 9.178 2 Delete
3 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy
(101898N 753592W), the track leads E through a
channel, marked by light buoys...
284
Useful mark:
No 2 Light Beacon (red and white framework tower)
(101927N 753053W).
(SDD 2010000 123448) [35/10]
Colombia Baha de Cartagena Bocachica
Directions; deep-water channel
284
(SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10]
Colombia Golfo de Urab
Directions; buoy
292
1 From a position about 10 miles NE of Cabo Tiburn
(9.232), from which a light (9.235) is exhibited, the
track leads SE, passing:
SW of a wave recorder buoy (special) (84998N
771104W), thence:
(SDD 2010000 062694) [18/10]
Colombia Golfo de Urab
General information; depths; directions;
landmark; lights; description; anchorages;
pilotage; berths
292
Spare
9.245
293
1 Landmark:
Tank (80572N 764370W).
Major lights:
ENE of Isla Los Muertos Light (80797N
764904W) (red tower, white bands), thence:
WSW of Punta Yarumal (Yarumul) (80608N
764461W), from which a light (9.248) is
exhibited 5 cables NNW, thence:
ENE of the shoal water extending 2 miles SE of
Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (80543N
764976W).
Index
NP7A
2 - 19
3 The track then leads to a position 1 miles W of
Punta Las Vacas (80382N 764458W), the W
entrance point...
Paragraph 9.249 3 line 4 For 1 cables NW Read
1 cables NNE
...deepest mouth, Bocas Roto (9.249), Boca Matuntugo,
Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (9.249), Boca Urab,
Boca del Leoncito (80138N 765018W) and Boca
Pichindicito (80123N 765182W). These mouths,
except the latter, are navigable by canoes and...
Paragraph 9.252 2 lines 1 and 3 For Cocogrande Read
Coco Grande
294
Paragraph 9.255 1 lines 7-8 For 3 miles SSE Read 2 miles
SW
...(75632N 764498W) exhibited from the...
1 Ro Len Anchorage. This anchorage off the
mouth of Ro Len (75630N 764508W), in the SE
corner of Baha Colombia, is used between May and
December for loading bananas and lumber from
barges. The reported anchorage is, in a depth of
18 m, about 2 miles WNW of the river mouth.
2 Pichindi Anchorage, on the S side of the delta of
Ro Atrato, lies between Boca del Leoncito (9.251)
and Boc1a Pichindicito, 1 mile W. It is used between
December and May, when the anchorage affords
some shelter from the prevailing N and NE winds;
vessels load bananas and lumber as off Ro Len.
3 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SSE of a
buoy (special) (80114N 765122W), in a depth of
22 m. By day, the light buoy is reported to be difficult
to distinguish against the land, but the mooring buoys
about 2 and 4 cables E of the light buoy are more
easily seen. The coastline in the vicinity of the
anchorage does not show up well on radar; shoaling
has also been reported off Boca Pichindi.
4 Alongside berths. There are two berths at Punta
Las Vacas which are used by tankers, of 800 gt or
less, to discharge refined petroleum products loaded
at Baha Cartagena (9.151); maximum allowed draught
30 m. There are also several small wharfs situated in
Baha Turbo used by local vessels.
BA Chart 2262
(HH. 07A/200/02) [20/10]
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
Pacific Ocean Guardian Bank north-westwards
Depths
83
In 2010, a vessel on passage between these
depths and Guardian Bank reported soundings
between 20 5 m and 32 m between posi ti ons
10206N 088190W and 10183N 088143W.
MV Apostolos 2
(SDD 2010000 061387) [29/10]
Mexico Golfo de California Guaymas
Directions; lights
192
Spare
6.59
193
1 Leading lights:
Front light (red diamond on white concrete rectangle,
8 m in height), (275479N 1105121W) on Isla
Morrito (6.56).
Rear light (similar structure) (275610N
1105128W) on Isla To Ramn.
BA Chart 42 [23/11]
Mexico Baha de la Paz Baha Pichilingue and
approaches Depth; leading lights
199
Paragraph 6.96 5 line 5 For 94 m (31 feet) Read 49 m
(16 ft)
200
2 The alignment (339) of Baha Pichilingue leading
lights, standing on the E shore of Isla San Juan
Nepomuceno, leads to the charted anchorage position
about 1 cable E of Muelle SCT (6.102):
Front Light (white concrete tubular tower, 7 m in
height) (24161N 110199W).
Rear Light (similar structure, 3 m in height) (about
40 m from front light).
Mexican Cuaderno de Faros 2009; Mexican ENC
MX503232
(SDDs 2009000 124251; 2010000 101785) [37/10]
United States of America California
Approaches to San Diego Directions;
dangerous wreck
250
Clear of a dangerous wreck (322960N
1171370W), thence:
260
Paragraph 8.39 3 line 6 For wreck Read wrecks
USNGA Notice 45/18740/11
(SDD 2011000 206156) [47/11]
Index
NP8
2 - 20
Entrance to San Diego Bay
Directions; rock
261
5 W of a DG platform, 2 cables E of Ballast Point.
A submerged jetty, marked by lights (white diamonds,
orange border on piles), extends to the shore from
close S of the platform.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 8
(HA. 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
San Clemente Island Safety Zone
263
...including gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. A Safety
Zone extends out to 3 miles around the island and
Security Zones...
453
After 165.1131 and detail Insert:
165.1141 Safety Zone; San Clemente 3 NM
Safety Zone, San Clemente Island, CA.
(a) Location. The following area is a safety zone:
All waters of the Pacific Ocean surrounding San
Clemente Island, from surface to bottom,
extending from the high tide line on the island
seaward 3 NM. The zone consists of the
following sections (see Figure 1):
Comps Please Insert Part Page
diagram:
NP8 Figure 1 San Clemente Island
Safety Zone Configuration
(1) Section A
Beginning at
3302030N 11835510W; thence to
3304558N 11837042W; thence running parallel
to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM
from the high tide line to
3302492N 11830390W; thence
3301174N 11833528W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3302030N 11835510W.
(2) Section B
Beginning at
3257180N 11830528W; thence to
3255498N 11824132W; thence to
3257180N 11830528W.
(3) Section C
Beginning at
3253318N 11826312W; thence to
3247162N 11818138W; thence to
3253318N 11826312W.
(4) Section D
Beginning at
3249060N 11821030W; thence to
3248228N 11831414W; thence to
3249060N 11821030W.
(5) Section E
Beginning at
3250420N 11829222W; thence to
3253372N 11835558W; thence to
3250420N 11829222W.
(6) Section F
Beginning at
3256078N 11832570W; thence to
3259570N 11839462W; thence to
3256078N 11832570W.
(7) Section G
Beginning at
3301048N 11836198W; thence to
3304558N 11837042W; thence to
3301048N 11836198W.
Figure 1:
San Clemente Island Safety Zone Conguration
Index
NP8
2 - 21
(8) Wilson Cove
Beginning at
3301168N 11833528W; thence to
3302492N 11830390W; thence running
paral l el to the shore at a di stance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3259360N 11828198W; thence to
3301168N 11833528W.
(b) Definitions. The following definition applies to this
section: designated representative, means any
commissioned, warrant and petty officers of the
Coast Guard on board Coast Guard, Coast
Guard Auxiliary, and local, state, and Federal law
enforcement vessels who have been authorized
to act on behalf of the Captain of the Port
(COTP).
(c) Enforcement.
(1) This regulation will be enforced at all times in
Section G and the Wilson Cove section of the
safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this
section. Mariners must obtain permission in
accordance with the procedure described in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section before entering
either of those sections (paragraphs (a)(7) and
(8)).
(2) This regulation will be enforced in Sections A
through F of the safety zone described in
paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section
except when the Coast Guard notifies the
public that enforcement of the zone in
specified sections is temporarily suspended. At
al l other ti mes, mari ners must obtai n
permission in accordance with the procedure
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section
before entering either of those sections.
(3) The COTP will provide notice of suspended
enforcement by means appropriate to affect
the widest publicity, including broadcast notice
to mariners, publication in local notice to
mari ners, and posti ng the schedul e of
restricted access periods by date, location and
duration at: www.scisland.org
(d) Regulations.
(1) The general regulations governing safety zones
found in 33CFR165.23 apply to the safety
zone described in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Mariners requesting permission to transit
through any section of the zone may request
authorization to do so from Fleet Area Control
and Surveillance Facility (FACSFAC) San
Diego by either calling 619-545-4742 or
establishing a VHF bridge to bridge radio
connection on Channel 16. Immediately upon
completing transit, the vessel operator must
promptly notify FACSFAC of safe passage
through the safety zone. Fai l ure to
expeditiously notify FACSFAC of passage
through the safety zone will result in a
determination by the Navy that the vessel is
still in the safety zone, thereby restricting the
use of the area for naval operations. If the
Navy determines that facilitating safe transit
through the zone negatively impacts range
operations, the Navy will cease this practice
and enforce the safety zones in these two
areas without exception.
(3) All persons and vessels must comply with the
instructions of the U.S. Navy, Coast Guard
Captai n of the Port or the desi gnated
representative.
(4) Upon being hailed by U.S. Navy or U.S. Coast
Guard patrol personnel by siren, radio, flashing
light, or other means, the operator of the
vessel must proceed as directed.
(5) The U.S. Coast Guard may be assisted in the
patrol and enforcement of the safety zone
described in paragraph (a) of this section by
the U.S. Navy and local law enforcement
agencies.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edn Change 17
(HA. 369/001/003-01) [39/10]
United States of America Pacific coast
Begg Rock Buoyage
266
4BR Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored about
2 cables NNW of the rock.
US Notice 48/18020/11
(SDD 2011000 215357) [49/11]
Approaches to Long Beach and Los Angeles
VTS; Precautionary area
275
Paragraph 8.120 1 line 4 For excluding Read including
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011
(SDD 2011000 003853) [30/11]
United States of America
San Pedro Bay and approaches
Regulations concerning entry; tankers
275
1 State of California regulations have established
escort regulations for tankers, carrying 5000 tonnes or
more of oil, underway in the Los Angeles/Long Beach
harbours and approaches. Escort tugs should be in
position in the S boundary of the pilot boarding area
prior to an inbound vessel arriving within 2 miles of
the breakwaters. Masters are to ensure anchors are
ready for letting go prior to entering pilot boarding
areas. A pre-escort conference will:
2 1. Confirm the number and position of escort
tugs.
2. Establish radio frequencies to be used.
3. Confirm destination.
4. Discuss any other pertinent information.
3 Adverse weather, unusual port/traffic congestion or
other conditions/circumstances may require additional
tugs. Outbound laden tankers are not required to use
tugs once they have cleared the breakwaters but all
tankers shifting within the harbours must comply with
the escort requirements. Full details of the regulations
can be found at: www.dfg.ca.gov/Ospr/
US Coast Pilot 7 42nd Edition 2010
(HH.008/200/003) [49/10]
Index
NP8
2 - 22
San Francisco Bay Alcatraz Island
Directions; fog signal
335
Paragraph 10.53 2 lines 8 and 9 Replace by:
...vicinity of the island.
USOCS 27/18650/10
(SDD 2010000 103735) [29/10]
Port of San Francisco
San Francisco Oakland Bay Bridge
Directions; passage
338
339
2 Under the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge
(10.70), thence:
Captain W. Lemke - San Francisco Bar Pilots
(HH.008/200/03) [50/10]
United States of America Pacific Coast
San Francisco Limiting conditions; Vertical
clearances; San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge
338
3 A second bridge, with a design clearance of 341 m
(112 ft), is under construction (2010) E of Yerba
Buena Island and to the N of the present bridge. The
Coast Guard requests mariners use the temporary
main channel between piers I and J on the existing
bridge, and piers E-3 and E-4 on the bridge under
construction, where the approximate mid-span vertical
clearance is 341 m (112 ft).
Paragraph 10.70 4 lines 8-10 Delete Vessels to bridge.
Fixed red light fromeach side of the bridge at the foot
of towers of Piers I, J and K
Fixed red light from each corner of Pier C and red
axis lights along the channel axis on each side.
US Coast Pilot 7 Change 18; US Notice 49/18649/11
(SDD 2011000 178551; 2011000 221205) [51/11]
San Francisco Bay Port of Richmond
Project depth
348
Paragraph 10.160 1 line 3 For 107 m (35 ft) Read 116 m
(38 ft)
(HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]
San Pablo Bay Safety Zone
351
...A safety zone is established in San Pablo Bay N of the
Pinole Shoal Channel (See Appendix V).
454
165.1184 Safety Zone; Coast Guard Use of
Force Training Exercises, San Pablo Bay, CA.
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
United States of America West coast
Reading Rock to Point St George
Directions; Light
380-381
... is moored 1 mile W of NW Seal Rock, from
which a light is exhibited. There is a ...
US OCS Notice 41/18600/12
(SDD 2012000 203035) [43/12]
United States of America Pacific Coast Oregon
Chetco River Entrance depths
390
1 Controlling depths. The project depth for the
entrance channel and turning basin is 42 m (14 ft).
US Notice 27/18602/11
(SDD 2011000 125920) [30/11]
United States of America Pacific Coast Oregon
Yaquina Bay Directions; depths
400
...depths of from 12 to 76 m (4 to 25 ft) extending
12 miles...
401
Paragraph 12.106 2 line 2 For charted depth of 15 m (5 ft)
Read depth of 24 m (8 ft)
...Light Buoy (port hand). Between the jetties, numerous
submerged rocks lie along the outside of the charted
entrance channel limits.
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
Index
NP8
2 - 23
United States of America West coast
Columbia River Safety and Security Zone
Regulations
410
Security and Safety Zone regulations for large
passenger vessels may be in force in Columbia River.
See Appendix V for further details.
455
165.1318 Security and Safety Zone Regulations,
Large Passenger Vessel Protection, Captain of the
Port Columbia River Zone.
(HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]
United States of America Willamette River
Portland Traffic Regulation
418
Traffic regulation. Regulated Navigation Areas and
a Safety Zone are established on parts of the
Willamette River at Portland; see Appendix V.
458
After existing Section IV Notice 30/11 (165.1335 and
detail) Insert:
165.1338 Safety Zone; TriMet Bridge Project,
Willamette River; Portland, OR.
(SDD 2011000 178551) [42/11]
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
UTC on 1st December 2012
Traffic regulations
427
All vessels, including barges, that carry oil or
hazardous materials in bulk as cargo or cargo residue,
and all ships of 400 gt and over solely in transit,
should avoid the area bounded by the...
IMO SN.1/Circ.309 [46/12]
United States of America Oregon
Grays Harbor Directions; breakers
431
In rough weather, hazardous breakers are found on
North and South Jetties. Both should be given a wide
berth.
(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
Navigation Safety Regulations; electronic
position fixing devices
449
Paragraph 164.41 and detail Replace by:
164.41 Electronic position fixing devices.
(a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental
United States, including Alaska south of Cape
Prince of Wales, except each vessel owned or
bareboat chartered and operated by the United
States, or by a state or its political subdivision,
or by a foreign nation, and not engaged in
commerce, must have a satellite navigation
receiver with:
(1) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after
initial operator settings have been entered;
and
(2) Posi ti on updates deri ved from satel l i te
information during each usable satellite pass.
(b) A system that is found by the Commandant to
meet the intent of the statements of availability,
coverage, and accuracy for the U.S. Coastal
Confluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the U.S.
Federal Radionavigation Plan (Report No.
DODNO 4650.4P, I or No.
DOTTSCRSPA8016, I). A person desiring a
fi ndi ng by the Commandant under thi s
subparagraph must submit a written application
describing the device to the Coast Guard Deputy
Commander for Operations (CGDCO), 2100
2nd St. SW., Stop 7471, Washi ngton,
DC 205937471. After reviewing the application,
the Commandant may request addi ti onal
information to establish whether or not the device
meets the intent of the Federal Radionavigation
Plan.
Note: The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available
from the National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Va. 22161, with the following
Government Accession Numbers:
Vol 1, ADA 116468
Vol 2, ADA 116469
Vol 3, ADA 116470
Vol 4, ADA 116471
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
Index
NP8
2 - 24
Regulated Navigation Areas; Security Zones
454
Paragraph 165.1154 lines 1-2 Replace by:
165.1154 Security Zones; Moored Cruise Ships,
San Pedro Bay, California.
US Coast Pilot 7 Change 4; US Notice 8/12
(SDD 2012000 040193) [11/12]
United States of America Oregon Columbia
River Port of Portland Regulated Navigation
Area
458
After 165.1325 (c) (5) line 2 Insert:
165.1326 Regulated Navigation Area: Port of
Portland Terminal 4, Willamette River,
Portland, Oregon.
(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
Columbia River Safety and Security Zone
Regulations
458
detail) Insert:
165.1335 Security Zone; Vessels Carrying
Hazardous Cargo, Sector Columbia River
Captain of the Port Zone.
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
United States of America Willamette River
Portland Traffic Regulation
458
detail) Insert:
165.1337 Regulated Navigation Area, Zidell
Waterfront Property, Willamette River, OR.
(SDD 2012000 093938) [22/12]
San Diego Bay Naval Danger Zone
461
After 334.865 Insert:
334.866 Pacific Ocean at Naval Base
Coronado, in the City of Coronado, San
Diego County, California; Naval Danger Zone.
(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
National Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations
480
Paragraph 922.72 (a)(7) lines 1-7 Replace by:
(7) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by
flying motorized aircraft at less than 1,000
feet over the waters within one nautical mile
of any Island, except to engage in kelp bed
surveys or to transport persons or supplies to
or from an Island. Failure to maintain a
minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above ground
level over such waters is presumed to disturb
marine mammals or seabirds.
482
of the Farallon Islands, Bolinas Lagoon, or
any ASBS, except to transport persons or
supplies to or from the Islands or for
enforcement purposes. Failure to maintain a
minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above ground
level over such waters is presumed to disturb
marine mammals or seabirds.
486
flying motorized aircraft, except as necessary
for valid law enforcement purposes, at less
than 1,000 feet above any of the four zones
within the Sanctuary described in Appendix B
to this subpart. (Not included in this volume).
Failure to maintain a minimum altitude of
1,000 feet above ground level above any
such zone is presumed to disturb marine
mammals or seabirds.
Index
NP8
2 - 25
488
Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/12 Paragraph
922.152 (a)(7) lines 1-10 Replace by:
of the Flattery Rocks, Quillayute Needles, or
Copalis National Wildlife Refuges or within
one nautical mile seaward from the coastal
boundary of the Sanctuary, except for
activities related to tribal timber operations
conducted on reservati on l ands, or to
transport persons or supplies to or from
reservati on l ands as authori zed by a
governing body of an Indian tribe. Failure to
maintain a minimum altitude of 2,000 feet
above ground level over any such waters is
presumed to disturb marine mammals or
seabirds.
US Coast Pilot 7 Change 5; US Notice 8/12
(SDD 2012000 040193) [11/12]
Regulated Navigation Areas; Security Zones
487
Paragraph 922.150 Boundary. (a) lines 3-4 Replace by:
...2,408 square nautical miles (nmi) of coastal and
ocean waters, and...
US Coast Pilot 7 Change No. 2
(SDD 2012000 030808) [46/12]
National Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations
487-488
922.152 Prohibited or otherwise regulated
activities.
(a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (g)
of this section, the following activities are
prohibited and thus are unlawful for any person
to conduct or to cause to be conducted:
(1) Exploring for, developing or producing oil, gas
or minerals within the Sanctuary.
(2)(i) Discharging or depositing, from within or into
the Sanctuary, other than from a cruise ship,
any material or other matter except:
(A) Fish, fish parts, chumming materials or
bait used in or resulting from lawful
fishing operations in the Sanctuary;
(B) Biodegradable effluent incidental to vessel
use and generated by marine sanitation
devices approved in accordance with
secti on 312 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended,
(FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. 1322 et seq.;
(C) Water generated by routi ne vessel
operations (e.g., cooling water, deck
wash down, and graywater as defined by
section 312 of the FWPCA) excluding
oily wastes from bilge pumping;
(D) Engine exhaust; or
(E) Dredge spoil in connection with beach
nourishment projects related to the
Quillayute River Navigation Project.
(ii) Discharging or depositing, from beyond the
boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or
other matter, except those l i sted i n
paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (E) of this
section, that subsequently enters the
Sanctuary and injures a Sanctuary resource
or quality.
(3) Discharging or depositing, from within or into the
Sanctuary, any materials or other matter from
a cruise ship except clean vessel engine
cooling water, clean vessel generator cooling
water, clean bilge water, engine exhaust, or
anchor wash.
(4) Moving, removing or injuring, or attempting to
move, remove or injure, a Sanctuary historical
resource. This prohibition does not apply to
movi ng, removi ng or i nj ury resul ti ng
incidentally from lawful fishing operations.
(5) Drilling into, dredging or otherwise altering the
submerged l ands of the Sanctuary; or
constructing, placing or abandoning any
structure, material or other matter on the
submerged lands of the Sanctuary, except as
an incidental result of:
(i) Anchoring vessels;
(ii) Lawful fishing operations;
(iii) Installation of navigation aids;
(iv) Harbor maintenance in the areas necessarily
associ ated wi th the Qui l l ayute Ri ver
Navigation Project, including dredging of
entrance channels and repair, replacement
or rehabilitation of breakwaters and jetties,
and related beach nourishment;
(v) Constructi on, repai r, repl acement or
rehabilitation of boat launches, docks or
piers, and associated breakwaters and
jetties; or
(vi) Beach nourishment projects related to harbor
maintenance activities.
(6) Taking any marine mammal, sea turtle or
seabird in or above the Sanctuary, except as
authorized by the Marine Mammal Protection
Act, as amended, (MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq., the Endangered Species Act, as
amended, (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq., and
the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, as amended,
(MBTA), 16 U.S.C. 703 et seq., or pursuant
to any Indian treaty with an Indian tribe to
which the United States is a party, provided
that the Indian treaty right is exercised in
accordance with the MMPA, ESA, and MBTA,
to the extent that they apply.
Index
NP8
2 - 26
(7) Flying motorized aircraft at less than 2,000 feet
both above the Sanctuary within one NM of
the Flattery Rocks, Quillayute Needles, or
Copalis National Wildlife Refuge, or within
one nmi seaward from the coastal boundary
of the Sanctuary, except for activities related
to tribal timber operations conducted on
reservation lands, or to transport persons or
supplies to or from reservation lands as
authorized by a governing body of an Indian
tribe.
(8) Possessing within the Sanctuary (regardless of
where taken, moved or removed from) any
historical resource, or any marine mammal,
sea turtle, or seabird taken in violation of the
MMPA, ESA, or MBTA, to the extent that
they apply.
(9) Interfering with, obstructing, delaying or
preventing an investigation, search, seizure or
disposition of seized property in connection
with enforcement of the Act or any regulation
or permit issued under the Act.
(b) The prohibitions in paragraph (a)(2) through (5),
(7), and (8) of this section do not apply to
activities necessary to respond to emergencies
threatening life, property, or the environment.
(c) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (5),
(7), and (8) of this section do not apply to
activities necessary for valid law enforcement
purposes.
(d) (relates to Department of Defense activities -
omitted from this volume).
(e) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (8) of
this section do not apply to any activity executed
in accordance with the scope, purpose, terms
and conditions of a National Marine Sanctuary
permit issued pursuant to 922.48 and 922.153
or a Special Use permit issued pursuant to
section 310 of the Act.
(f) (relates to Indian tribe rights - omitted from this
volume).
(g) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (8) of
this section do not apply to any activity
authorized by any lease, permit, license, or other
authorization issued after July 22, 1994, and
issued by any Federal, State or local authority of
competent jurisdiction, provided that the applicant
complies with 922.49, the Director notifies the
applicant and authorizing agency that he or she
does not object to issuance of the authorization,
and the applicant complies with any terms and
conditions the Director deems necessary to
protect Sanctuary resources and qualities.
Amendments, renewals and extensions of
authorizations in existence on the effective date
of designation constitute authorizations issued
after the effective date.
(h) Notwithstanding paragraphs (e) and (g) of this
section, in no event may the Director issue a
National Marine Sanctuary permit under 922.48
and 922.153 or a Special Use permit under
section 310 of the Act authorizing, or otherwise
approve: The exploration for, development or
production of oil, gas or minerals within the
Sanctuary; the discharge of primary-treated
sewage within the Sanctuary; the disposal of
dredged material within the Sanctuary other than
in connection with beach nourishment projects
related to the Quillayute River Navigation Project;
or bombing activities within the Sanctuary. Any
purported authori zati ons i ssued by other
authorities after July 22, 1994 for any of these
activities within the Sanctuary shall be invalid.
488
922.153 Permit procedures and criteria.
(a) A person may conduct an activity prohibited by
922.152(a)(2) through (8) if conducted in
accordance with the scope, purpose, terms and
conditions of a permit issued under this section
and 922.48.
(b) Applications for such permits should be addressed
to the Director, Office of National Marine
Sanctuaries; Attn: Superintendent, Olympic Coast
National Marine Sanctuary, 115 East Railroad
Avenue, Sui te 301, Port Angel es, WA
983622925.
US Coast Pilot 7 Changes 2 and 3; US Notice 7/12
(SDD 2012000 030808) [10/12]
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)
South Georgia and Approaches
Cumberland Bay King Edward Cove
Directions; light beacons
169
1 Outer leading light beacons:
Front beacon (orange triangular topmark, point
uppermost on white metal post with orange
bands, 8.5m in height) (541706S 363044W).
Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point
uppermost on white metal post with orange
bands, 12.5minheight) (541704S363059W).
Inner leading light beacons:
Front beacon(orangetriangular topmark, point down
on white metal post with orange bands, 6m in
height) (541686S 363046W).
5 Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point
down on white metal post) (541681S
363057W).
The spire of Grytviken Church (elevation 27m) is in
line with these light beacons .
ADLL G1365, G13651; G1367, G13671
(SDD 2012000 022492) [10/12]
South Georgia Ocean Harbour Hound Bay
Directions; depth
172
Paragraph 3.86 5 line 4 For (54225S 36098W) Read
(542290S 360990W)
173
Paragraph 3.94 For Chart 3588 Read Charts 3588, 3586
plan of Ocean Harbour and Hound Bay
Index
NP9
2 - 27
174
Charts 3597 (unknown datum), 3586 plan of Ocean
Harbour and Hound Bay
Hound Bay
3.95
1 General Information. Hound Bay is entered
between Tijuca Point (542095S 361260W) and
Cape Vakop (3.86).
Directions. From a position NNW of Cape Vakop
(542290S 360990W), the track leads WSW into
the bay, passing:
SSEof islets andshoals (3.86) lyingupto2cables off
Tijuca Point, thence:
NNW of Rolf Rock (542250S 361180W)
comprising an islet 4 mhigh and a drying rock. A
reef with a least depth of 101 mextends 4 cables
NNW. Thence:
ESEof a shoal (54 2175S361340W) with a least
depth of 113 m, thence:
N of a rock (542285N 361320W) with a least
depth of 99 m.
Thence the track continues a short distance WSW
to the anchorage.
2 Anchorage. Sheltered anchorage may be obtained
in the bay, in depths from 18 to 27 m. At the SW end
of the bay there are two small coves; the N-most
cove is a suitable anchorage for small vessels, noting
a shoal (542275S 361475W) with a depth of
29 m, lying close offshore near the head of the bay.
Chart 3586 [48/12]
South Georgia and Approaches
Cumberland Bay to Cape Charlotte
Ocean Harbour Directions
173
Paragraph 3.94 2 line 5 For E Read W
MV Pharos SG
(SDD 2012000 022483) [10/12]
South Georgia St Andrews Bay
Directions; depth
174-175
Charts 3597 (unknown datum), 3586 plan of St Andrews
Bay
St Andrews Bay
3.97
1 Description. St Andrews Bay (5426 50S
3610 00W) i s entered between Cl ark Poi nt
(542600S 361100W) 1 miles South of Mount
Skittle (3.96), and a point 1 miles SSE. Both these
points are foul and a number of dangerous rocks are
reported within the bay.
Cook Glacier lies on the W side of St Andrews
Bay. A beach lies close SW of Clark Point and is free
from dangers.
Local Knowledge is required for the inner
anchorage.
Local Weather. Strong katabatic winds may occur
without warning within the bay.
2 Directions. From a position SE of Cape Vakop
(542290S 360990W) the track towards the outer
anchorage leads SW, passing SE of a dangerous rock
(542570S 360903W) with a least known depth of
44 m, lying about 1 mile ENE of the N entrance point
and close to the inner anchorage. Mariners should
note Ryan Reef (542710S 360825W) with a rock
awash and a depth of 3 m lying 7 cables NE of the S
entrance point. A shoal (542630 N 360925 W) with
a least charted depth of 7 m lies in the middle of the
bay.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the outer part of
the bay, about 1 miles from the shoreline, in depths
of about 30 m. Anchorage may also be obtained,
closer to the shoreline, about 5 cables from the N end
of the bay, in depths of about 12 m.
Landing on a beach S of Cook Glacier is often
impossible because of swell and surf. The far N
corner of the bay, under Clarke Point (542600S
361100W), is the most sheltered landing site.
Chart 3586 [48/12]
South Georgia King Haakon Bay Directions
181
Chart 3586 plan of King Haakon Bay
King Haakon Bay
3.134
1 Description. Ki ng Haakon Bay (5409 50S
371700W), a fjord entered between Cape Rosa
(541110S 372460W) and the E entrance point of
Cheapman Bay (540900S 373170W), extends
9 miles E.
Topography. McNi sh Isl and (5408 95S
372810W), McCarthy Island (541010S 372550W)
and Vincent Islands (540920S 371637W) all lie
within King Hakkon Bay. Cheapman Bay (540900S
373170W) lies 4 miles ENE of Samuel Islands
(541140S 373670W) (3.123); kelp extends across
the entrance to the bay. Peters Glacier flows S into
the inner part of Cheapman Bay, and Price Glacier
reaches the sea near the N entrance point of King
Haakon Bay.
2 Depths. Dangerous rocks lie between 2 miles
WNW and and 8 cabl es W of Cape Rosa
(541110S 372460W), and a large area of kelp lies
between these and McNish Island. A dangerous rock
(541105S 372615W) (reported 2004), lies 7 cables
W of the Cape.
Caution. The least charted depths over the terminal
moraine are 78 m (541000S 372020W) and 80 m
(540975S 372020W); these rocks are marked by
kelp. The S shoreline is reported to be foul.
Local knowledge is required for a safe passage
through the alternative S entrance channel.
3 History. It was here that Sir Ernest Shackletons
James Caird, Endurances 6 m (20 ft) lifeboat, arrived
at the end of their 17 day, 670 mile, epic crossing of
the Scotia Sea, from Elephant Island, in May 1916.
Index
NP9
2 - 28
The party comprised of Shackleton, Worsley, McNish,
McCarthy, Crean and Vincent. They beached on 10th
May 1916, in a small cove just E of Cape Rosa
(541110S 372460W). On 15th May they moved up
the fjord to Peggotty Bluff (540875S 371710W)
where they camped. On 19th May, Shackleton,
Worseley and Crean started their remarkable crossing
of South Georgia to arrive in Stromness Bay on 20th
May.
4 Directions. From a position 3 miles ESE of the
Samuel Islands (541140S 373670W) the track
leads NNW in deep water free from dangers towards
Price Glacier front passing:
SE of Nilse Hullet (541065S 373500W), a cove
2 miles NW.
ESE of the East entrance point of Cheapman Bay
(540900S373170W) remaining in deep water
1 mile from the coast and clear of several
dangerous rocks and rocks awash.
WNW of 2 dangerous rocks (541015S
372900W); and a rock awash (541020S
372870W) position doubtful.
When 8 cables from the North shore of the fjord the
track leads E in the deep water channel, 5 cables S
of McNish Island passing:
S of dangerous rocks WSW of McNish Island in
positions (540910S 372915W) and
(540915S 372840W).
N of a rock awash (540978S 372718W).
Nof McCarthy Island (541010S372550W) anda
reef that extends up to 1 mile W.
5 The track then leads ESE to a position ENE of the
E point of McCarthy Island. From this vicinity the track
leads E, to pass about 6 cables from the N shore
over the terminal moraine.
On this track a least depth of 21 m was found
crossing the terminal moraine.
The track continues to lead E towards the head of
the fjord, noting a dangerous rock that uncovers
(540928S 371685W) marked by kelp, lying
2 cables WSW of the W extremity of Vincent
Islands.
6 Directions for Alternative passage. An alternative
approach into King Haakon Bay leads through a deep
channel between between a group of i sl ets
(541128S 372530W) 4 cables WSW of Cape
Rosa (541110S 372460W) and a rock dangerous
to surface navigation (541105S 372615W) position
approximate (reported 2004) 8 cables W of Cape
Rosa. This channel should be navigated with extreme
caution.
7 Anchorages. In 2003 MS Explorer, 2398 tonnes,
5 m draught, obtained good anchorage in position
540910S 371685W NW of Vincent Islands
(5409 20S 3716 45W), i n depths between
30 and 40 m, muddy clay. The same vessel obtained
temporary anchorage about 3 cables E of Cape Rosa
(541110S 372460W) and about 1 cable from the S
shore of the fjord, in a depth of about 50 m.
8 Landings. Landing has been effected in the vicinity
of Peggotty Bluff (540875S 371710W), on the N
shore of the bay 7 cables NW of Vincent Islands, the
ultimate site for Sir Ernest Shackletons James Caird
party. Shackleton Gap (3.54) connects the head of the
bay with Possession Bay (3.54). Landing has also
been effected in Cave Cove (541094S 372440W),
the spectacular first landing site of the James Caird
party.
Chart 3586 [48/12]
South Orkney Islands Washington Strait
Directions; AIS
207
Other aid to navigation
4.64a
1 AIS:
An AIS transmitter has been established at the
Orcadas Base in Wilton Bay on Laurie Island in
position 604429S 444425W.
Agentinian Notice 06/68/12
(SDD 2012000 112915) [27/12]
South Orkney Islands Laurie Island
Scotia Bay; directions; anchorages
208-209
Paragraphs 4.67 to 4.70 including headings Replace by:
Scotia Bay
International Chart 9142
General Information
4.67
1 Description. Scotia Bay (604550S 444175W) is
entered between Point Rae (604550S 443800W)
and Cape Murdoch, (604680S 444240W) (4.56).
There are several islets and rocks, some of which are
underwater, off both sides of the bay. A number of
monuments in Scotia Bay comprise an Historic
Monument Site. See Appendix IV.
2 History. The bay was roughly charted by Powell
and Palmer in 1821 and further charted by Weddell in
1822; re-charted by the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition in March 1903, and named after the
expedition ship Scotia, ex Hekla, Norwegian whaler,
which wintered in the bay. The SNAE meteorological
station was sited at the head of the bay, which was
operated from March to November 1903 and handed
over to the Oficina Meteorolgica Argentina in
February 1904, since when it has been continuously
manned.
Directions
4.68
1 Caution. Vessels should navigate with extreme
caution in the vicinity of Laurie Island; parts of the
island have not been adequately surveyed. See 4.4.
Track. From a position SSE of Cape Murdoch
(604680S 444240W) (4.56), on the coastal
passage, the track into the bay leads NNW, passing:
WSWof Ailsa Craig (604680S443790W) (4.55),
thence:
WSW of Florence Rock (604610S 443735W),
thence:
2 ENE of Cape Murdoch (4.56) (604680S
444240W), thence:
WSW of a shoal (604629S 444050W), position
approximate, reported, in 1968, to have a depth of
22 m, and:
ENE of a reef (604650S 444185W), comprising
of an islet and several dangerous rocks awash,
thence:
Index
NP9
2 - 29
WSW of SW extremity of a reef (604520S
444125W), with a least depth of 03 m,
extending 4 cables fromthe coast close Eof Point
Davis and WSW of a shoal 96m (604530S
444140W) position approximate reported in
1994, thence:
3 ENE of a shoal patch (604582S 444225W),
with a least charted depth of 108 m, lying
5 cables ENE of Point Martin, thence:
ENE of a dangerous rock (604562S 444228W)
position approximate, thence:
ENEof a shoal area (604555S444270W), with a
least depth of 82 m, thence:
WSW of a dangerous rock (604505S 444137W)
4 WSW of an islet (604491S 444110W), and
two dangerous rocks, lying close SW of Point
Davis, from where a light (red round GRP
tower, white band, 4 m in height) is exhibited.
Thence as required for the inner anchorage, noting
a dangerous rock (604446S 444321W) close S of
Point Moreno (4.69).
Useful marks:
Light (white round GRPtower, red top, 3 min height)
(604538S 444394W).
Beacon (604470S 444410W), marked W,
standing on a rock, close inshore, 7 cables N of
the light.
Light (red round GRP tower, white band, 4 m in
height) (604491S 444110W) (4.25).
A Light (604428S 444427W) (lantern in radio
mast) is exhibited from the NW side of the bay at
the Argentine station (4.26).
Anchorage
4.69
1 Scotia Bay is not recommended as an anchorage,
the outer harbour being exposed and the inner
harbour very restricted, but anchorage may be
obtained near the middle of the entrance to the cove,
about 3 cables W of Point Moreno, (604442S
444318W), from which a reef extends cable S,
and 2 cables from the beach at the head of the
cove, in depths of about 17 m. The holding ground is
good, being better than that in Uruguay Cove (4.26).
Scotia, the vessel of the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition, anchored and wintered here.
Anchorages and Harbours
Mill Cove
4.70
1 Description. Mill Cove (604530S 443650W) is
entered between Cape Anderson (6045 48S
4436 30W), and Val ette Isl and (6045 50S
443730W). The E side of this cove comprises a
rocky cliff about 244 m (800 ft) high.
Depths. There are general depths from 38 to 47 m
in the outer part of Mill Cove, except near its shores,
but in the NW part of the cove, which is 3 cables
across, there are depths from 10 to 20 m; there is a
shoal in the centre of the NE part.
Caution. Vessels should navigate with caution in
the inner part of Mill Cove; it has not been fully
surveyed.
International Chart 9142
(SDD 2012000 151616) [45/12]
Gerlache Strait South Part Port Lockroy
Directions; isolated Shoal
299
Clear of an isolated shoal 178m (644950S
633250W), position approximate, thence:
(SDD 2011000 215405) [51/11]
James Ross Island Group Cape Purvis to
Cape Longing through Prince Gustav Channel
Route; directions
368
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 5 For SE Read SW
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 7 For SSE Read SSW
369
(63436S 57530W)
372
(63435S 57530W)
(63435S 57530W)
BA Chart 227 [04/12]
James Ross Island Group Cape Purvis to
Cape Longing through Prince Gustav Channel
Directions
372
(SDD 2009000 021841) [04/12]
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
Russia Laptev Sea
Reka Lena Delta Wreck
463
Lena. Caution. Awreck with a clearance depth of 14 mlies
in position 730153N 1303981E, 20 miles E of Ostrova
Grigoriy. Thence:
Russian Notice 29/3547/2011
(SDD 2011000 122708) [30/11]
Index
NP11
2 - 30
Radio Navigational Warnings
4
Paragraph 1.18 1 line 3 After Service. Add: The service in
NAVAREA XIX is currently on trial, and is scheduled to
become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Iceland West coast Faxafli Racons
95
Grtta Light (6410N 2201W).
109
Grtta Light (6410N 2201W) (3.40).
112
114
Icelandic Notices 2/8/12; 2/9/12
(SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12]
Iceland Reykjavk Vieyjarsund
Spoil ground
106
NE of an area of spoil ground with a least depth of
41 mwhich extends 3 cables Efromthe Stip of
Engey, thence:
Icelandic Notice 2/7/12
(SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12]
Svalbard Wedel Jarlsberg Land
Underwater rock
201
After Paragraph 9.23 1 Line 6 Including existing Section IV
Week 39/10 Insert:
An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has been
reported off Middagsskjra in position 77246N
13477E.
Norwegian notice 14/28198/10
(SDD 2010000 123628) [48/10]
Svalbard Billefjorden Pyramiden
Leading lights
215
Paragraph 9.80 1 line 6 For lights Read beacons
Norwegian Notice 11/44102/12
(SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12]
Svalbard Hinlopenstretet Anchorages
235
Paragraphs 10.53, 10.56 and 10.57 Including headings
Replace by:
Spare
10.53
Spare
10.56
Spare
10.57
Norwegian Chart 537
(SDD 2011000 162370) [43/11]
Svalbard Freemansundet Rock awash
251
Paragraph 11.39 2 line 5 After Freemanbreen. Add: A rock
awash lies off the S coast of Barentsya in position
781538N 214159E.
(SDD 2010000 146843) [42/10]
Greenland Nuup Kangerlua Directions
132
1 Attention is drawn to the note on the chart
regarding two-way routes in Nuup Kangerlua. Mariners
should note that the directions in this volume make
the assumption that electronic navigation aids may not
be available, and should be guided accordingly.
A vessel making for Nuuk from seaward is
recommended to approach from 7 to 10 miles W of
Kitsissut, steering for position 6400N 5220W.
Danish Chart 1331
(SDD 2012000 097541) [36/12]
Greenland Sisimiut Approaches; wreck
151
A wreck, depth unknown, has been reported to lie
in approximate position 665805N 534795W, SSE
of this inner route.
Danish Notice 1073/43/2012
(SDD 2012000 216872) [47/12]
Index
NP12
2 - 31
Coronation Gulf Off-lying islands Depth
431
A shoal, least depth 23 m lies in position
675827N 1124034W.
Canadian Notice
(SDD 2010000 179285) [36/12]
Canada Eureka Sound Depth
491
The W part of Slidre Fiord appears to be deep; in
the E part the depths are irregular. A depth of 148 m
lies about 3 miles SE of Eureka Station.
Canada East Notice 7920/05/12
(SDD 2012000 103960) [36/12]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Navigation and Regulations Traffic and
Operations Fishing; marine farms
2
Marine Farms
1.8
1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed
structures, and their associated moorings should be
avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by
buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted
positions are approximate.
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
Northern Territory Bowen Strait
Offshore dangers
130
4 Offshore dangers. A shoal (1104 04S
1322045E), with a depth of 74 m and Campbell
Reef (111027S 1322384E).
131
A shoal (110423S 1321193E), with a depth of
99 m. A patch (110462S 1321729E), with a depth
of 77 m.
Western Australia Ashmore Reef Harbour
142
1 Landmarks: West Island has two prominent trees,
visible from 5 miles and the remains of a weather
station, charted as poles, visible from 3 miles (see
1.21).
Approach: A passage to the W lagoon lies 2 miles
NE of West Island (121450S 1225800E) and leads
into a lagoon where there are numerous detached
reefs and coral heads with depths of less than 2 m
(charted as dangerous rocks) over them. A marked
channel leads to visitor moorings, however the
channel is not fully surveyed.
Securing to a mooring is recommended and
preferable to anchoring.
AA589034 [20/12]
Western Australia Port Walcott
Controlling depths
231
Chart Aus 55 [09/12]
Western Australia Johns Creek
Approach; buoy
234
A lit mooring buoy is moored at 203836S
1171240E.
Western Australia Dampier
Directions; depths
235
Clear of a 124 m shoal (202305S 1170460E),
thence:
Western Australia
Barrow Island Oil Terminal
Controlling depth
249
1 Controlling depth. 120 m in the berth and
approach channel.
AA561793 [48/11]
Index
NP13
2 - 32
Western Australia Griffin Marine Terminal
Operational status
251
1 Position and function. Griffin Marine Terminal
(211330S 1143873E) is the outlet for the Griffin
Oilfield. It is presently non operational, and is marked
by a light buoy, surrounded by a safety zone (1.11).
Spare
6.241
Spare
6.242
Spare
6.243
(AA558419) [44/11]
Western Australia Saladin Marine Terminal
Under-keel clearance
256
...operator and shall be a minimum of 28 m dependent on
the swell conditions.
AA561794 [48/11]
Western Australia Geraldton
Outer anchorages
280
Paragraph 7.191 1 line 1 For Ten Read Fourteen
Western Australia Oyster Harbour
Directions
318
319-320
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(35032S 117584E), the initial approach to Ataturk
Entrance leads NNW passing (with positions relative
to King Point Light (350210S 1175510E)):
321
From a position about 2 miles SSE of Emu Point
(345991S 1175685E), the track leads NNW
passing (with positions relative to Emu Point):
ESE of Emu Point; an historic...
Paragraph 9.80 5 line 6 Delete Direction To Light
1 Useful marks. (Positions are relative to Emu Point
(345991S 1175685E)):
Western Australia Esperance Anchorages
331
Paragraph 9.142 1 line 1 For E Read H
AA579345 [08/12]
South Australia Smoky Bay
Directions; marine farms
345
Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this
passage (see 1.8).
South Australia Warburton Channel
Directions; depth
346
Chart Aus 121 [09/12]
South Australia Streaky Bay
Directions; depth
346
Chart Aus 121 [09/12]
South Australia Spencer Gulf
Directions; caution
356
Caution. A number of marine farms lie in the
vicinity of Buffalo Reef (344311S 1362771E);
see 1.8
AA573902 & AA573903 [04/12]
Index
NP13
2 - 33
South Australia Point Boston
361
1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this
passage (see 1.8).
Froma position SE of Point Boston the track leads...
South Australia Franklin Harbor Directions
364
N of a beacon (port hand) (3344 00S
1365748E), thence:
South Australia Point Turton
367
2 A marine farm exists in the vicinity of 345154S
1372175E, (see 1.8).
South Australia Port Augusta
380
1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this
passage (see 1.8).
From a position SE of Point Lowly (3300S...
South Australia Port Augusta
Directions; buoy
381
cardinal
Navigation and Regulations Traffic and
Operations Fishing; marine farms
2
Marine Farms
1.5a
1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed
structures, and their associated moorings should be
avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by
buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted
positions are approximate.
Victoria Port Phillip Pilotage: depths
103
Paragraph 4.4 1 lines 3-4 For 3 to 5 miles Read 5 miles
104
Port of Melbourne Corporation
(AA548331; AA550227) [35/11]
Victoria Port Phillip South Channel
Controlling Depths
104
After Paragraph 4.12 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 35/11 Insert:
South Channel E entrance maintained depth 160 m
within deepwater channel and 131 m in the adjacent
secondary channel.
AA571850 [11/12]
Victoria Port Phillip transit restrictions
104
Transit restrictions
4.14a
1 The transit of tankers of 116 m draught and more
is restricted through Port Phillip Heads when flood and
ebb tidal streams exceed 3 kn.
For vessels, other than tankers, exceeding 121 m
draught: Inbound vessel transit is restricted when the
flood and ebb are 5 kn and greater. Outbound vessel
transit is restricted when the flood is 5 kn and greater,
or the ebb is 4 kn and greater.
Australian (Victorian) Notice 95/2011
(AA545697) [35/11]
Index
NP14
2 - 34
Victoria Port Phillip Heads
Directions; sector light; depth
106
108
Aus Chart 144; ALL K2194 [43/11]
Victoria Port Phillip Swan Island docks
Directions
114
Paragraph 4.62 1 line 4 For 24 m Read less than 2 m
ENC AU439144 [43/11]
Victoria Port Phillip Approaches to Geelong
Directions; channel
115
1 On rounding Middle Ground Bank, vessels with a
draught of greater than 116 m must use the defined
deep water channel (16 m); vessels with a draught of
less than 11.6 m may use the 400m wide secondary
channel as shown on chart AUS 158.
Caution. The alignment (182), astern, of No 19
Light Beacon and Rosebud Jetty Light does not serve
as a leading line for either the deep water channel or
the secondary channel.
From a position close E of No.22 Light Buoy (port
hand) (381964S 1445420E) the track leads NNW,
passing (with positions from Hovell Pile Light):
Australian Notice 1/44/12
(HH 014/200/02; AA571850) [11/12]
Victoria Port Phillip Approaches to
Melbourne Directions; channel
126
1 On rounding Middle Ground Bank, vessels with a
draught of greater than 116 m must use the defined
deep water channel (16 m); vessels with a draught of
less than 11.6 m may use the 400m wide secondary
channel as shown on chart AUS 158.
Caution. The alignment (182), astern, of No 19
Light Beacon and Rosebud Jetty Light does not serve
as a leading line for either the deep water channel or
the secondary channel.
From a position close E of No.22 Light Buoy (port
hand) (381964S 1445420E) the track leads N into
the Shipping Fairway as shown on the chart, passing
(with positions from Hovell Pile Light):
(HH 014/200/02; AA571850) [11/12]
Victoria Port Phillip
Approaches to Melbourne
West Channel Directions
126
Clear of unexploded ordnance (380881S
1445066E).
Victoria Melbourne Depths
134
Port of Melbourne Corporation
(AA548331; AA550227) [35/11]
Victoria - Hastings Arrival Information;
regulations concerning entry
146
5 Regulations concerning entry. Harbour Master
approval is required for vessels with a draught over
130 m or a displacement over 100 000 tonnes.
AA566558; AA566557 [49/11]
Victoria Lakes Entrance Directions; buoy
175
SE of a light buoy (375491S 1475794E)
(special), thence:
Australian (Victoria) Notice 124/11 [03/12]
Tasmania Robbins Passage
Directions; buoyage
189
W of a light buoy (port hand) (403928S
1445050E), thence:
Tasmania Port Dalrymple
203
Paragraph 7.117 2 line 2 For 4101S Read 4100S
Paragraph 7.117 2 lines 4-5 For 41007S 146443E
Read 405975S 1464390E
207
1 Anchorage may be obtained in position 40550S
1464600E.
(AA508139) [02/11]
Index
NP14
2 - 35
Tasmania Cape Sorell Directions; rock
228
WSW of a rock (422365S 1451280E) which
dries, thence:
Tasmania Hobart Directions
259
(AA552475) [43/11]
Tasmania Spring Bay and approaches
Port limits
274
(DHDB 1439923) [36/11]
New South Wales Batemans Bay Directions;
fish aggregation device
293
...A fish aggregation device marked by a light buoy
(special) (355003S1502265E) is seasonally deployed
as charted.
New South Wales Jervis Bay
Directions; buoy
301
Paragraph 11.122 1 lines 5-7 Delete and To headland
New South Wales Port Kembla Anchorages
312
1 There are no recommended anchorages. Vessels
have reported the loss of anchors and cables whilst
anchoring off Port Kembla and the adjacent coastline,
particularly within the area bounded by the following
coordinates:
342200S 1505700E
342200S 1505940E
342570S 1505520E
342570S 1505940E
Masters are advised to exercise extreme caution
when anchoring in these waters. However at the
Masters discretion vessels may anchor more than
3 miles off the coast, outside Port Kembla port limits
and not on or near entry leading lines.
Paragraph Paragraph 12.35 3 4 Replace by:
...weigh anchor and proceed to sea without waiting to
receive instructions from Port Kembla Vessel Traffic
Information Centre.
Australian Notice 17/918(T)/2010
(AA540714) [29/11]
New South Wales Cape Banks
Fishing; fish aggregation devices
324
Fishing
12.116a
1 Fish aggregation devices marked by light buoys
(special), are deployed from September to June in the
following positions:
334700S 1512270E
335970S 1512670E
335930S 1512090E
New South Wales Sydney Harbour
Vertical clearance
327
(AA559932) [45/11]
New South Wales Port Jackson Anchorages
328
Merchant vessels. Designated anchorages are
positioned, as charted, at:
B1 335081S 1511565E
B2 335073S 1511557E
T1 335066S 1511593E
W1 335068S 1511647E
Nil
Index
NP18
2 - 36
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark/Sweden The Sound
SOUNDREP ship reporting system
3
1 SOUNDREP. With the object of improving safety
and efficiency of navigation and to increase the
protection of the marine environment a mandatory ship
reporting system (SOUNDREP) has been established
in The Sound between Denmark and Sweden. The
system is operated by Sound VTS from Malm,
Sweden.
All vessels of 300 gt or greater are required to
participate when navigating within the operational area
of SOUNDREP. The limits of the area, which are
shown on the relevant charts, are as follows:
2 N limit.
A line joining the following points:
560658N 121100E Rgeleje
561400N 121100E At sea N of Rgeleje
561808N 121739E At sea W of Kullen
561808N 122688E Kullen Lighthouse
S limit.
551744N 122728E Stevns Lighthouse
551000N 122728E At sea S of Stevns
551000N 125450E At sea S of Falsterbo
3 E limit.
551000N 125450E At sea S of Falsterbo
552289N 130193E Fredshg
W limit.
551981N 122730E Mandehoved
553328N 123553E Aflandshage
4 The SOUNDREP area is divided into two sectors at
latitude 555000N; sector 1 lies to the N and sector
2 lies to the S and each sector has been assigned a
separate VHF channel.
Details of the reports required and the positions of
the reporting points are given in Admiralty List of
198
For details of SOUNDREP, a mandatory ship
reporting system for vessels navigating through The
Sound, see 1.11 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
(SDD 2011000 125854) [35/11]
Denmark Kattegat Directions Routes
8
Paragraph 1.39 2 line 14 For (d) Read (c)
Paragraph 1.39 2 line 16 For (e) Read (d)
72
From E of Anholt, Route D leads SSE to a position
about 13 miles W of Kullen (5618N 1227E) for
onward passage to The Sound. Directions are given
at 4.23.
From the close vicinity of 5651N 1048E, Route B
continues SE and then S to join Route A at Light
Buoy No 4 (56238N 11060E). Route A continues S
to join Route T at the N end of Sams Blt.
Directions are given at 5.58 and 5.73.
74
Paragraph 2.30 1 line 2 For Route B Read Route D
127
...through the E side of Kattegat leads SSE to No 6 Light
Buoy (5645N 1153E), and thence SSW to a position
12 miles S of Anholt. It is marked on the centreline by light
buoys (safe water).
128
Route A. From No 6 Light Buoy (5645N 1153E)
at the junction with Routes T and D, the route leads
SW to a position 5 miles S of Anholt.
128-129
Paragraphs 4.20 to 4.26 Replace by:
4.20
1 Thence, the track continues SSE for a further
6 miles to No 6 Light Buoy (safe water), passing ENE
of Fyrbanken (7 miles ENE of Anholt Light (5644N
1139E)), a small bank lying close NE of Anholt
sterrev, a narrow spit of sand and large boulders,
extending 4 miles from the E end of the island,
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal). The middle part
of the spit is called Kobbergrund; the outer end is
called Knoben. The N side and the E end are
steep-to.
Index
NP18
2 - 37
4.21
1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water)
(5645N 1153E), the track leads SSW for 18 miles
in clear water, between Routes A (4.22) and D (4.23)
to a position 12 miles S of Anholt.
(Directions continue at 5.12)
Route A
4.22
(5645N 1153E), the track leads SW, passing SE of
Anholt sterrev (5 miles W) (4.20) to a position
5 miles S of Anholt.
Route D
4.23
(5645N 1153E), the track leads SSE for 28 miles,
passing:
WSW of Rdebanke (5642N 1206E), a small
bank, reddish brown and yellow sand and coral,
thence:
WSW of Store Middelgrund (5633N 1205E), a
bank consisting of rock, shingle, shell, and brown
sand with several rocky patches in the S part; in
greater depths surrounding the bank, the bottom
is mud. A mast (56337N 12063E), 120 m in
height, stands on the bank. The mast is equipped
with a racon and navigational light. An air
obstruction light is located at the top of the mast. A
dangerous wreck of unknown depth (position
approximate), lies 3 miles SSW and closer to the
track.
2 In this vicinity, the centreline of Route D is marked
by No 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (5632N 1159E),
whence the track continues SSE as far as No 10 Light
Buoy (safe water) (14 miles farther SSE) at the
junction with the routes from Halmstad (4.139) and
Spodsbjerg (4.184). A wreck, with a depth of 233 m,
lies 8 cables W of No 2 Light Buoy.
(Directions continue at 6.23
and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)
Other routes
4.24
1 North-west of Anholt to south-west of Lille
Middelgrund (continued from 5.46a). From a position
13 miles NW of Anholt, the track leads E for about
20 miles, passing (positioned from Anholt Light
(5644N 1139E) (4.17)):
N of a dangerous wreck of unknown depth
(12 miles WNW), thence:
N of Nordvestrev (5 miles WNW), a narrow reef
stretching 4 miles NW from the NW end of the
island, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) moored
1 miles NW of its NW extremity, thence:
2 N of Anholt sterrev (4 miles E) (4.20), whence
it joins Route T SW of Lille Middelgrund.
4.25
1 Useful marks:
Nordbjerg (5643N1131E), highest sandhill at NW
extremity of Anholt.
Anholt Havn Light (5643N 1130E) (5.23).
4.26
1 South of Anholt to The Sound (continued from
5.63). From a position 12 miles S of Anholt, the track
leads SE for 19 miles, passing NE of Lysegrund
(5617N 1146E), a sandy and rocky shoal marked
at its NW and SW extremities by N and S cardinal
buoys, respectively. Lysegrund Light (black hut, red
band, on concrete base, 9 m in height) stands on the
N part of the shoal. The discolouration of the water
over the shoal can usually be seen at a short
distance. The N and E sides of Lysegrund should not
be approached within a depth of 20 m, nor its S and
W sides within a depth of 13 m.
2 The track continues as far as No 10 Light Buoy
(safe water) (5618N 1204E) at the junction with
Route D (4.23) and the routes leading from Halmstad
(4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184).
and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)
140
2 The route SW from Halmstad to No 10 Light
Buoy (5618N 1204E) in the approach to
The Sound.
146
The route (4.26) from W side of Kattegat leading to
The Sound.
165
1 Offshore routes, as shown on the chart:
Route T from 12 miles S of Anholt to Sams Blt.
Route A from 5 miles S of Anholt to Forns.
2 Coastal routes, as shown on the chart:
Route B from Ls Rende to Forns.
Route A from Forns to Sams Blt.
3 Other routes:
Route from lborg Bugt to 12 miles S of Anholt.
Route from lborg Bugt to Forns.
Route from lborg Bugt to 13 miles NW of Anholt.
2 Route A. From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt
(5642N 1134E), the route leads SW for 20 miles to
join Route B.
166
1 From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt (5642N
1134E), the track leads SW for about 20 miles, as
far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) (5624N 1106E),
at the junction with Route B (5.58).
Index
NP18
2 - 38
1 From a position approximately 13 miles NW of
Anholt, the track over the coastal bank, least depth
43 m, leads SE for about 13 miles in the white sector
(112-130) of Anholt Havn Light (red round metal
tower) (56429N 11305E), which...
167
1 An alternative channel, depth 32 m, leads NE to
the harbour entrance from a position approximately
8 miles SW of Anholt, passing NW of Stensre
(5641N 1131E), a rock which lies on the coastal
bank with irregular depths extending from the SW side
of the island, marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) at
its SW extremity.
1 Route B. The W channel through Kattegat follows
Route B from Ls Rende (3.381) to lborg Bugt,
No 7 Light Buoy (5651N 1048E) and thence, to
Forns, No 4 Light Buoy (56238N 11060E).
2 Coastal route. A coastal route leads SSW from
lborg Bugt to the approaches to Mariager and
Randers Fjords (5.59) and thence SE and SSE to
Forns No 4 Light Buoy.
3 From Forns, the route leads S for 20 miles to join
Route T at the entrance to Sams Blt.
168
Paragraph 5.42 Title For Coastal route Read Route B
6 From No 6 Light Buoy, the track leads SSW for
7 miles as far as No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) at
the junction with the seaward end of the approach
channel to Limfjorden (5.94).
and for Limfjorden at 5.107)
169
Other routes
5.46a
1 Svitringen Rende to NW of Anholt. From No 7
Light Buoy (56509N 10480E), the track leads E, in
clear water, for 13 miles to a position 13 miles NW of
Anholt.
2 Useful marks:
Anholt Light (5644N 1139E) (4.17).
Anholt Havn Light (56428N 11305E) (5.23)
1 The principal route follows Route B (5.58). The
coastal route leads SW to the approaches to Mariager
and Randers Fjords (5.59) and then SE to Forns.
Alternative routes from Svitringen Rende lead E
(5.46a) and SE (5.63) across Kattegat.
170
Paragraphs 5.58 to 5.63 including headings Replace by:
Route B
5.58
1 From No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) (56509N
10480E), the route leads 10 miles SE to a position
approximately 16 miles W of Anholt, and then 20 miles
SSE to Forns and No 4 Light Buoy (5624N
1106E), at the junction with Route A.
2 Useful marks:
Gjerrild Light (56317N 10498E) (5.60).
Hammelev Church (56267N 10537E).
Bavnehj Windmill (56253N 10519E), standing
on high ground.
Grenaa Church (56247N 10525E).
Svitringen Rende to Mariager and Randers Fjord
approaches
5.59
1 From a position about 6 miles E of Svitringen
Rende S Lighthouse (56510N 10363E) at No 7
Light Buoy (safe water), the track leads SSW in clear
water for 11 miles, to a position approximately 4 miles
E of the approaches to Mariager Fjord (5.165) and
Randers Fjord (5.203).
2 Useful marks:
Als Odde Leading Lights (56427N 10208E)
(5.181).
(Directions continue at 5.180 and 5.214)
Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches to
Forns
5.60
1 From a position 4 miles E of the approaches to
Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads SE for
13 miles, passing (positioned from Gjerrild Light (white
tower, 11 m in height) (56317N 10498E), on
Knudshoved):
2 NE of a 43 m rocky patch (8 miles NW), lying
about 1 miles NE of the W part of Tangen,
a large shoal area subject to considerable and
sudden changes, as shoals of mixed sand
and weed may form and become almost
awash. In 1985, Tangen was reported to be
extending N. Thence:
3 Between a 4 m patch (5 miles N), the N-most
of the numerous small shoals forming the E
part of Tangen, the majority of which lie SW
of the track, and a wreck (3 miles N) with a
depth of 51 m. Thence:
NE of a 5 m shoal (2 miles NNE) and an isolated
patch of 53 m1 mile ESElying closer to the track.
Clear of a 4 m shoal (3 miles NE), and:
4 NE of Gjerrild Flak (1 miles E), extending
about 1 mile NE from the coast at Gjerrild
Klint (5.53), with irregular depths up to 2 miles
ESE of this shoal.
Index
NP18
2 - 39
5.61
1 From a position about 4 miles E of Gjerrild Light,
the track leads SSE for 10 miles to seaward of
Gjerrild Bugt, a bay with numerous wrecks, passing
ENE of Forns (6 miles SE), the E extremity of
Jylland, a wide projecting point, on which stands
Forns Lighthouse (5.57), as far as No 4 Light Buoy
(safe water) at the junction with Route B (5.58) and
Route A (5.16).
5.62
1 Useful marks:
Mejlgrd Manor House (spire) (56302N
10395E), white, red roof.
Tre Windmill (56318N 10421E), without sails.
Glesborg Church (56286N 10437E), white.
2 Rims Church (56287N 10477E), white.
Sostrup Manor House (tower) (56299N
10494E), red building.
Stensmark Manor House (56267N10567E), red
building with tower, not charted.
Hammelev Church (56267N 10537E), white.
3 Bavnehj Wi ndmi l l (5625 3N 1051 9E),
standing on high ground.
Grenaa Church (56247N 10525E).
Other routes
5.63
1 Svitringen Rende to South of Anholt. From No 7
Light Buoy (56509N 10480E), the track leads SE
in clear water for 35 miles, to a position, on Route T,
12 miles S of Anholt.
2 Useful marks:
Anholt Light (5644N 1139E) (4.17).
Anholt Havn Light (56428N 11305E) (5.23).
Snderbjerg (56415N 11324E) (4.32).
186
1 From a position approximately 4 miles E of the
approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track
leads W for about 4 miles to Mariager Fjord Light
Buoy (starboard hand), which marks the seaward end
of the approach to the dredged channel.
192
2 North-east approaches. From a posi ti on
approximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track
leads W for 4 miles to the Mariager Fjord Light Buoy.
4 East approach. From a position approximately
3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads SW for
5 miles, passing NW of Tangen. The track then leads
W in the green sector (254-276) of Udbyhj Light
(5.214) for about 2 miles, passing S of Boels Plade,
and then WNW for Randers Fjord Light Buoy (safe
water).
198
199
Danish Notices 29/742/10; 35/866/10
(SDD 2010000 122790; 146026) [40/10]
Sweden Kattegat Northern part Gteborg
and approaches Restricted area
11
Paragraph 1.67 including heading Delete
12
Paragraph 1.68 Delete
80
101
thence:
SE of a 18 m patch (2cables NE), thence:
103
Paragraph 3.239 1 lines 2-3 Delete It is to Area (3.24).
Swedish Notice 390/7682/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205) [12/12]
Sweden Kattegat Northern part Gteborg
and approaches Restricted area
11
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.67
including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.67
12
Replace by:
1.68
1 Spare.
(SDD 2012000 035205) [13/12]
Index
NP18
2 - 40
Denmark Kattegat Ls SE Groves Flak
Route T Buoys and shoal
128
...depths of up to 95 m separates the two banks.
An isolated 191 m shoal (57064N 11373E)
lies near the E edge of Groves Flak; a 124 m
shoal lies 2 miles farther SSW. And:
Danish Notice 4/171/2012; BA Chart 2107
(SDDs 2012000 023743; 2009000 044316) [09/12]
Denmark Kattegat E Halmstad
Approach channel; depth; draught
141
...95 m.
(SDD 2012000 117440) [27/12]
Denmark Kattegat S Isefjord
General Information; pilot boarding;
controlling depths
147
Paragraph 4.191 1 lines 13 Replace by:
1 Pilots can be obtained from Hundested (4.210) in
the entrance to the fjord. Pilots board 1 cables N of
the light buoy (safe water) (555965N 115101E).
For details...
...channel, 4 miles in length, is entered through a position
7 cables NW of Spodsbjerg Light...
2 On the E side of the entrance are the two...
1 Main channel, N of Stteriet has depth 82 m; S
over Lyns Sand has depth 6 m, but is subject to
silting.
Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012
(SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12]
Denmark Isefjord Hundested Havn
Directions
148
...about 2miles, passing close to the light buoy (safe
water) (1 mile N) (4.191), and then S for 6 cables as far...
...the W mole of Yderhavn (4.204), marked by a...
West mole head (555791N 115053E) (4.210),
Yderhavn, Hundested Havn.
N entrance light (555759N 115047E) (4.211),
Trafikhavn, Hundested Havn.
(SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12]
Denmark Isefjord Hundested Havn
Anchorages and harbours
149
...Isefjord, is a commercial port with ferries to Rrvig;
RoRo, bulk and cruise ship berths and a fishing harbour.
2 Controlling depths: 82 m in the approach channel.
55 m in the entrance to Yderhavn, the old harbour,
subject to silting, particularly in the area SW and W of
the W mole. From 82 m to 7 m in Trafikhavn.
Harbour. Yderhavn, the old harbour, protected by
two moles,...
Trafikhavn, the commercial harbour is protected by
a S mole with an entrance, 150 m in width, facing
SW.
1 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
about 5 cables SSW of Yderhavn, the approach
channel leads NNE, passing (positioned from the W
mole head light (555791N 115053E)):
2 WNW of the N end of the cruise pier (2 cables
S), thence:
ESE of a 5 m shoal ( cable SW), thence:
ESE of a spit ( cable SSW) (4.203), and:
3 Between the mole heads (1 cable S), each
marked by a light (aluminium lantern and grey
pedestal, 2 m in height).
4 To enter Trafikhavn, the track leads NE between
the S mole head and the new berth, marked by lights:
New berth SW corner (grey pedestal, 2 m in height).
South mole head (grey lantern on pile structure, 4 m
in height).
1 Alongside berths:
Yderhavn, the old harbour, depths of 30 to 45 m.
Trafikhavn, depth 82 m on the 300 m new berth;
70 m on the 320 m RoRo general cargo berth.
Cruise pier, facing the entrance channel, 260 m with
a depth 82 m.
(SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12]
Index
NP18
2 - 41
Denmark Kattegat South Svitringen Rende to
Forns General information; prohibited area
170
Prohibited area
5.55a
1 An area to which entry is prohibited, marked by
lighted buoys (special), is centred 13miles NE of
Forns Lighthouse. The area incorporates a wind
farm under construction (2011). A lighted transformer
platform (563575N 110917E) marks the seaward
end of a submarine cable to Grenaa.
after line 6 Add:
3 Anhol t wi nd farm transformer pl atform
(563575N 110917E).
Chart 2108; Danish Notice 23/608/2012
(SDD 2012000 112393) [26/12]
Denmark Kattegat west
Forns to Sams Blt
Directions; track; depth
172
W of a 173 m shoal (561943N 110638E),
thence:
Danish chart 128
(SDD 2011000 215075) [51/11]
Denmark Kattegat South Grenaa Havn
Approach channel; leading lights
173
5.81
1 Grenaa leading line. From a position about
2miles E of Forns Light (562661N 105744E)
(5.57), on the alignment of Grenaa Havn Leading
Lights (2415) the main channel, 100 m wide and
dredged to 12 m, leads 3miles WSW, passing (with
positions from Grenaa Front Leading Light (562484N
105557E)):
2 NNW of a light buoy (port hand) (1mile ENE)
marking the entrance to the dredged channel,
thence:
SSEof a 42 mshoal (1mile NE) marked by a buoy
(starboard hand), thence:
3 SSE of Li l l erev (9 cabl es NNE), a shoal
extending a short distance SE from the
narrow coastal bank, and between a pair of
light buoys (lateral), and:
NNWof Kalkgrund (7 cables E), a rocky shoal with a
least depth of 13 mat the E extremity, lying close
E of the E mole head. The shoal is marked by a
light buoy (Ncardinal) at its NEextremity, and by a
buoy (S cardinal) at its SE extremity.
4 The track then leads, from a position within the
mole heads about 1 cable WNW of the E mole head
light, SW in the white sector (216-219) of Grenaa
Havn Directional light (grey framework tower, 18 m in
height) (562453N 105545E) to the ferry harbour.
Danish notice 26/687/2012
(SDD 2012000 129311) [30/12]
Denmark The Sound Helsingborg to
Lous Flak TSS; buoyage
210
Paragraph 6.90 1 line 5 For W5 Read W5A
... patch with a depth of 107 mlies 2 cables NNEof W5A...
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 4 For W5 Read W5A
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 5 For W5A Read W5B
BA Chart 2594
(SDD 2012000 040115) [14/12]
Denmark The Sound Kbenhavns Havn
Trekroner Light sector
210
Paragraph 6.95 1 line 4 For (207-210) Read (207-211)
215
220
(SDD 2011000 231073) [02/12]
Trekroner and Prvesten Light sectors
215
220
221
Paragraph 6.155 3 line 3 For (178-180)
Read (1782-1803)
Danish Notice 45/1199-1200/11
(SDD 2011000 211598) [49/11]
Index
NP18
2 - 42
Denmark The Sound Kbenhavns
Arrival information; restricted area
217
5 A restricted area for construction work, marked by
buoys, lies W and SW of a lighted buoy (spar,
starboard) (554335N 123856E).
(SDD 2011000 215698) [49/11]
Trekroner Light sector
220
Paragraph 6.149 2-3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 2/12 Delete
Danish Chart 134
(SDD 2011000 238311) [06/12]
Kronlbet directional lights
220
1 Kronlbet Directional Lights. Two lights (lattice
beacons, 146 m apart) are displayed from Frihavnen
(6.165), between Nordbassinet and Mellembassinet.
The white sectors of these lights (N light 243-246, S
light 240-243) are visible together in a lane 60 m
width on a line of bearing (2428) leading through the
centre of Kronlbet. To the N of the track the N light
displays a green sector (241-243), while S of the
track a red sector (243-245) is displayed from the S
light.
North light (framework tower, 23 m in height)
(554231N 123601E).
South light (framework tower, 23 min height) (146 m
farther SW).
2 The track leads from Renden, the N part of
Kongedybet (6.155) which lies between Stubben
reclamation work and N end of Middelgrund, and
thence into Kronlbet (6.119), least width 150 m,
passing (positioned from Trekroner Light):
(SDD 2012000 012566) [06/12]
Denmark Kbenhavn
Basins and berths; depths
223
Paragraph 6.165 2 lines 2-3 For 95 to 10 m Read 85 m to
95 m
(SDD 2011000 046115) [13/11]
Sweden The Sound Lundkrabukten
Lous Flak to Malm Redd
225
1 Passage east of Pinhttan. From a position
9 cables W of Valgrundet Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(554914N 124757E), marking a 22 m shoal at the
SW extremity of Valgrundet (6.102), the track leads
SE in the deeper trench close SW of the charted
anchorages.
2 From a postion 1miles N of Pinhttan Light
(554525N 125193E) (6.184) the track leads S into
the SW part of Lundkrabukten (6.190) to pass E of
the l i ght buoy (starboard hand) (5546 35N
125175E), N of Pinhttan Light.
(SDD 2012000 035205) [10/12]
Denmark Storeblt Directions; lights
254
2 Rsns Lighthouse (disused) (white square
tower, 15 m i n hei ght) (5544 62N
105215E).
255
257
...2 miles E of Rsns Lighthouse (disused) (7.12),
consists of an...
259
260
286
...SSW of Rsns Puller Light (554499N 105060E)
(7.17) and...
288
1 From a position about 3 miles SW of Rsns
Puller Light (554499N 105060E) (7.17), the track
leads S for about 2 miles, passing (positioned from
Rsns Puller Light):
(SDDs 2010000 146026; 166075) [43/10]
Index
NP18
2 - 43
Denmark rhus Bugt Hov Havn Lights
271
...protected by moles to the S and NE.
272
SSW for 4 miles,
(SDD 2010000 125848) [34/10]
Denmark Odense Fjord Directions;
buoyage; beacons; dredged channel
277
1 Controlling depth. The natural winding channel
through the fjord from the entrance to Lindterminalen
is maintained at a depth of 110 m. A number of
sections dredged to 70 m lie immediately adjacent to
the 110 m channel; their positions are shown on the
chart. From Lindterminalen to Odense at the head of
the fjord, the channel is maintained at a depth of
75 m, subject to silting, with a maximum permitted
draught of 7 m.
278
NW of a 31 m patch (5 cables NE) lying on the
narrow coastal bank off Skoven and marked by a
buoy (port hand), thence:
NW of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 cables ENE)
marking the NW extremity of the coastal bank.
4 From a position about 2 cables from the front light,
the track leads S in the white sector (164-173) of
Enebrodde Light (55310N 10337E) (7.190) for
about 2 cables, passing W of the W extremity of the
coastal bank off Skoven (2 cables ESE).
5 From a position about 2 cables N of Enebrodde
Light, the track leads SSE in the dredged channel
through Gabet (7.186) passing between Nos 1 and
4 Light Buoys (lateral). The E side of the channel is
dredged to 70 m in this stretch and the boundary
between it and the main channel, which is dredged to
110 m, is marked by the alignment (152) of leading
beacons (white with cross topmarks) (55308N
10341E and 3 cables SSE).
1 From a position about 1 cable ESE of Enebrodde
Light, the track leads SSW for about 4 cables, passing
(with positions from Enebrodde Light):
WNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 cables SE)
marking the SE extremity of the 70 m dredged
channel, thence:
WNW of a 37 m shoal (4 cables SSE) marked by
No 8 Light Buoy (port hand).
278-279
1 From a position about 2 cables NE of Lammes
Hage Front Leading Light (55300N 10323E)
(7.204), the track trends SE for about 4 cables in the
centre of the channel to a position between No 14
Light Beacon (port hand) and No 5B Light Buoy
(starboard hand).
279
The SW side of the channel is dredged to 70 m
along this stretch and its SW extremity is marked by
Nos 5B and 7 Light Buoys (starboard hand).
Paragraph 7.205 5 line 6 For 2 cables NRead 2 cables NE
The SE side of the channel is dredged to 70 m
along this stretch and its SE extremity is marked by
Nos 20 and 22 Light Buoys (starboard hand).
Danish Notice 42/1144/11 and BA chart 931
(SDD 2011000 196669) [46/11]
Denmark Storeblt Link West section
Vertical and horizontal clearances
287
Danish ENC DK4STOBS
(SDD 2009000 160145) [06/10]
Denmark Storeblt Link;
Vertical clearance
287
line 4 For 169 m Read 18 m
Danish Chart 141
(SDD 2010000 052332) [22/10]
Denmark Storeblt sterrenden N
Light replaced by buoy
288
sterrenden N Light Buoy (552181N 110135E).
289
...Light Buoy (starboard hand) (552181N 110135E).
The light buoy, which marks the N end of the...
1 From a position NE of sterrenden N Light Buoy
(8.29)...
Index
NP18
2 - 44
...from sterrenden N Light Buoy):
(SDD 2012000 029966) [11/12]
Germany Flensburg Outer Approaches
Directions; anchorage
424
NNW of the Geltinger Bucht container ship lay-up
anchorage (1 miles SW) (12.252), and:
427
Geltinger Bucht anchorage has been designated
(2009) as a container ship lay-up anchorage until
further notice and is marked by buoys (special).
German Notice 47(16)26(T)/09
(SDDs 2009000 172794; 177707) [02/10]
Germany Travemnde
Directions; route; leading lights
442
Paragraph 13.67 2 line 4 For (13.69) Read (13.96a)
...Wismarbucht (13.27), the track leads SW for
15 miles following the Lbeck-Gedser Route to
Travemnde Light Buoy (safe water), passing SE of...
Spare
13.69
445
Paragraph 13.85 1 line 5 For 10563E Read 10568E
446
1 From a position in the vicinity of Travemnde Light
Buoy (safe water), moored 3 miles NE of the
breakwater, the track leads SW for 1 miles to the
dredged channel. The track passes SE of a rock,
least...
After Paragraph 13.96 1 Add:
13.96a
1 Priwall Leading Lights:
Front light (white triangle, red border, point up on
white mast, 13 m in height) (53575N
10530E).
Rear light (white triangle, red border, point down, on
white framework tower, 21 m in height) (380 m
farther SW).
2 The alignment (216) of these synchronised lights
leads SW for 1 mile through the dredged channel
(100 m in width), marked by two pairs of light buoys
(lateral).
German Notice 47/(16)37/09
(SDD 2009000 172798) [02/10]
Sweden East coast Restricted Areas
15
113
114
2 Restricted area. The entrance to Slite Hamn lies
within a Restricted...
115
Paragraph 2.219 1 lines 5-6 Delete It lies within to
Restricted Area.
145
235
268
269
Index
NP19
2 - 45
272
Depths
7.32a
1 The greater part of the waters lying NW of
Mysingen, as shown on the chart, are incompletely
surveyed. Uncharted dangers may exist. Similar areas
exist W of Nttar and between Rno and Al.
276
Paragraph 7.68 1 lines 1-2 Delete The port to See 7.17.
278
284
307
Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687;
392/7689/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [12/12]
Sweden East coast Restricted areas
15
Spare
1.89
Spare
1.90
113
Spare
2.201
115
Spare
2.223
145
Spare
3.197
268
Replace by:
7.8
1 Spare.
269
Spare
7.17
272
Spare
7.38
284
Replace by:
7.128
1 Spare.
307
Spare
7.280
Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687;
392/7689/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [13/12]
Sweden SE Baltic Sdra Midsjbanken
Directions; light platform
86
...of 11 to 18 m. A lighted platform (2.18) has been
established at the N end of the bank. A wreck with a depth
of 15 m lies...
Sdra Midsjbanken, lighted platform (554320N
171998E) (2.18).
2 AIS:
Sdra Midsjbanken platform (554320N
171998E).
For information, see The Mariners Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Index
NP19
2 - 46
87
Sdra Midsjbanken, lighted meteorological
platform (mast on yellow platform, 100 m in
height) (554320N 171998E).
Sdra Midsjbanken platform (554320N
171998E).
For information, see The Mariners Handbook and
NNW of Sdra Midsjbanken platform (30 miles
SSE) (2.18); thence:
(SDD 2012000 064614) [20/12]
Sweden Karlskrona approaches
Directions; buoyage
121
Paragraph 3.7 3 lines 5-6 For near Karlskrona Angring
Light Buoy (56032N 15334E) Read in position
56028N 15333E.
141
Paragraph 3.168 1 lines 3-4 For the vicinity of Karlskrona
Angring light buoy (56032N 15334E) Read
Karlskrona pilot boarding position (56028N 15333E)
145
Paragraph 3.193 1 lines 3-4 For close to Karlskrona
Angring Light Buoy (56032N 15333E). Read in
position 56028N 15333E.
146
5 Thence the track leads 6 miles WNW, clear of any
charted dangers, to a position 4 miles SSW of Vstra
Frsnkningen Light (56065N 15345E).
Paragraph 3.209 2-4 & 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 From a position SSW of Vstra Frsnkningen
Light, the alignment (0125) of these lights leads
4 miles NNE to the entrance, through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) and in the white sector
(00170141) of Vstra Frsnkningen Light,
passing (with positions from the light):
3 E of Farstugrund (2miles SSW), thence:
WNW of Esten (2miles S), thence:
ESE of Saltknlen (1miles SSW), thence:
WNW of Sundsbden (1miles S), thence:ESE of
llebden (1 mile SSW), thence:
W of Yttre Hjortgrundet (1 mile S).
1 Alternative channel. From a position close E of
Anchor Berth A (3.213) the ....
147
1 Anchorage may be obtained at Anchor Berth A
(56035N 15315E).
(SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12]
Southern Baltic - Sweden - hus Draughts
127
128
2 The dredged outer harbour is about 70 m wide with
a turning basin at each end. The outer turning basin
is for vessels of length up to 120 m with a maximum
recommended draught of 59 m. The inner turning
basin is for vessels of length up to 110 m with a
maximum recommended draught of 63 m.
(SDD 2012000 155959) [34/12]
Sweden Vstervik approaches
Directions; tracks; lights; buoyage; depth
196
2 From a position close N of Vsterviks Angring
Light Buoy (N cardinal) (57449N 16550E), the
track leads 5miles W through the fairway, marked
by buoys and light buoys (lateral), in the white sector
(268269) of Vsterbdan Light (red tower, black
base, 15 m in height, floodlit) (574484N 164450E),
to a position 1cables E of the light, passing (with
positions from Vsterbdan Light):
4 N of Norra Per-Mattsbden (1 mile ESE), thence:
N of a 48 m shoal (7 cables ESE), marked by No 4
Light Buoy (port hand) which also marks the
junction where the inshore channel briefly joins
the main channel to lead E for 6 cables.
Tallskrshlet Leading Lights:
Front light (green tower, white band) (57435N
16435E).
Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables SSWof front
light).
5 From a position 1 cables E of Vsterbdan Light
the alignment (207) of the above lights leads
1 miles SSW through Tallskrshlet, a narrow,
straight channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
between Lilla Tallskr on the W side and Stngskr,
on which stands a beacon (white cairn, red band, 4 m
in height) (57440N 16443E), on the E side.
6 Useful mark:
Light (yellow post) (57441N 16433E) standing
close off the SE point of Grns.
Index
NP19
2 - 47
197
2 From a posi ti on cl ose NE of Marshol men
(57436N 16432E) the alignment (279) of these
lights leads 1 mile W to a position 2cables from the
front light, passing (with positions from the front light):
Sof arocky shelf whichextends 1 cables ESEfrom
the SE extremity of Grns, and is marked by a
light buoy (starboard hand), thence:
3 S of an islet (3 cables E) which is marked by
a beacon on its S side and a light buoy
(starboard hand) close off its W extremity,
thence:
N of Borg Light (3 cables ESE) (white lantern)
displayed from the NW side of Borg.
4 Thence the track leads 1miles NNW through the
fairway, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral),
initially in the white sector (154158), astern, of
Borg Light to a position E of Kllarmstaren Beacon
(57446N 16405E), and thence in the white sector
(347-350) of Vi tudden Li ght (whi te l antern)
(57457N 16405E) to Djuphamnen.
5 From a position S of Ekholmsgrundet Beacon
(57454N 16406E) the channel leads 2 cables NW
to Blockholmssundet entrance, in the white sector
(301307) of No 1 Light (green tower, grey base,
6 m in height), exhibited on the N side of the channel.
Alternative channel
5.79a
1 From a position N of Borg Light an alternative
channel leads 1 mile N through Lusrnafjrden in the
white sector (176-182), astern, of Borg Light to a
position between Trnskr (57450N 16418E) and
Trnskrgrund, 2 cables WSW, both of which are
marked by light buoys (lateral). Thence the channel
leads 6 cables NW in the white sector (301307) of
No 1 Light (5.78) to rejoin the main channel S of
Ekhol msgrundet Beacon, passi ng N of Li l l a
Lusrnagrund (57451N 16410E), marked on its N
side by a light buoy (port hand).
197-198
2 From a position in the main channel 4cables E of
Borg Light (57438N 16416E) the track leads
5 cables NNW into Lusrnafjrden through either of
two channels marked by buoys (lateral and isolated
danger) and a beacon standing on a rock in the
centre of the fairway. Thence the track continues
NNW to join the alternative channel (5.79a) and
thence the main channel S of Ekholmsgrundet
Beacon.
3 A branch channel continues NNW to pass N of
Stora Ringholm and enter the inner harbour close W
of the inner end of Blockholmssundet.
Useful mark:
Watch tower (57459N 16387E).
(SDD 2011000 179661) [43/11]
Sweden Norrkping Pampushamnen
Directions; lights; buoys; dredged channel;
depths
215
Paragraph 5.198 8 line 5 For (251-254)
Read (2511-2533)
221-222
1 Lindkanalen Leading Lights:
Front light (58370N 16149E).
Rear light (4 cables WSW of front light).
From a position NE of Stora Juten Light (58381N
1619 7E) the track l eads 2 mi l es WSW to
Pampushamnen entrance passing NNW of Stora Juten
to join the alignment (247) of the above lights which
lead in a 100 m wide channel, dredged to 149 m
(2011) and marked by light buoys (lateral). At night
the channel leads in the white sector (0668-0675),
astern, of Stora Juten Vstra Light (58381N
16197E).
2 The Pampushamnen turning basin, with a diameter
of about 400 m, and the dredged area are marked at
their limits by buoys and light buoys (lateral). The
centre of the short channel through Pampushamnen is
indicated by the alignment (295) of Pampushamnen
Leading Lights:
Front light (red triangle on red post) (58377N
16143E), displayed from the NE corner of
Hndeln.
Rear light (similar structure) (80 mNWof front light).
3 Caution. In winter an ice-bridge, crossing the
entrance channels, is established from Get (5840N
1618E), on the N side, to Marby, 4 miles S and
close E of Lindhamnen.
222
1 Lindkanalen is entered from Pampushamnen
turning basin from the alignment of Lindkanalen
Leading Lights (5.251).
1 Pampushamnen. The oil harbour has three berths
with depths of 90 m, 119 m and 142 m. The
multi-purpose terminal has a total length of 610 m with
a dredged depth of 142 m; the NW end of the quay
is a RoRo berth with a dredged depth of 104 m. A
second RoRo berth, 80 m in length, lies close S of
the main quay and has a depth of 88 m.
(SDD 2011000 127250) [31/11]
Index
NP20
2 - 48
Navigation and regulations Traffic and
operations Traffic Recommended tracks
10
...measured. In 2011 the Finnish authorities
promulgated procedures revising its channel depth
practice. The channel depth is referred to as the
authorised draught. The authorised draught of a
channel refers to the maximum design draught at
which a ship can use the channel. The user of the
channel may, on a case by case basis and after
careful consideration of all relevant factors, exercise
discretion to exceed the authorised draught. On...
3 The channels affected by the channel depth
practice are distinguished by grey shading on national
charts and are announced in the Finnish Notice to
Mariners. Details of The channel depth practice in
Finland - principles and implementation (FTA
Instruction 4955/1021/2011) may be obtained from the
Finnish Transport Agency website www.fta.fi
Finnish Notice 33/633/2011
(SDD 2011000 221059) [51/11]
Sweden Gulf of Bothnia Special regulations;
restricted area
19
360
Paragraph 9.37 1-4 Delete
417
418
422
450
489
Swedish Notice 391/7690-7691-7692; 392/7689/2012
(SDD 2012000 040056; 045644) [12/12]
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st September 2012
Gulf of Finland Russia Off Rodsher and Off
Hogland TSS Deep-water route discontinued
89
Paragraph 2.34 5 line 1-3 Delete
91
2.43
1 Spare.
Russian Notice 8/1043(P)/12
(SDD 2012000 035349) [34/12]
0000 UTC on 1st December 2010
Gulf of Finland Porkkala to Kalbdagrund
Directions; traffic separation schemes
90
Paragraph 2.39 1 line 1 After route Insert (via the
Precautionary Area)
NNW of Keri saar Lighthouse (59420N 25013E)
(3.92) and through the E section of the Off
Porkkala Lighthouse TSS, thence:
Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For the E end Read the W end
Paragraph 2.42 1 line 2 For the E end Read the W end
IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Finnish Notice 17/263/2010
(SDD 2010000 101433) [43/10]
Russia Luzhskaya Guba Directions
91
4 SSW of Banka Ryabinina (14 miles NW) and
the deeper shoals surrounding it; and through
an area 13 miles ESE of Ostrov Sommers,
declared by the Russian authorities as a
Precautionary Area, at the junction with the
fairway leading to Luzhskaya Guiba (3.156).
Thence:
117
1 From a position 2 miles E of the Off Ostrov
Sommers TSS No 5 Li ght Buoy (safe water)
(600956N 280117E), within the area declared by
the Russian authorities as a Precautionary Area, the
track, marked by light buoys (safe water) leads SSE
for 12 miles to a position E of Rif Ostrovnoy Light
(595643N 275876E) (3.133). The track then leads
a further 17 miles SSE to Reka Luga, passing (with
positions from Gorki Light (594799N 282979E)):
119
1 Three anchorage areas are established in the
Luzhskaya Guba region, as follows:
Area 10A. NE of Mys Kolganpya (3.157).
Russian Notices 49/6372/2010; 49/6373/2010
(SDD 2010000 195559) [06/11]
Index
NP20
2 - 49
Gulf of Finland Estonia Muuga sadam and
approaches - Approach east of Aksi
Recommended track
109
1 Recommended track. From a position W of
Rammu saar, the recommended track leads W in the
white sector (2575-2625) of Muuga (Karbimadal)
Light (white round metal tower, red base, with
2 balconies, 15 m in height) (593300N 245836E),
towards the entrance leading lights (3.97), passing
(with positions from Aksi Light (593574N 250590E)
(3.92)):
Estonian Notice 2/12/2012
(SDD 2012000 026191) [08/12]
Gulf of Finland Russia Luzhskaya Guba
Directions
117
1 From a position in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy
(safe water) (600910N 280514E), in the Off Ostrov
Sommers TSS, within the area declared by...
(SDD 2012000 156311) [34/12]
Finland Koppns Directions; Lights
142
...by buoys (cardinal), and leads ESE in the white
sector (0993-1012) of Koppns Light (59510N
22580E) ahead, to the harbour.
(SDD 2010000 190245) [49/10]
Finland Helsinki approaches Bjrkfjrden
Directions; leading beacons; authorised draught
162
1 From a position NW of Kyt (6004N 2443E) on
the Gsgrundet leading line (4.183), the track leads
1 miles NNW in a channel, authorised for a draught
of 43 m, towards the entrance to Bjrkfjrden.
Thence the track passes between Storai sarn
(60061N 24414E) and Torraisarn, 1 cables SW,
and continues NNW, the track being marked by buoys
(cardinal). It passes between Pentala (6006N
2440E) and the mainland; thence, marked by buoys
(lateral), 3 miles NW to Kivenlahti (6009N 2438E).
A bridge crosses the inlet mile above Kivenlahti.
(SDD 2011000 102000) [29/11]
Finland Helsinki Directions;
authorised draught
167
(SDD 2010000 165405) [43/10]
Finland Helsinki Directions;
authorised draught
169
(SDD 2010000 144550) [40/10]
Gulf of Finland North shore Orrengrund to
Kotka channel Directions
188
192
193
194
195
5.71
1 From a posi ti on E of Ti i skeri (6009 75N
261552E) the entrance, marked by light buoys and
buoys, and authorised for a draught of 100 m, initially
uses the alignment (0231) of Orrengrund Leading
Lights, as described at 5.46, to a position 2miles
SSW of the front leading light.
2 From this position, 4miles SW of Lltta Light
(601720N 263307E), the recommended track leads
0496 keeping within the white sector (052-0625) of
Lltta Light, passing:
NWof Helsinggrund shoal, marked by light buoys (W
and N cardinal), thence:
3 SE of Orrengrund (601640N 262617E) (5.47)
and Bksren, an islet lying on the foul
ground extendi ng 5 cabl es SE from
Orrengrund, thence:
NW of an area of rocks and shoals, of which the
closest to the track are Nygrund (601505N
262850E) and Korjusgrund (1 mile NE), marked
by a light buoy (N cardinal).
Index
NP20
2 - 50
4 From a position 1miles WSW of Lltta Light the
recommended track leads 0442 keeping within the
whi te sector (044-045) of Kl ubbhol m Li ght
(602295N 264286E) (5.131), passing:
SE of Ljusasten shoal marked by a light buoy (E
cardinal, thence:
NWof Lltta Light and shoal, the Nend marked by a
light buoy (N cardinal), thence:
5 Between Lltta Mutka Light Beacon (S cardinal)
(601815N 263312E), standing 6 cables SSE of
Vinbergshll and a 62 m patch, marked by a light
buoy (N cardinal) (601791N 263351E).
196
1 From a position 1 miles NNE of Lltta, the
Winter Channel, mostly marked by light buoys and
buoys, and authorised throughout this section for a
draught of 100 m continues on a recommended track
of 0442 within the white sector (044-045) of
Klubbholm Light (5.131), passing:
1 NW of Pitkviiri, an island on whose SW point
stands a fishing light (red hut, occasional)
(601732N 263794E). Viragrund is the
closest of several shoals extending NW, to
within 7 cables of the track, from Pitkviiri,
thence:
SE of Bisagrund Beacon Light (white metal post, red
band) (601914N 263477E).
...sterhllen, on the recommended track leading 0442
within the KlubbholmLight white sector (044-045) (5.72).
204
Paragraph 5.131 1 line 2 to 6 Replace by:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (602295N
264286E) and is the same structure for the
sector light (5.71 and 5.72).
Rear light (similar structure) (1 mile W of front light)
stands on a rock.
Finnish Notice 15/138(P)/2012
(SDD 2012000 111999) [30/12]
Gulf of Finland Porvoo to Loviisa
Leading lights
189
Paragraph 5.20 4 line 7 For leading light-structure Read
light
2 Thence the track leads...
(SDD 2012000 231855) [50/12]
Finland Approaches to Hamina Directions;
routes; buoys, lights; depths; anchorages
195
E of Ristisaari (5 miles SW), an islet with foul ground
extending 1 mile SSE; a beacon stands on
Kakonelli, a rock 3 cables SSE.
(Directions continue for Hamina at 5.128a)
Thence the track continues N, passing:
197
1 From a posi ti on i n Mussal o Channel N of
Haapasaari (5.90), the line of bearing 139, astern,
of Kivikari Light (60175N 27125E) (5.78) leads
2 miles NW, in a channel authorised for a draught of
80 m to Merikari, passing NE of Katajakari (60184N
27102E), SW of Hangonmatala, 6 cables NE, a rock
awash, and between Lnsi Hallinkari, 1 mile farther N,
an islet on which stands a beacon, and Piritova, a
shoal 8 cables farther W. This section is covered by
the white sector (135143) of Kivikari Light; buoys
and light buoys mark the hazards nearest the track.
2 Thence the route leads 2 miles WNW in the white
sector (290295) of Rankki Light (5.131), passing
between Merikari Light (60211N 27056E) (5.131)
and Vahakari (5.128c), 1 miles SSW.
The route then leads about 1 miles WNW to a
position SSW of Retonpaasi Light (5.131).
An alternative route is obtained by keeping within
the white sector of Rankki Light until the white sector
(331336) of Lelleri Light (yellow round tower, black
top) (60240N 26585E) is entered; this also leads
SSW of Retonpaasi.
3 Useful marks:
Keskihallinkari Light (60199N 27113E) (5.131).
Rankin Kivikari Light (60212N 26572E)
(5.128c).
203
1 The deepest route, authorised for a draught of
120 m, leads E from NE of Ristisaari (60187N
26487E) to briefly join the South Finland Winter
Channel SE of Kirkonmaa (6023N 2703E) until SW
of Vatinki (60244N 27184E). It then leads N
between Saukko (5.128e) and Rakin Kotka and thence
NW to Hamina.
The W approach to Hamina (6034N 2712E) is
the continuation of the South Finland Winter Channel
from Kaunissaari (5.72), with an authorised draught of
100 m. It leads S of Kirkonmaa, then passes E of
Vieskeri (9 miles ENE) before joining the 120 m route
SE of Uolio (5.128f).
Directions for approach from Ristisaari
Principal mark
5.128a
1 Major light:
Ostrov Gogland Light (60056N 26570E) (2.36).
Index
NP20
2 - 51
5.128b
1 Racons:
Rankin Kivikari Light (60212N 26572E).
Veitkari Light (60160N 27144E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Ristisaari to Vatinki
5.128c
1 From a position NE of Ristisaari (60187N
26487E) the track leads 7 miles E in a two-way
route, authorised for a draught of 120 m and marked
by buoys and light buoys (cardinal), to a position SSE
of Ahvenkari, passing (with positions from Vahakari
(60194N 27043E)):
S of Patricia (5 miles WNW) (5.68), thence:
2 S of Rankin Kivikari (3 miles WNW), a shoal
wi th above-water rocks, from whi ch i s
exhibited a light (white metal post, red band)
(8 cables SW), thence:
N of a 48 m patch (5 cables NW) lying near the
extremity of shoal ground extending NW from
Vahakari, thence:
3 S of a 41 m patch (1 miles NNE) lying at the
extremity of shoal ground extending S from
Merikari (5.131) and marked by H5 Light Buoy
(S cardinal), thence:
S of Ahvenkari (2 miles NE) (5.132).
5.128d
1 Vatinki Leading Lights:
27184E).
Rear light (similar structure) (7 cables from front
light, on Aarholma).
From a position SSE of Ahvenkari the alignment
(052) of these lights leads 4 miles NE to a position
1 miles SW of the front light, passing:
2 NW of a 51 m patch (2 miles E), thence:
NW of an 88 m patch (3 miles ENE), thence:
SE of a 109 m patch (4 miles NE), thence:
NW of at 118 m patch (5 miles ENE) marked by
H8 Buoy (N cardinal), thence:
3 SW of a 99 m patch (5 miles NE), the
SE-most of a series of shoals with depth less
than 10 m extending 8 cables farther NNW.
Vatinki to Hamina entrance
5.128e
1 From a position 1 miles SW of Vatinki Front
Leading Light the route leads 5 miles N in a two-way
route marked by light buoys (lateral), passing (with
positions from Saukko (60272N 27163E)):
E of an 112 m patch (1 miles SSW), thence:
W of a 63 m patch (1 miles S).
2 The route then enters a short section dredged to
138 m between Jallunmatala (8 cables S), a shoal
with a least depth of 04 m, and a 37 m patch,
3 cables farther E, thence:
W of a rock awash (6 cables SSE) lying on shoal
ground extending 7 cables W from Kaiji, an islet.
3 The route then enters a 5 cables long section
dredged to 135 m, through shoal ground lying
between Saukko and the W extremity of Rakin Kotka
(5 cables SE), thence:
W of an 83 m patch (2 cables ENE).
5.128f
1 Ravaholma Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe on metal
mast) (60303N 27110E) exhibited from the
NE point of the islet.
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables NW of front
light, on Pieni-Musta).
From a position NNE of Saukko the alignment
(308) of these lights leads 2 miles NW in a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) to a position 1 miles
SE of the front light, passing:
2 Through a 4 cables long section dredged to
135 m (8 cables N), thence:
SW of an 86 m patch (1 miles NNW); an 89 m
patch lies 1 cables farther SE.
The route then enters an 8 cables long section
dredged to 135 m between Uolio (1 miles NNW)
and Uoliomatala, a shoal on which stands an islet,
5 cables farther NNE.
3 Uolio Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangles, yellow stripe on metal
mast) (60287N 27143E).
Rear light (similar structure) (1 cable SEof front light;
both lights on Uolio).
From a position 1 miles SE of Ravaholma Front
Leading Light, the alignment (145), astern, of the
above lights leads 2 miles NW in the channel marked
by light buoys (lateral) to a position in the harbour
entrance NE of Pieni Musta.
204
2 From a position N of Kaunissaari (6022N
2646E), the South Finland Winter Channel leads
6 miles ESE in a two-way route on the alignment
(281), astern, of Klubbholm Leading Lights. The
track, marked by light buoys and buoys (cardinal) and
authorised for a draught of 100 m, passes N of
Patricia (5.68). Thence it leads between Rankki Light
(black round concrete tower, 6 m in height) (60219N
26583E) exhibited from Rankinmatala, the buoyed
shoal area extending up to 4 cables S and SW of
Rankki islet, and Rankin Kivikari, 8 cables SW
(5.128c).
3 The fairway continues 4 miles ESE to a position
7 cables SSE of Merikari Light (red mast) (60211N
27056E), within the white sector (101-105) of
Keskihallinkari Light (white metal tower, red band)
(60199N 27113E), exhibited from the SE end of
the shoal. The track passes SSW of Retonpaasi
(60219N 27011E), a rock from which is exhibited
a light (grey round tower), Pauhakari (8 cables ESE) a
shoal, on which there are rocks awash and marked by
a buoy (S cardinal), and Merikari (1 miles farther
ESE), the islet from which is exhibited Merikari Light,
and NNE of Vahakari (60194N 27043E) (5.128c).
1 The track then joins the 120 m route and leads
1 mile E to a position SSE of Ahvenkari (5.128c)
whence it turns NE onto the alignment (052) of
Vatinki Leading Lights (5.128d), and leads for
3 miles to a position 3 miles SW of the front light,
passing NW of 88 m and 80 m patches (5.128d).
Index
NP20
2 - 52
2 Tammio Leading Lights:
27240E) on S part of Vstri.
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables ENE of front
light, in W part of Tammio).
3 The track then leaves the 120 m route and follows
the alignment (070) of these lights which leads
3 miles ENE, passing NNW of Velperkari (60223N
27167E), an islet from which is exhibited a light
(white lantern, concrete base), and a 42 m shoal,
marked by a light buoy (N cardinal), 4 cables NNE, to
a position ESE of Enskeri Light Beacon (port hand,
metal structure) (60236N 27192E).
4 Useful mark:
Lnsi Hallinkari Beacon (60196N 27101E).
From a position NNE of Saukko the route then
re-joins the 120 m route for the final approach to
Hamina entrance.
204-205
Spare
5.135
205
1 120 m channel north of Kiviletto. From a position
in Mussalo Channel SE of Kaakkoniemi Light Beacon
(60166N 26523E) (5.67) an alternative route,
marked by light buoys (cardinal) and authorised for a
draught of 120 m, leads 2 miles NE to a position
NNW of Kiviletto, and thence 3 miles NE to join the
main 120 m route NNW of Vahakari.
100 m channel south of Rankin Kivikari. From a
position 1 mile E of Kaunissaari (6022N 2646E), an
alternative route, authorised for a draught of 100 m,
leads 3 miles SE to join the main 120 m route SW
of Patricia (5.68).
207
3 Anchorage may be obtained in two areas, marked
by light buoys (cardinal and lateral), adjacent to the
120 m route. The first area, swept to 138 m, is
centred 1 miles S of Saukko (5.128e), and the
second area, swept to 135 m, is centred 3 cables NE
of Uolio (5.128f).
After Paragraph 5.154 continuity legend For 5.135 Read
5.128f
1 From a position NE of Pieni-Musta (60305N
27107E) the recommended track, authorised for a
draught of 120 m, leads 6 cables WNW in a channel
swept to 132 m, passing NNE of Kaurakari, from
which is exhibited a light (white post) (60308N
27105E), to the alignment (344) of Palokangas
Harbour Leading Lights (red triangles on white square
boards), which lead into the harbour.
2 From a posi ti on on the above track N of
Pieni-Musta a branch, authorised for a draught of
120 m, leads 5 cables W, and thence NW, to No 3
berth of the oil port (5.158), in a channel swept to
132 m. The W part of this track can be continued
further W into an area swept to 100 m to access the
LPG jetty in the W part of the oil port. The limits of
the swept areas are marked by buoys (cardinal and
lateral).
208
1 Situated in the S part of Hillonniemi, the oil port
(6031 N 2710 E) i s operated by several oi l
companies and consists of an LPG jetty, 170 m in
length with a swept depth of 100 m, and three oil
berths, with the largest, No 3, having a swept depth of
132 m and handling ships with maximum length
250 m. Swept depths at berths No 1 and 2 are 100 m
and 112 m, respectively.
1 Situated NNE of the oil port, Palokangas has, on
the W side of the basin, three berths each 200 m in
length; the inner berth has a RoRo ramp. The E side
fronts a container terminal and has four berths with a
combined length of 630 m; the inner berth has a
RoRo ramp. The head of the basin provides a fourth
berth for the terminal.
2 The swept depths in Palokangas are 132 m in the
outer part, 127 m in the mid part and 112 m at its
head. The outer two berths on the W side are swept
to the lesser depth of 123 m for a distance of about
7 m from the quay.
Finnish Notices 17/351, 352/2011
(SDD 2011000 113474) [29/11]
Gulf of Finland Finland Northern Shore
Hamina bypass channel Directions
204
lines 12 Replace by:
3 The track then leaves the 120 m route and follows
the Hamina bypass channel, maximum authorised
draught 73 m. The alignment (0707) of these
lights....
(SDD 2012000 209504) [47/12]
Finland Hamina to Vyborg
Directions; leading lights
210
1 From a position close SE of Mustamaa (60260N
27327E), the track, marked by buoys (cardinal),
leads 2 miles NE in the white sector (0315-0355)
of Siikasaari Light (white rectangle) (60281N
27370E) and passes NW of Lnsikivi Beacon
(60270N 27363E).
Index
NP20
2 - 53
2 The track leads to the following alignment:
Finnish Notices 9-10/118/2010
(SDD 2010000 058600) [24/10]
Russian Federation Vyborg and approaches
Gavan Vysotsk Directions; depths; lights;
beacons; buoys
212
2 The NE-most part of Fairway No 6 leading to
Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd is dredged to 80 m (2010).
An alternative deep-water route passing N of Hallikivi
(5.205) is dredged to 127 m (2010) as is Vnutrenniy
Vysotskiy Reyd. The channel from Vysotsk to Vyborg
is dredged to various depths as shown on the chart.
214
1 From Banka Yalkamatala, the line of bearing
2449, astern, of Igrivyy E Light (white rectangle, red
stripe, on red 4-sided framework tower, 10 m in
height) (60354N 28277E) leads 1 mile ENE to the
vicinity of the harbour entrance, passing SSE of
Banka Hallikivi and the light buoy (port hand) marking
its SSE extent, and NNW of the shoal water, marked
by two light buoys (starboard hand), extending
5 cables NW towards the fairway from Ostrov
Vysotskiy (6036N 2835E).
2 By night, the track leads in the white sector
(060-070) of Pikhtovyy Light (white truncated conical
structure, red stripe, on white round tower, 16 m in
height) (60370N 28344E).
Thence the route, dredged to a depth of 127 m
(2010), leads ENE through the entrance marked by
lights and light buoys (lateral).
215
1 From a position 1 miles SW of Hallikivi Front
Leading Light (60365N 28316E), the deep-water
route, dredged to 127 m (2010) and marked by light
buoys (lateral), leads 1 mile NNE, passing WNW of
Banka Syvmatala; thence 6 cables ENE, passing
NNW of Hallikivi Front Leading Light and Banka
Karniemen (1 cables farther NE), marked by a light
buoy (starboard hand); thence 5 cables ESE to the
vicinity of the harbour entrance.
...of Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd, dredged to 127 m
(2010).
Berths. The oil pier has two main berths, dredged
to 145 m (2004).
Russian Notice 26/10 and 19/11
(SDD 2010000 103553; 2011000 073882) [24/11]
Gulf of Finland Russia Approaches to
Vysotsk Leading Lights
214
Replace by:
1 Vysotskiy Vkhodnoy Leading Lights
Front light (white panel with red stripe, fixed to tower,
15 min height) (603692N283393E) on the W
shore of Ostrov Vysotskiy.
Rear light (white panel with red stripe, fixed to tower,
17 m in height) (2 cables ENE of front light).
2 From Banka Yalkamatala, the alignment (0622) of
these lights leads 125 miles ENE, to a position
4 cables WSW of the front light, passing SSE of
Banka Hallikivi, and the light buoy marking its SSE
extent, and NNW of the shoal water, marked by two
light buoys, extending 5 cables NW towards the
fairway from Ostrov Vysotskiy (6036N 2835E). The
outbound track is indicated by Igrivyy E Light (white
rectangle, red stripe, on red framework tower, 10 m in
height) (603540N 282766E), a directional light
standing on the E side of Ostrov Igrivyy, bearing
2449.
3 Thence the route, dredged to a depth of 127 m
(2010), leads ENE through the entrance marked by
lights and light buoys (lateral).
Russian NM 1983/14/2012
(SDD 2012000 065379) [17/12]
Finland Frby Directions; Lights
233
This alignment leads 1 mile NE, and thence
1 miles NNE in the white sector (2165-2185) of
Vstergrundet Light (60046N 22490E) astern,
through a fairway marked by buoys, to Karaholm at
Frby (6.62).
(SDD 2010000 190245) [49/10]
Finland Ut to Hanko channel
Directions; Lights
235
Paragraph 6.71 14 line 3 Delete Turmharu/
15 Korpskr leading line. The alignment (081),
astern of Korpskr Leading Lights, and the narrow
white sector (261-262) ahead, of Turmharu Light
(red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal framework
tower) (59505N 21224E), leads 6 miles W to a
position ESE of Bokullankivi Light. The track then
leads WSW, in the white sector (247-252) of
Eglonskr Light (6.112), for 1 mile to the Stenharun
leading line (6.112).
Finnish Notice 35-36/579/2010
(SDD 2010000214628) [02/11]
Index
NP20
2 - 54
Finland Naantali Directions;
lights; depths
235
238
239
240
After Paragraph 6.104 2 line 4 Heading Replace by:
Directions for the 153 m route
244
After Paragraph 6.123 3 line 4 Heading Replace by:
Directions for the 153 m route
245
246
248
253
254
255
256
260
261
264
265
1 Wi th posi ti ons from Tupavuori Front Li ght
(60265N 22044E):
From the N extremity of the Viheriinen leading line
(2 cables ESE) the 153 m fairway leads 7 cables
NNW to a position 1 cables S of the Oil Harbour.
From this position, the fairway, now authorised for a
draught of 90 m, leads to a position S of the grain
berth, thence 80 m to the head of the harbour.
2 A second fairway, authorised for a draught of 77 m
and marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 7 cables
W to a shipyard.
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Tupavuori Oil
Harbour in an area centred about 6 cables WSW of
Viheriinen Front Light (60270N 22049E) (6.257).
Finnish Notices 6-7/76/2010; 6-7/77/2010; 9-10/120/2010
(SDDs 2010000 040998; 040999; 058600) [24/10]
Finland Rauma and approaches
Directions: leading beacons
290
1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko (61084N
21260E), a short branch channel, authorised...
291
1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko Front
Beacon (61084N 21259E), a short branch channel,
authorised for a draught of 55 m, leads WSW from
the Valkeakari 75 m channel (7.87) for about 1 mile,
marked in turn by the following leading marks:
Index
NP20
2 - 55
2 Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons (white triangles,
yellow stripe) (61083N 21222E) in line
bearing 265.
3 Rounakari Leading Beacons (red rectangles,
white stripe), in line bearing 241; the front
beacon is on the N extremity of Rounakari
islet whilst the rear is on a rock 3 cables SW.
4 These leading marks lead to a position close SSE
of an L-shaped jetty on the S point of Kuuskajaskari.
A landing jetty on the E side of Kuuskajaskari is
approached from the SE via a 18 m channel marked
by leading lights (white triangles, red stripe), in line
bearing 307, with the front beacon common to
Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons.
Finnish Notices 9-10/122/2010; 12/171/2010
Finnish ENC FI59S41A
(SDDs 2010000 058600; 070288) [24/10]
Finland Gulf of Bothnia
North-west approaches to Vaasa
Other aids to navigation; Track guide
314
315
316
Finnish Notice 29-30/586/2011
(SDD 2011000 200888) [47/11]
Finland North-west approaches to Vaasa
Directions; beacons; buoys
314
Paragraph 7.248 2 line 2 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 7.248 3 lines 3-4 For (N cardinal)
Read (starboard hand) (4 miles SE)
Paragraph 7.248 3 line 6 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.248 5 line 4 For (N and S cardinal) Read
(starboard and port hand)
315
Paragraph 7.249 3 line 6 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
hand)
Paragraph 7.249 4 line 9 For (Wcardinal) Read (port hand)
hand)
hand)
316
hand)
Paragraph 7.254 5 lines 5-6 For (N cardinal) Read
(starboard hand)
Finnish notice 28/563/2011
(SDD 2011000 184683) [43/11]
Finland Raahe Approach; limiting
conditions; turning basin; directions
336
Paragraph 8.75 1 lines 4-5 Delete ...Between the two areas
is a turning basin, 300 m in diameter.
2 The berths are protected by a large area of
reclaimed land close W of the quays.
Heikinkari Rear Leading Light (red rectangle, yellow
stripe) (64392N 24240E) standing on Iso
Elkko, an area of reclaimed land.
337
Main channel
8.79
1 From a position about 3 miles N of Nahkiainen
Lighthouse (64367N 23538E) (8.52) the approach
leads ESE to a position 1 miles WSW of Raahe
Lighthouse (64391N 24134E) (8.77), passing NNE
of the detached shoal patches (8.54), marked by
buoys (cardinal), to the NW and NE of Nahkiainen
Lighthouse.
Index
NP20
2 - 56
Thence the recommended track leads through a
channel marked by light buoys, beacons, and in turn
by the following leading lights:
2 Heikinkari Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle with yellow stripe on white
tower) (64392N 24209E).
Rear light (1 miles E of front light) (8.77).
The alignment (085) of these lights leads
2 miles E through a buoyed channel, to the
Virpiper leading line.
3 Virpiper Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal
framework tower) (64400N 24246E),
standing on the foreshore close N of Helmi Pier
(8.80).
Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (4 cables
ENE of front light).
Thence the alignment (062) of these lights leads
1 mile ENE through a buoyed channel, to a position
5 cables W of the entrance to the commercial harbour.
4 The track then leads 7 cables E, in the narrow
white sector (085-086) of Odotuslaituri Light (grey
tower, 25 m high) (64396N 24243E) through a
buoyed channel to the turning area. The track then
leads SSE to the main berthing area.
8 m channel
8.79a
1 From a position on the 10 m track 5 cables W of
the commercial harbour entrance, an alternative track,
authorised for a maximum draught of 80 m, leads a
further 5 cables ENE on the alignment (062) of
Virpiper Leading Lights to a position 5 cables SW of
the front leading light. The track, marked by buoys
(cardinal), then trends E and SE to the Rojuniemi
Leading Line.
2 Rojuniemi Leading Lights:
Front light (yellow mast) (64394N 24250E).
Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (1 cables
SE of front light).
Thence the alignment (126) of these lights leads
SE to the berths at the Oil and Export Quays.
(SDD 2010000 083797) [26/10]
Sweden Gulf of Bothnia Western Shore
Vssarn to regrund Directions; buoy
362
5 Between Frhllan (3 miles NW), on which
stands Frhllan Light (white lantern on hut),
and a 68 m shoal, marked by a buoy (port
hand), 1 cables WSW of the light, thence:
(SDD 2012000 226759) [48/12]
Sweden Skutskr-Harns
Directions; depths
378
...with a least depth of 77 m, continues on the
alignment of...
Paragraph 9.183 4 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 26/10 Replace by:
4 To reach the berths at Harnshamnen, the track
leads SW through an area with a least depth of 58 m,
marked by buoys and light buoys, passing NW of
Sjukantsgrundet.
2 Massakajen (Pulp Quay), is a concrete pier on
the S side of Harnshamnen with a least
depth of 57 m. The W side is 245 m long and
the E side is 90 m long. The maximum
authorised draught for Massakajen is 52 m.
379
...of 76 m. The maximum authorised draught for
these berths is 71 m.
(SDD 2010000 185898) [48/10]
Sweden Sea of Bothnia Gvle
Fredrikskanhamnen Controlling depths
379
Paragraph 9.194 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
Controlling depths
9.194
1 Channels. The mai n N entrance of
Holmuddsrnnan has a least depth of 106 m (2010).
The least depths (2010) for the channels to the
areas of the port listed below are as follows:
2 Fredri ksskanshamnen new oi l quay and
Granudden terminal 108 m.
Granudden terminal RoRo 93 m.
Container terminal basin 105 m.
Basin off berths 12-14, 89 m.
Basin off berths 4-8, 93 m.
Fredriksskanshamnen to Gavlen 42 m (2011),
maintenance dredging no longer takes place Wof
Fredriksskans.
381
1 New oil quay, berth 21, (604156N 171373E) at
the entrance to Fredriksskanshamnen is 200 m long
with a least depth of 108 m (2010).
2 East basin (604155N 171325E) has ten berths.
Berths 17-19 on the E side of the basin form the
container terminal and have a least depth of 105 m
(2010). Berths 11-16, with a least depth of 89 m
(2010) lie in the NW corner of the basin. Berths 9-12
lie on the W side of the basin with a least depth of
105 m (2010).
3 South and south-west quays (6041 37N
171290E) have berths totalling 465 m in length,
berths 4-8 have a least depth of 93 m (2010). At the
W end of the SW quay, berth 3, the fixed RoRo ramp,
with a 20 m width, has a least depth of 75 m (2010).
4 Old oil quay, berth 1, (604133N 171274E) is
190m long with a least depth of 93 m (2010).
Index
NP20
2 - 57
There are two berths; the W berth has a least depth of
93 m (2010) and the E berth 109 m (2010).
Swedish Notices 348/6823 and 383/7515/11
(SDDs 2011000 061658; 234536) [02/12]
Sweden Gulf of Bothnia Stocka
Directions; buoyage; lights
406
1 From a position about 3 miles ESE of Britas Klack
(61535N 17280E) head WNW for 5 miles, passing
close S of Britas Klack and Sdra Gullgrund, both
marked by buoys (S cardinal). When 1 mile from
Ingaskr the track leads W on the following alignment.
2 Stocka Inlopp Beacons (61536N 17210E). The
alignment (270) of these beacons (red triangles)
leads through a channel, passing S of Ingaskrsrev,
partly awash, which lies 3 cables E of Ingaskr and N
of the foul ground whi ch extends NNE from
Skrakharet, an islet close inshore lying 4 cables S of
the entrance. Pass between the shoal extending S
from Ingaskr marked by a spar buoy (starboard
hand) and the bank extending from the S shore.
3 The track then alters NW to pass through a narrow
channel, into the harbour. The sides of the channel
are indicated by two pairs of beacons (white circles
with black stripes) bearing 324.
4 Caution. The water immediately NE of the
alignment of the E pair of beacons is very shallow.
Useful mark:
Strmsbruk Chimney (61524N17193E) (10.16).
Four wind turbines (red obstruction lights) centred on
Radio mast (red obstruction light) (61529N
17209E).
(SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12]
Gulf of Bothnia Sweden rnskldsvik and
Approaches Directions; light
435
NEof Bonssund Beacon (3 miles WNW), thence:
(SDD 2012000 207196) [44/12]
Sweden Efesgrundet to Vktaren
Directions; light
442
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden Hrnefors Authorised draught
442
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden Skelleftehamn
Authorised draught
463
3 The approach from SE, for vessels drawing not
more than 50 m, passes between the...
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden Kgehamn Authorised draught
468
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden Trehamn Authorised draught
489
2 The channel, which is well marked and buoyed, is
authorised for a draught of 80 m to the anchorage
(11.246) in Storfjrden; 56 m from Storfjrden to
Lgenn (11.240); and 30 m from Lgenn to
Trehamn.
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden Trehamn Directions; lights
489
Paragraph 11.240 8 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
490
Paragraph 11.241 2 line 3 For light-structure Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 2 For light Read beacon
Index
NP20
2 - 58
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 11.241 9 line 3 For lights in line Read beacons
(SDD 2010000 166886) [43/10]
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
India Chennai to Kkinda Bay
Kattupalli Port
91
Kattupalli Port
Chart 317, Indian Chart 3039 (see 1.16)
General information
2.115a
1 Position and function. Kattupalli Port (131850N
802120E) is located 3 miles N of Ennore Port; it
handles container, lighter and general cargo traffic in
addition to being a major shipbuilding and ship repair
centre.
The port has been developed by Larsen and
Toubro (L and T) Shipbuilding Limited (LTSB), a joint
venture between L and T and the Tamilnadu Industrial
Development Corporation (TIDCO).
2 Port Authority. LTSB has been licensed by the
Tamilnadu Maritime Board to operate the port.
LTSB - Port Division, Kattupalli Village, Ponneri
Taluk, Tiruvallur District, Tamilnadu 600 120,
India.
Tamilnadu Maritime Board, 22 Sir Thyagaraya
Road, T. Nagar, Chennai 600 017, India.
Limiting conditions
2.115b
1 Controlling depth. The approach channel is
reported (2012) to be dredged to 14 m although
charted depths are less. The Port Authority should be
contacted for the most up to date information.
Tidal levels. Tides are semi-diurnal and similar in
character to those at Ennore. The mean spring range
is 12 m with a mean neap range of 02 m.
For further information, see Admiralty Tide Tables
Volume 3.
Arrival information
2.115c
1 Outer anchorages. There are two anchorage
areas, shown on the chart, located N of the pilot
boarding position. The N anchorage is for dangerous
cargo, the S anchorage is unrestricted. A dumping
ground (131980N 802435E) is located NE of the
anchorage areas.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 100 gt.
The pilot boarding position (131833N 802341E) is
located between the outer anchorages and the fairway
light buoy (safe water) moored in the E approaches to
the buoyed channel.
For further information, see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6.
Harbour
2.115d
1 General layout. The harbour is entered through a
180 m wide dredged channel marked by light buoys.
There are two 1 mile long breakwaters protecting the
inner harbour. Inside the breakwaters, there is a
turning circle, 570 m in diameter, and the main
berthing area.
2 The container berths are located in the N half of
the harbour, with a finger jetty and a ship lift facility to
the S. In the S half of the harbour, there is a sea
water intake for the Chennai Petroleum Corporation
Limited (CPCL), extending 500 m NE from a sea
island, which is linked to the shore by a 500 m long
causeway. A jetty serving L and Ts offshore platform
and floating production unit modular fabrication facility
(MFF) is located just N of the root of the S
breakwater.
3 Development is continuing at the port, with the
erection of transits and further navigation marks
planned. A new sea water intake for CPCL is being
constructed to the S of the S breakwater. The existing
CPCL intake will be decommissioned once the new
intake is operational.
Natural conditions. The weather and sea state are
driven by the monsoons. During the NE monsoon
(November to January), wind speeds of 20-25 kn and
a S setting current, at a rate of kn at the harbour
entrance, may be expected. For climate information
see 1.157.
Directions
2.115e
1 Landmark:
Radio Tower (131861N 802024E) (50 m in
height).
Index
NP21
2 - 59
Approach. From a position E of the port, in deep
water and seaward of the 200 m depth contour, the
track to the fairway light buoy (safe water) (131782N
802341E) moored in the approaches to the port is
straightforward and the chart is the best guide.
2 Entry. From the fairway light buoy, the track leads
WNW to the first pair of light buoys (port and
starboard hand) marking the dredged channel, thence
through the buoyed channel, passing:
N of the extremity of the S breakwater (131817N
802155E), from which a light is exhibited,
thence:
S of the SW extremity of a 42 m shoal bank
(131838N 802168E), marked by a light buoy
(S cardinal), thence:
SSW of the extremity of the N breakwater
(131845N 802155E), from which a light is
exhibited.
3 Once inside the harbour, courses may be directed
as required to make an approach to the allocated
berth. The limits of the dredged area are marked by
light buoys.
Useful marks:
Port control building and signal station (131892N
802077E) (30 min height), located near the root
of the N breakwater.
Radar tower (131845N802155E) (red and white
bands, 20 m in height), located at the S extremity
of the N breakwater.
Berths
2.115f
1 Container berths. There are 2 berths located in
the NW corner of the harbour. Container Berth 1
(131870N 802085E) is 350 m long with a charted
depth alongside of 140 m. Container Berth 2
(131882N 802093E) is 360 m in length with a
charted depth alongside of 140 m.
Vessels of up to 300 m LOA and 135 m draught
can be handled at the container berths.
2 Shipyard. There are two 260 m long berths either
side of the shipyards shiplift (131840N 802090E).
Both berths are 25 m wide and have a charted depth
of 100 m alongside. There is also a Finger Jetty
(131855N 802090E) situated N of the shipyard
shiplift. It is 200 m long and 20 m wide and has 2
berths with a charted depth of 100 m alongside.
3 Other berth. There i s an addi ti onal berth
(131780N 802085E) which serves the MFF in the
SW corner of the harbour. The MFF Jetty is 100 m
long with depths alongside of 60 m.
Port services
2.115g
1 Repairs. As a major shipbuilding and ship repair
port, Kattupalli is set up to handle most hull,
machinery and underwater repairs. There is a ship lift
which can accommodate vessels up to 18 500 tons
and 210 m LOA.
2 Other facilities. Garbage and oily waste disposal
are available. There are basic medical facilities at the
port with major hospitals located in Chennai.
Supplies. Food supplies and fresh water are
available. Agents can arrange the supply of fuel by
bunker through the official supplier.
Indian Chart 3039; L & T Shipbuilding
(SDD 2012000 159513) [49/12]
India Kkinda Bay to Vamsadhra River
Gangavaram Port
99
GANGAVARAM PORT
General Information
Chart 234
Position
2.164a
1 Gangavaram Port (173760N 831480E), in the
state of Andhra Pradesh, lies 4 miles SSW of
Vishkhapatnam.
Function
2.164b
1 Gangavaram Port has been developed as an all
weather deep water multi-purpose port. The port
handles a variety of bulk cargoes including coal, iron
ore, fertiliser, limestone, food grains, steel products
and petrochemicals.
Port Limits
2.164c
1 The port limits are shown on the chart.
Approach and entry
2.164d
1 Gangavaram Port is approached from the E and
entered through the dredged channel leading between
the N and S breakwaters.
Traffic
2.164e
1 Approximately 8 000 000 tonnes of cargo handled
annually.
Port Authority
2.164f
1 Gangavaram Port Limited., Hyderadad 500 033,
Andhra Pradesh.
Internet. www.gangavaram.com
e-mail. port@gangavaram.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
2.164g
1 The following depths are maintained by dredging:
Outer channel, 202 m
Inner harbour and turning circle, 195 m.
2 Due to siltation and strong currents, the depths in
the outer channel are liable to change.
The mariner should contact the port authorities for
depths maintained in the channel and inner harbour.
Deepest and longest berth
2.164h
1 Deepest, Iron ore berth 4 and Coal berth 5.
Longest, Iron ore berth 4.
Index
NP21
2 - 60
Tidal levels
2.164i
1 Mean spring range about 14 m, mean neap range
about 06 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide
Tables Volume 3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
2.164j
1 A Capesize bulk coal vessel of 180 199 dwt was
discharged in 2011. The port is capable of handling
vessels up to 200 000 dwt.
Local weather and sea state
2.164k
1 Wind. From March to May the wind shifts SW and
is the precursor to the SW Monsoon, which normally
lasts from mid May until mid October. The SW
Monsoon is usually accompanied by cloudy weather
and includes the wet season. The wind and weather
become more variable after the SW Monsoon but NE
winds prevail between October and December. A NW
wind is usually fresh during the day but at night
become light and W. In October and November
squalls and rain are common. The greatest rainfall
occurs between June and November.
2 Cyclonic storms in the Bay of Bengal normally
occur 4 to 5 times a year. They are most likely in
November but can also occur in May.
Fog. There is a small likelihood of fog between
December and May.
Sea state. There is always a considerable swell
here. The highest sea state is normally between April
and September.
Arrival information
Port operations
2.164l
1 The port operates 24 hours a day.
Port radio
2.164m
1 There is a port radio station, see Admiralty List of
Notice of ETA required
2.164n
1 Notice of ETA required at least 48 hrs in advance.
Outer Anchorages
2.164o
1 Within the port limits there are 10 designated
anchorages marked on the charts. Each anchorage is
about 1 miles in diameter. There is also an
examination anchorage.
Spoil ground
2.164p
1 A spoil ground (173620N 831680E), within the
outer anchorage, is charted 1 mile SW of the pilot
boarding position.
Pilotage
2.164q
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
boards in position 173708N 831753E. In bad
weather the pilot will guide the vessel until boarding
becomes possible.
Tugs
1 Tugs are available.
Harbour
General layout
2.164r
1 The main harbour area is enclosed by two
breakwaters to the N and S of the dredged entrance
channel. Berths 1, 2 and 3, W and SW of the turning
circle, are for general and dry cargo; berths 4 and 5
to the S are for bulk iron ore and coal.
Development
2.164s
1 Further development within the breakwaters
proposes an additional 9 berths. Additional plans are
for ship building with repair facilities and a marine oil
terminal with SPM and an onshore tank farm.
Currents
2.164t
1 Currents of monsoonal origin exist, tending to follow
the coast line. From September to December, SW
current setting with rates from 05 to 2 kts are
experienced, maximum being September. During the
rest of the year, NE current with rates from 05 to
15 kts are experienced with maximum being in May.
Principal marks
2.164u
1 Landmarks:
Gangavaram Signal station (173705N
831393E).
Pigeon Island (173719N 831442E).
Water tower (173752N 831361E).
Approaches
2.164v
1 From a position SE of Dolphins Nose Light
(174059N 831757E) the track leads WNW into the
roadstead toward the pilot boarding position and onto
the alignment of Gangavaram Port Leading Lights.
Entrance channel to turning circle
2.164w
1 Gangavaram Leading Lights:
Front transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower,
red bands, 14 m in height) (173748N
831376E).
Rear transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower,
red bands, 29 m in height) (500 m from front
mark).
2 From a position 1miles W of the breakwater
entrance the track, on the alignment (265), leads
through the buoyed entrance channel to the turning
circle.
Basin and berths
Basin
2.164x
1 The i nner harbour encl osed by N and S
breakwaters consists of a turning circle and 5 berths.
Alongside berths
2.164y
1 There are 5 alongside berths; the largest berth, the
iron ore berth, has a length of 340 m and a depth of
195 m.
Index
NP21
2 - 61
Port services
Repairs
2.164z
1 Local workshops can carry out hull and machinery
repairs. Divers are available.
Other facilities
2.164aa
1 Medical facitities are available in Vishkhapatnam.
Garbage and waste oil disposal can be arranged.
Compass adjustment can be arranged through the
ship agent.
Supplies
2.164ab
1 Marine diesel and fuel oil is available by road
tanker or fuel barge.
Fresh water, provisions and stores are available.
Communications
2.164ac
1 The nearest airport is at Vishkhapatnam, 13 km N
of the port.
BA Chart 234; INP2 Bay of Bengal Pilot (Edition 1 2007)
Amendment 06/2010
(SDD 2010000 045338) [21/11]
India East Coast Goplpur Port to Puri
Directions; light
109
Proygi Light (white circular tower, 32 m in height)
(192800N 851000E).
2 Major light:
Proygi Light (above) (192800N 851000E).
...extremity of hills surrounding Ganjm; Proygi
Light (3.18) (192800N 851000E) lies
2 miles ENE. Thence:
Indian Notice 14/176/12
(SDD 2012000 145256) [37/12]
India East Coast Dhmra Port
117
Dhmra Port
Chart 814, Indian Chart 3037
General information
3.72a
1 Position and function. The Port of Dhmra
(204915N 865821E) is a joint venture between
L&T and Tata Steel. It is located 3 miles N of the
mouth of the Dhmra River and W of Kanika Sand
Island. It is one of the deepest ports in India and
deals with the import and export of coal, iron ore and
limestone.
2 Port authority. Harbour Master, Dhmra Port
Company Ltd, Dosinga, Dhmra, Bansada, Bhadrak
756171, Orissa, India.
Website: www.dhamraport.com
Arrival information
3.72b
1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a
day.
Anchorage may be obtained 2 to 3 miles NE of the
Fai rway Li ght Buoy (safe water) (2055 46N
870712E) in depths no less than 18 m with good
holding ground.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 200 gt.
The pilot boards 1 mile E of the Fairway Light Buoy.
Harbour
3.72c
1 General layout. The berths are approached
through a 9 mile long buoyed channel leading to an
L-shaped jetty lying in a NNE/SSW orientation. A
600 m wide turning circle with a minimum depth of
17 m lies at the S end of the jetty. The limits of the
turning circle are marked by Light Buoys No 23 (W
cardinal) and 24 (N cardinal).
2 Tidal levels. The mean spring range is 40 m. For
further details see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Directions
3.72d
1 Other aid to navigation.
Racon:
Fairway Light Buoy (205546N 870712E) (3.72b)
2 Approach and entry. From S. After passing E of
Palmyras Shoals (3.72) and remaining outside the
30 m contour, the approach can be made from the E,
passing close N of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe
water) then proceeding via the buoyed channel
marked by paired light buoys (port and starboard
laterals) numbered 1 to 20. The channels depth is
maintained by dredging as indicated on the chart; it is
between 170 and 240 m wide.
Berths
3.72e
1 There are two 350 m long berths with depths
alongside of 19 m which can handle vessels up to
290 m LOA.
Port services
3.72f
1 Repairs. Minor.
Other facilities. Medical facilities are available.
Supplies. Fuel, fresh water and provisions are
available.
Spare
3.73
Dhmra Port Company Limited
(HH. 021/200/01) [10/12]
Burma Yangon River and approaches
Directions; light float
173
...until SE of the N part of the shoal. From Krishna Shoal,
the track remains in charted depths from 10 to 18 m until
the approach to Yangon River is made.
Index
NP21
2 - 62
SE and E of the dangerous wreck (155978N
961451E) of an earlier light vessel.
3 From a position approximately 4 miles E of the
dangerous wreck (155978N 961451E), the track
leads N, passing:
175
...should not attempt to enter the Western Channel unless
they are confident of their position.
179
1 This offshore route leads, from a position in the S
approaches to Yangon River, 70 miles E across the...
...passage fromthe S approaches to Yangon River to Wof
Kyun Nyi...
(SDD 2012000 060144) [35/12]
Bay of Bengal south-eastern part
Taung Kyun Su Depths
200
Depths
7.46a
1 An uncharted 5 m shoal has been reported (2011)
in position 95677N 975177E. Mariners are advised
to exercise caution when navigating in this area.
MY Andiamo
(SDD 2011000 019782) [09/11]
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)
France West Coast Benodet
Directions; light
66
(SDD 2011000 011316) [05/11]
France La Loire Approaches
Prohibited area
132
Prohibited area
6.14a
1 A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special),
exists 3 miles WSW of Ouest Basse Capella Light
Buoy (W cardinal) (471566N 24279W). Anchoring,
navigating and fishing are prohibited.
(SDD 2011000 147387) [34/11]
France West Coast La Seudre Light
190
(SDD 2011000 196440) [45/11]
Spain North coast Aviles Directions; light
280
1 Entering Canal de Pedro Menndez (433462N
55528W) the white sector (1749-1751) of the
direction light (433351N 55515W) on Muelle Sur
leads through the channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral) and a light beacon (red round tower, 3 m in
height) (433429N 55519W) to Drsena de San
Agustn.
Spanish Notice 2/7/12
(SDD 2012000 016511) [06/12]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot
(2009 Edition)
Maritime safety information
7-8
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
1.38
1 West side of Bering Strait and W part of Bering
Sea are within NAVAREAS XIII and XXI of the
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Coastal
navigational warnings and meteorological warnings
and forecasts are available via the international
NAVTEX service from Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy
Coast Radio Station.
2 East side of Bering Strait and E part of Bering
Sea are within NAVAREAs XII and XVII of the
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Local
navigational warnings for the coasts and harbours of
Alaska are broadcast by NAVTEX and the appropriate
US Coast Guard radio station.
3 NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for NAVAREAs
and METAREAs XII, XIII, XVII and XXI are also
available via the international SafetyNET service. The
service is currently on trial in NAVAREAs XVII and
XXI, and is scheduled to become fully operational on
1st June 2011.
Index
NP23
2 - 63
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3
(parts 1 and 2) and Volume 5, and The Mariners
Handbook for details.
Paragraphs 1.39-1.43 Replace by:
Spare
1.39 - 1.43
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
United States of America Krenitzin Islands
Akutan Harbor Berth
196
...use, at the former whaling station.
US Notice 25/16531/12
(SDD 2012000 117897) [27/12]
United States of America Unalaska Island
Dutch Harbor Anchorage
207
In severe weather, restrictions apply to anchoring in
Iliuliuk Bay and vessels are recommended to contact
the Port Authority and consult the United States Coast
Guard Severe Weather Guidelines which may be
found at: www.homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage
US Coast Pilot No 9 2009 Edition Change 5
(HH. 078/557/12) [18/10]
United States of America Attu Island
Loran tower
266
US Notice 45/16431/10
(SDD 2010000 183675) [49/10]
United States of America Alaska
Port Clarence Loran tower
312
2 Useful mark:
Point Spencer Light (framework tower, red and white
chequered diamond daymark) (65166N
166509W), seasonal. On the spit Sof the light is
a US Coast Guard airstrip. Some green fuel tanks
on the spit are only visible from E.
United States Coast Guard
(HH. 023/200/01) [20/10]
United States of America Bering Strait to
Cape Krusenstern Kotzebue Light
318
Landmark:
Dish aerial (665097N 1623644W).
3 Anchorage. Sea-going vessels anchor as close
as...
US Notice 18/16005/12
(SDD 2012000 084967) [20/12]
United States of America Alaska
Red Dog Directions; racon
321
1 Approach. The loading anchorage should be
approached...
US Notice 27/16005/09
(SDD 2009000 055196) [33/09]
Russia Pacific coast
Port Beringovskiy Anchorage
390
(SDD 2009000 194589) [35/10]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Turkey zmit Krfezi
Traffic separation scheme
100
1 The Turkish government has advised that zmit
Traffic Separation Scheme, consisting of four TSSs,
two precautionary areas, two two-way routes and
inshore traffic zones, leads into zmit Krfezi from the
vicinity of 4044N 2922E to the head of the gulf,
26 miles E.
2.274a
1 A VTS is established for the regulation of traffic
within the boundaries of the traffic separation scheme.
1 Pilotage in zmit Krfezi is compulsory for all
Turkish vessels over 1000 gt, and all foreign vessels
over 500 gt. Pilots board 2 miles S of Yelkenkaya
Burnu Light (4045N 2921E) (2.267).
Index
NP24
2 - 64
Inshore traffic zones are established for vessels
that are not required to take a pilot.
IMO Sub-Committee on Safety of Navigation,
57th session, Agenda item 3, 8th April 2011
(Turkish ENC TR400291) [01/12]
Turkey North approaches to stanbul Boaz
Anchorages
117
Paragraph 2.417, including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.417
Turkish Notice 66/12/2012
(SDD 2012000 065447) [17/12]
Turkey Kerpe Liman Anchorage
123
Paragraph 3.28 1 lines 3-5 Delete Anchorage, to (3.23).
(SDD 2012000 071145) [18/12]
Turkey Ereli Anchorages
124
1 Anchorage Areas No 1 and 2 are centred 1 and
2 miles SSW of the head of Kuzey Mendirek
breakwater; Area No 3 lies 3 miles SW. Area No 1 is
for cargo vessels of 1600 gt and over, Area No 2 is
for vessels carrying dangerous goods and vessels in
quarantine, Area No 3 is for military vessels.
2 Within the harbour, Area No 4 has been established
for vessels under 1600 gt; E from the head of the
steel works mole in the E basin, NW to the head of
Kuzey Mendirek, then 6 cables NE to the shore.
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 2 miles SSW of
Kuzey Mendirek breakwater, between anchorage
Areas Nos 1 and 2.
Turkish Notices 2/5/12 and 8/43/12
(SDD 2012000 013065; 046599) [17/12]
Turkey Trabzon Pipeline
141
A submarine pipeline extends 4 cables N into the
anchorage area, from a position on the shore
8 cables W of Gzelhisar Burnu Light.
(SDD 2011000 024499) [11/11]
Turkey Kizkalesi to aml Burnu
Pazar Marine farm
144
Caution. A marine farm is located in the centre of
the anchorage area.
Turkish Notice 27.163.10
(SDD 2010000 111084) [30/10]
Bulgaria Varna Wreck
161
Caution. A wreck lies in the central part of the
area, 2 miles SSE of Nos Galata. Regulated Area
No 324 of radius 1 cable surrounds the wreck;
anchori ng, fi shi ng and trawl i ng, dredgi ng and
underwater operations are prohibited.
Bulgarian Notice
(SDD 2012000 056891) [15/12]
Ukraine Dnistrovskyi Lyman
Approach and entry
191
Owi ng to shoal i ng, the approach to
Dnestrovsko-Tsaregradskoye Hyrlo has been altered
to the N of the leading lights, via two pairs of light
buoys and an unlit buoy; least depth in the fairway is
26 m (2010).
Ukrainian Notice 374.48.10
(SDD 2011000 002623) [04/11]
Ukraine Bilhorod-Dnistrovskyi Wreck
192
Caution. A wreck, depth of 97 m, lies in the NE
corner of the anchorage area.
Ukrainian Notice
(SDD 2011000 207077) [47/11]
Ukraine Illichivsk Obstruction
194
Caution. An obstruction lies 5 miles SSE of the
Traffic Control post (6.47), in the S central area of the
anchorage.
(SDD 2010000 205525) [01/11]
Index
NP24
2 - 65
Ukraine Illichivsk
Directions; shoal patch
195
Caution. A shoal patch with a depth of 124 m lies
1 cable ENE of the pilot boarding position.
(SDD 2011000 134245) [32/11]
Russia Novorossiysk Outer anchorages
249
Paragraph 7.127 after table Insert:
2 Caution. An explosive dumping ground area
consisting of a mine (not charted), centred on position
443630N 375535E (WGS84) with radius 2 cables,
lies in the NE section of anchorage area No 416.
Three charted foul areas, consisting of the remains of
wrecks, lie to the S and SW of the explosive dumping
ground area.
Chart 3316 and Russian ENC RU4MDLMO [21/12]
Russia Sochi Obstruction
255
...An obstruction lies in the SE corner of the anchorage
area, 3 cables SW of Severnyy (North) Mole head.
Russian Notice 233.3.11
(SDD 2011000 00089) [04/11]
Russia North-east part of the Black Sea
Sochi to Mys Pitsunda Imeretinskiy Port
257
SW of ImeretinskiyPort (4 miles WNW) (7.207),
thence:
Imeretinskiy Port
General information
7.206a
1 Position. Imeretinskiy Port (43246N 39559E) is
situated 1 mile SE of Adler (7.211). The port is a
subsidiary of Sochi (7.182).
2 Function. The port has been constructed to serve
the logistics requirements for the 2014 Sochi Winter
Olympic Games. The port will deliver cargo and
construction materials to the Imeretinskaya Valley,
where the main construction site for the games is
based. After the games, part of the port area will be
changed into a yacht marina.
Limiting conditions
7.206b
1 Maximum size of vessel. Vessel s up t o
10 000 tonnes dwt can be accommodated.
Arrival information
7.206c
1 Outer anchorage. Adler Roads anchorage is
centred 8 cables W of Adler. Cautions. Submarine
cables extend through the centre and to the SE of the
anchorage area. A submarine pipeline extending
2 cables SW, with an obstruction at its seaward end,
lies in the NE part of the anchorage area.
2 Pilots. Pilots board in position 43239N 39543E,
1 miles SSW of Adler.
Harbour
7.206d
1 The NW part of the harbour is protected by a short
breakwater extending 240 m SE. The SE part of the
harbour consists of a short breakwater extending
130 m SW and an angled breakwater extending 530 m
NW, the two breakwaters are connected by a road
bridge 210 m long. The entrance which opens SW is
135 m wide.
Berths
7.206e
1 1300 m of quay space consisting of eight berths
with depths alongside of 92 m. Bulk cargoes, cement,
containers and general cargoes.
258
Lloyds List July 2012 [31/12]
Sea of Azov Passage across Sea of Azov
Wreck
275
...3640E, thence:
E of a dangerous wreck with a depth of 91 m
(66 miles S).
Ukraine Notice 37.247.12
(SDD 2012000 209658) [45/12]
Sea of Azov East part Mys Kamennyy to
Mys Achuyevskiy Directions;
area to be avoided
284
Clear of an area to be avoided (4 miles E),
27 cables radius, centred on 452050N
372045E, thence:
Russian NM 3343/22/2012
(SDD 2012000 104253) [25/12]
Index
NP25
2 - 66
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1
(2010 Edition)
United States of America Puget Sound
Ports and Inlets West of Puget Sound
Restricted areas; hazard lights
93
...1223720W), to Brownsville (473920N
1223700W). Flashing red lights on Navy range vessels
and on buildings at Keyport indicate that torpedo firings,
tests or other operations hazardous to mariners are in
progress.
US Notice 05/18446/12
(SDD 2012000 022303) [08/12]
Canada Hood Canal Hood Canal Bridge
Vertical clearance
119
(50 ft)
US Notice 15/18477/12
(SDD 2012000 071214) [18/12]
Rosario Strait Belle Rock Light
131
5 E of Belle Rock (482958N 1224516W),
marked by BR Light Buoy (isolated danger).
Bird...
US NGA Notice 47/18429/11
(SDD 2011000 214049) [49/11]
Canada Vancouver Burrard Inlet
Directions; lights
208
2 N of Second Narrows Directional Light (white
square framework tower on 3-pile dolphin)
(491762N 1230276W), principally intended
for outbound traffic. The line of bearing (266),
astern, of this light leads through Second
Narrows. Thence:
Under Second Narrows Highway Bridge (6.164). A
light is exhibited from the bridge over the centre
line of the mainshipping channel. Four other lights
are sited Nand Sof the centre line light, two on the
W side and two on the E side. Thence:
3 Under Second Narrows Railway Bridge (6.164),
close E of the highway bridge. Lights on the
piers supporting the lift span mark the limits
of the channel. A directional light in the centre
of the bridge, with a line of bearing (266), is
intended for traffic leaving Port Moody. Lights
facing E and W indicate if the bridge is open
(green), opening (isophase green), closing
(isophase red) or closed (red). Thence:
S of two lights (white tower, green band at top, on
dolphin) 2 and 5 cables E of the railway bridge,
marking the limits of a dredged holding area, and
S of a further light beacon (multi-pile dolphin)
(491794N1225980W), marking the S edge of
an extensive drying sandbank. Thence:
BA Chart 4964 [12/12]
Canada Port Moody
209
Front light (white trapezium, red stripe, on white
mast) (491773N 1225394W).
Rear light (similar structure) (218 m E of the front
light).
The alignment (277), astern, of these lights leads
through the deep-water channel to a position N of
Pacific Coast Bulk Terminals (6.175), passing:
Canadian Western Notice 05/3311/2011
(SDD 2011000 100863) [40/11]
NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Gardner Canal Directions; Kitlope Anchorage
95
...1284897W) the route leads generally SE to the
head of the canal, passing:
96
Through to the head of the canal.
Spare
3.142
Canadian West Notice 3948/09/2012
(SDD 2012000 196081) [42/12]
Index
NP27
2 - 67
NP27 Channel Pilot (2011 Edition)
France Off Ushant TSS
Directions; buoyage; AIS
64
Virtual (safe water) (483000N 54500W).
Virtual (safe water) (485950N 52400W).
1 North-east going traffic lane. From the vicinity of
4836 00N 545 00W at the entrance to the
NE-bound traffic lane, the route leads 12 miles NNE,
thence 7 miles ENE, to the vicinity of 485050N
52680W at the exit from the lane.
1 From the vicinity of 485050N 52680W at the
exit from the NE-bound traffic lane of Off Ushant TSS,
the direction of traffic flow leads generally ENE for
about 117 miles to a position SSE of Channel Light
Float (495447N 25374W) (2.38), moored at the W
end of Off Casquets TSS.
(SDD 2012000 238360) [50/12]
England Lizard Point to Falmouth
Fishing pots
90
Fishing pots
4.16a
1 An unusually dense concentration of crab pots
extends up to 6 miles off the coast between Lizard
Point and Nare Point, 9 miles NNE. Much of this gear
is unmarked and creates a risk of fouling to vessels
anchoring, particularly in the deeper water offshore.
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2012000 208018) [47/12]
England Plymouth Pilot boarding position
111-112
5 Boarding position. Pilots board in the vicinity of
501850N 41050W having first established direct
communication with the vessel requiring pilotage.
Cattewater Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2012000 060493) [17/12]
England Brixham Harbour
Directions; direction light
145
1 Main Fairway is approached from a position NW of
Victoria Breakwater head. It leads SSE through Outer
Harbour and is marked by numbered light buoys
(lateral).
Tor Bay Harbour Authority Notice 14/12
(SDD 2012000 111695) [26/12]
England Poole Harbour Bridges;
navigable width; traffic signals
174
Navigable width
6.102a
1 Poole Bridge: 184 m.
Twin Sails Bridge: 190m.
176
Spare
6.112
Bridges
6.115
1 Two bascule bridges, Poole Bridge (504276N
15956W) and Twin Sails Bridge (504292N
15959W), cross Backwater Channel (6.131) between
Old Town and Lower Hamworthy. Both bridges are
equipped with traffic signal lights (Diagram 6.115) and
LED screens indicating the vertical distance between
the water level and the underside of the lifting spans.
These lights and screens are displayed on either side
of the channel at both bridges and are visible both
upstream and downstream.
2 To minimise disruption to mariners while keeping
one bridge available to road traffic, the two bridges
are opened sequentially at specified times between
0530 and 2345. Temporary berths are available on the
Hamworthy side of the channel for vessels awaiting
the opening of the second bridge. Full details of the
summer and winter schedules of opening times are
available on the Port Authority website (6.101) and at
www.boroughofpoole.com. Poole Harbour Control and
Poole Bridge may be directly contacted by VHF.
177
Paragraph 6.117 5 line 2 For the bridge Read Poole Bridge
178
Paragraph 6.122 2 lines 6-7 For the bridge Read Poole
Bridge
Poole Harbour Commissioners
(SDDs 2012000 043365; 050763) [17/12]
Index
NP27
2 - 68
France Llorn Saint-Nicolas
Prohibited areas
267
Anchoring is prohibited within 50 m above and
below the bridges, as shown on the chart.
Anchori ng, stoppi ng, fi shi ng and di vi ng are
prohibited in a mile stretch of the river in the vicinity
of the pyrotechnical works at Saint-Nicolas. In
addition, unauthorised vessels are prohibited from
entering an area which extends up to 1 cable from the
berth.
(SDD 2012000 035973) [17/12]
France Dives-Sur-Mer Directions;
light; buoyage
416
5 E l i mi t, the meri di an passi ng through
Di ves-sur-Mer Li ghthouse (di sused)
00522W.
420
1 From a position WSW of DI Light Buoy (safe water)
(4919 17N 005 84W) the beari ng 159 of
Dives-sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused) (red hut, 5 m in
height) (491780N 00522W) leads in the entrance
channel passing between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (491849N 00567W) and No 2 Light Buoy
(port hand) (491850N 00556W). The channel is
marked by buoys and beacons, some of which are lit.
The channel frequently alters and the bearing of the
lighthouse and the channel markings are adjusted
accordingly.
(SDD 2012000 046167) [17/12]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
Belgium Westhinder and approaches to
Westerschelde Directions; TSS; precautionary
areas; ATBA; DW route; anchorages
57
1 At West Hinder TSS to Wandelaar Pilot Station
(512220N 24292E) (7.14). From its junction with
the TSS in Dover Strait NE of Sandetti Bank
(511400N 15800E), the route leads 21 miles ENE
to the pilot station at Wandelaar. See 2.51.
60
Paragraph2.36 1 line7For West Hinder TSSReadAt West
Hinder TSS
62
Paragraph 2.43 3 lines 2-3 For West Hinder TSS Read At
West Hinder TSS
Paragraph2.43 4 line3For West Hinder TSSReadAt West
Hinder TSS
Paragraph 2.45 1 and heading Replace by:
AT WEST HINDER TSS TO WANDELAAR
PILOT STATION
General information
Charts 323, 1873
Route
2.45
1 From a position S of Hinder 1 Light Buoy (isolated
danger) (512079N 21094E) the route leads
21 miles in a generally ENE direction through At West
Hinder TSS and West Hinder Precautionary Area to
Wandelaar Pilot Station.
Paragraph 2.48 1 line 1 For West Hinder TSS Read
At West Hinder TSS
Precautionary Area
2.48a
1 West Hinder Precautionary Area (512250N
24000E) lies between the E end of At West Hinder
TSS and the routes into Westerschelde. The area has
recommended directions of traffic flow and enables
deeper draught vessels to navigate clear of the
shallower parts. Wandelaar Pilot Station is situated in
the E part of the area.
Area To Be Avoided
2.48b
1 An ATBA (512390N 23870E) lies between the
N boundary of West Hinder Precautionary Area and
the S side of the E part of Westhinder Anchorage and
extends about 2 miles W/E and 5 cables N/S. It may
only be entered in an emergency, to avoid immediate
collision, or for safety of life at sea, and is designed
to ensure vessels approach Wanderlaar Pilot Station
from either a Nly or Wly direction.
62-63
Paragraph 2.51 1-5 and heading Including existing Section
IV Notices Weeks 38/12 and 40/12 Replace by:
At West Hinder TSS to Wandelaar Pilot Station
2.51
1 At West Hinder TSS is only 2 miles wide for the
greater part of its length and contains two traffic lanes
separated by a narrow separation zone. From its W
end, S of Hinder 1 Light Buoy (isolated danger)
(512079N 21094E), the TSS leads 14 miles ENE
to West Hinder Precautionary Area (2.48a), passing:
Index
NP28
2 - 69
2 SSE of Fairy Bank (512400N 22000E) (7.5),
marked at its S extremity by Fairy S Light
Buoy (S cardinal) (512120N 21735E),
thence:
NNW of Bergues Bank (511700N 22150E)
(6.65), marked on its NW side by Bergues Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (511716N 21862E)
and Bergues N Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(511995N 22452E), thence:
3 SSE of Westhinder Light (512331N 22627E)
(2.49), standing at the S end of Westhinder
(7.6). WH S Li ght Buoy (S cardi nal )
(512278N 22625E) is moored S of the
light structure on the N boundary of the TSS.
Thence:
NNW of Oostdyck (511600N 22600E) (6.65),
marked at its N end by Oost-Dyck Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (512138N 23112E) and OD1 Light
Buoy (N cardinal) close WNW.
4 The route then leads 7 miles E through West
Hinder Precautionary Area to Wandelaar Pilot Station
(512220N 24292E), passing:
S of an ATBA (2.48b) marked at its SW extremity by
AN Light Buoy (port hand) (512345N
23692E), and:
N of AZ Light Buoy (starboard hand) (512115N
23692E) moored on the S boundary of the
precautionary area, thence:
5 N of Kwintebank (511560N 23760E), marked
at its N end by KB Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(512103N 24283E) and KB2 Light Buoy
(N cardinal) moored close W near the S
boundary of the precautionary area.
Caution. WH S Light Buoy should be given a wide
berth due to strong tidal streams in its vicinity.
63
Paragraph 2.52 1 and heading Replace by:
Anchorages
Westhinder
2.52
1 Westhinder Anchorage (512500N 23700E) lies
5 cabl es N of the W part of West Hi nder
Precautionary Area; its E part borders the N side of
an ATBA (2.48b).
Oostdyck
2.52a
1 Oostdyck Anchorage (512000N 23400E) lies
about 1 mile S of the W part of West Hinder
Precautionary Area.
161
1 Fairy Bank (512400N 22000E) as defined by
the 20 m depth contour extends 9 miles NNE. Fairy S
Light Buoy (2.51) is moored at the S end of the bank
on the boundary of At West Hinder TSS.
Paragraph 7.6 1 lines 6-7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 38/12 For the West Hinder TSS. Read At
West Hinder TSS.
162
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 2 For SWA Read Akkaert-SW
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 4 For SWA Read Akkaert-SW
Precautionary Area
7.12a
1 Due to the constructi on of wi nd farms a
precautionary area has been established in the vicinity
of Bligh Bank (7.8) and Thornton Bank (7.9). The
area, centred on 513700N 25400E, extends
18 miles NW/SE and is approximately 5 miles wide.
165
1 From Wandel aar Pi l ot Stati on (5122 20N
24292E), located in the West Hinder Precautionary
Area (2.48a), two routes lead to Scheur, which is the
pri nci pal fai rway i nto the Westerschel de. An
IMO-adopted deep-water route, known as Vaargeul 1,
is for vessels with a draught of more than 131 m and
passes N of Akkaert Bank (512300N 25000E); the
other route, via A-1 Light Buoy (512237N 25334E),
passes S of the bank. The distance from Wandelaar
Pilot Station to Rede van Vlissingen is approximately
33 miles.
167
Paragraph 7.42 heading Replace by:
Wandelaar Pilot Station to Scheur, deep-water route
passing north of Akkaert Bank
168
Between Akkaert-SW Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(512228N 24634E), marking the SW end of
Akkaert Bank (7.11), and MBN Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (502082N 24629E), marking the SE
corner of West Hinder Precautionary Area,
thence:
Paragraph 7.43 2 line 1 For A1 Read A-1
169
Between Akkaert-SW Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(512228N 24634E) and MBN Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (502082N 24629E) (7.43), thence:
Paragraph 7.47 2 line 4 For A1 Read A-1
1 Westhinder Anchorage. See 2.52.
Oostdyck Anchorage. See 2.52a.
Index
NP28
2 - 70
177
Paragraph 7.109 1 line 7 For Vaargeul 1 Read the
deep-water route Vaargeul 1
BA Chart 1873; International Maritime Organisation;
Belgian Notice 21/308/12
(SDDs 2012000 139389; 207980) [44/12]
England Littlehampton to Shoreham
Directions; meteorological mast
73
Clear of a meteorological mast (504129N
02059W), thence:
Fugro Seacore
(SDD 2012000 098547) [22/12]
England Dover Harbour Tidal stream
94
4 Caution. It has been reported (2012) that the
E-going tidal stream sets across the harbour at rates
greater than those depicted in the tidal stream
diagrams on chart 1698. The effect is likely to be
strongest in the vicinity of the W berths of Eastern
Docks between -0240 and -0110 HW Dover.
Dover Harbour Board Notice 34/12
(SDD 2012000 238088) [50/12]
Belgium Westhinder and West Approaches
To Westerschelde Buoys
63
Paragraph 2.51 3 line 3 For WH Zuid Read WH S
161
Paragraph 7.6 1 lines 7-8 Delete Track Ferry To the Nend.
168
Paragraph 7.42 3 line 7 For VG7 Read SVG
169
Paragraph 7.47 3 line 1 For SWW Read AW2
Paragraph 7.47 3 line 3 For WBN Read AW1
Paragraph 7.47 4 line 8 For A2 Read AW
Belgian Notices Weeks 16 and 17/2012
(SDD 2012000 156593 and 166151) [38/12]
England Pegwell Bay Directions; landmarks
100
3 For marks at Ramsgate see 4.98.
102
4.82
1 Spare.
103
(SDD 2012000 053405) [16/12]
Belgium Westerschelde and Approaches
Pilotage
162
Belgian Notice 14/214/12
(SDD 2012000 134902) [31/12]
England Approaches to Thames Estuary
Traffic separation scheme; buoyage
252
3 Sunk TSS East compri ses ENE-goi ng and
WSW-going lanes, each about 11 miles in length and
1 mile wide, with a 3 cable wide central separation
zone. A separation zone 8 cables wide extends
along the N side of the TSS separating it from the
Outer Gabbard and Inner Gabbard, and the N part of
Greater Gabbard Offshore Wind Farm (10.34).
A light buoy (safe water) is moored at either end of
the central separation zone and S Inner Gabbard Light
Buoy (S cardinal) (514993N 15189E) is moored at
the exit point of the WSW-going lane. N Galloper
Light Buoy (N cardinal) (514984N 15999E) marks
the limit of the TSS in the vicinity of the N extremity
of The Galloper (10.38).
International Maritime Organisation and Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 123998; 202221) [44/12]
United Kingdom Thames estuary Margate to
The Nore Directions; depths; buoyage;
channels
267
Index
NP28
2 - 71
1 Depths vary in the channels. There is a least depth
of 41m at the W end of South Channel and a least
depth in Copperas Channel of 09 m in position
512375N 11297E. Near the E end of Overland
Passage there is a least depth of 09 m in position
512523N 10603E over the submarine cable
between Kentish Flats Wind Farm (10.88) and Herne
Bay.
268
3 Through Gore Channel (512380N 11500E)
which lies between Margate Hook, a drying
shoal (512424N 11502E) and the shoals
bordering the coast. A stranded wreck
(512288N 11563E), marked by Plum
Puddi ng Buoy (port hand) (5122 97N
11562E), lies to the S of the channel on the
drying line of the coastal shoals. There are
also drying patches close N and E of the
buoy. Margate Hook, on the N side of the
channel, dries and is marked on its S side by
Margate Hook Beacon (S cardi nal )
(512418N 11428E). Thence:
4 Through Copperas Channel (5123 75N
11180E) which lies between the W end of
Margate Hook, marked by Copperas Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (512381N 11118E),
and Reculver Sand (512330N 11200E),
marked by Reculver Light Buoy (port hand)
(512363N 11256E). There are rocky
ledges on Reculver Sand including Black
Rock (512320N 11120E) and a drying
patch 1 mile WNW of The Reculvers. Thence:
Through Horse Channel (512450N 11050E),
which is unmarked and the continuation W of
Copperas Channel, thence:
5 To a position at the W end of Overland Passage
(512540N 10400E) to the N of Whitstable
(11.33). Overland Passage is unmarked and
runs 6 miles WNW from Horse Channel to
Four Fathoms Channel (11.44). Pudding Pan
(512560N 10720E) lies on the N side of
Overland Passage and Studhill (512390N
10600E) and Clite Hole Bank (512360N
10360E) to the S. Concrete boulders lie on
the bottom of these patches. An outfall,
marked at its seaward end by a buoy
(special) (512308N 10457E) extends
1 mile NNE from the coast. East Spaniard
(512658N 10340E), a small shoal N of
Overland Passage, is marked on its SE side
by Spani ard Li ght Buoy (E cardi nal )
(512624N 10400E).
Caution. There are no good leading marks on this
route.
271
1 From a position N of Whitstable (512185N
10150E) (11.33) the route initially leads 3 miles W
through Four Fathoms Channel (512620N 05720E)
passing:
Sof Middle Sand (512680N10100E) which dries
and extends E into East Middle Sand, which also
dries. Middle Sand Beacon (safe water)
(512698N 10003E) lies to the N of Middle
Sand. Several charted wrecks and obstructions
lie off the S side of Middle Sand. Thence:
2 S of Spile (512655N 05720E), a drying patch
lying on the S side of the W end of Red
Sand (512700N 05900E). Spile Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (512640N 05570E) is
moored 9 cables W of Spile.
3 From the W end of Four Fathoms Channel the
route l eads 3 mi l es NW across The Cant
(512780N 05100E), passing:
SW of East Cant (512800N 05600E), on which
stands the ruin of Cant Beacon (512777N
05536E), thence:
Trinity House
(SDDs 2011000 240248; 2012000 030216) [14/12]
England Thames Estuary Overland Passage
Buoy
268
...1 mile NNE from the coast. East Spaniard (512658N
10340E), a small shoal, lies N of Overland Passage.
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 183274) [39/12]
England East coast Harwich Haven
Pilotage draught limit
283
Paragraph 12.58 4 line 5 Delete or under 8 m draught
Harwich Haven Authority
(SDD 2012000 084978) [21/12]
United Kingdom Harwich Haven approaches
Directions; buoyage
283
Paragraph 12.62 1 line 4 For port hand Read W cardinal
285
Paragraph 12.74 4 line 3 For port hand Read W cardinal
Paragraph 12.74 5 line 4 For W cardinal Read special
Trinity House Notice 13/12
(SDD 2012000 030438) [13/12]
Index
NP30
2 - 72
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
China South coast Chang Jiang
Zhanjiang Vertical clearance
247
Chinese Chart 15732/10
(SDD 2010000103814) [27/12]
Zhuhai Gang Pilotage
252
Paragraph 7.225 1 line 3 to 6 Replace by:
No 1 (215048N 1131343E), vessels more than
6 m draught.
No 2 (215348N 1131253E), vessels less than
6 m draught.
Chinese Chart 15449, Chart 1557
(SDD 2010000172125) [48/12]
China South Coast Zhujiang Kou
Macao outer anchorage Wreck
266
A dangerous wreck lies close S of this anchorage,
marked by a buoy (isolated danger).
Chinese Notice 33/1196/11
(SDD 2012000 151046) [27/12]
Hong Kong Tathong Channel
Directions; dangers; depths
293
Paragraph 9.58 1 line 6 Delete The to dangers.
The scheme is entered at TCS1 Light Buoy (safe
water) (221316N 1142018E). TCS2, TCS3 and
TCS4 Light Buoys (safe water) moored in the
separation zone mark the turning points. Attention is
drawn to an obstruction (221534N 1141621E), with
a depth of 130 m in the inbound lane and a least
depth of 129 m in the outbound lane.
Hong Kong NM 20/37/10, Chart 4127
(SDD 2010000166350) [48/12]
South China Sea - Dangerous Ground -
South West Part Major Light
62
SinCoweIsland Light (yellowsquaretower onyellow
and red building, 23 m in height) (95243N
1141917E).
63
Sin Cowe Island Light (95243N 1141917E).
Paragraph 2.90 2 line 3 Add: From where a light (2.85) is
exhibited.
Vietnam Notice to Mariners 132/2012
(SDD 2012000 208149) [49/12]
Philippines Luzon Mariveles
Total Bataan Terminal
185
Total Bataan Terminal
8.120a
1 General Information. Total Bataan Terminal
(142560N 1203380E), part of the port of Mariveles
(8.95), is located at Alasasin Point and consists of a
T-head jetty 530 m in length leading SSE from the
shore.
2 Berth. The berth at the head of the jetty has two
berthi ng and four moori ng dol phi ns and can
accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt at a depth of
95 m.
Bataan Terminal Marine Handbook
(SDD 2012000 128445) [30/12]
Taiwan Taiwan Strait Direct Cross-strait
Shipping Links
65
Paragraph 2.7 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/11
Replace by:
1 Regulations for foreign vessels in Taiwanese waters
are at Appendix II.
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links. Vessels
navigating between mainland China and ports in
Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The fairways
should be entered via the appropriate pass point.
Details of these routes are shown on chart 1760.
2 Mini Three Links System for vessels trading
between Taiwan, the offshore islands and the
mainland see 2.121.
117
Paragraph 3.74 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/11
Replace by:
1 Regulations for foreign vessels in Taiwanese waters
are at Appendix II.
Index
NP32
2 - 73
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links. Vessels
navigating between mainland China and ports in
Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The fairways
should be entered via the appropriate pass point.
Details of these routes are shown on chart 3236.
Chinese Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2012000 211863) [48/12]
Philippines North coast of Luzon Aparri
Dangerous wreck
107
A dangerous wreck, with about 2 m of water over it,
lies N of the port entrance in position 182335N
1213819E.
Philippine Notice 086/05/12
(SDD 2012000 112353) [27/12]
Taiwan Luzon Strait Directions; dangers
111
38 m (203780N 1184080E).
Taiwanese Chart 0328B
(SDD 2011000 162684) [50/12]
Taiwan East coast Su-ao Kang Anchorage
125
...a foul area lies 2 cables N. Asecond anchorage area lies
between co-ordinates:
243438N 1215333E
243437N 1215362E
243410N 1215362E
243410N 1215335E
The recognised quarantine anchorage is within the
outer harbour, clear of the main fairway, in 19 to
21 m, sand.
Taiwainese Notice 208/2011
(SDD 2011000 240184) [03/12]
China East Coast Xiamen Gang
Approach and entry
146
2 Extensive changes to fairways, buoyage, depths,
anchorage areas, wrecks, piers and AIS are currently
taking place in Xiamen Gang. Details are promulgated
in Admiralty Notice to Mariners 5167(P)/11.
(NM 5167(P)/11) [48/11]
China East coast Tiaozhou Men
Vertical clearances
235
Zoumatang Dao (294430N1221370E) to Chang
Shan, two cables, least safe vertical clearance
19 m.
Chinese Chart 13521
(SDD 2012000 186047) [51/12]
China Shanghai approaches
Nancao Hangdao Pilot boarding positions
279
No 3(N) (310340N 1221220E)
No 3(S) (310248N 1221220E)
Chinese chart 13178
(SDD 2012000 190915) [49/12]
China Shanghai Hengsha Tongdao
Directions; TSS
284
...The S entrance is marked by light buoys (lateral),
but the main part of the strait is mainly unmarked.
The track then leads generally NNW, joining a TSS,
through a short entrance channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral), thence:
N and NNW, following the TSS, through Hengsha
Tongdao, thence:
Paragraph 7.47 5 line 1 For (E cardinal) (312314N
1214695E) Read (lateral) (312309N 1214679E)
Chinese chart 13181
(SDD 2012000 184747) [49/12]
China Yellow Sea Lianyungang
Directions; buoyage
311
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(345558N 1195753E).
(345558N 1195753E).
Index
NP32
2 - 74
313
(345558N 1195753E).
(345558N 1195753E).
Clear of Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy
(superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E), thence:
The track then continues WSW to the vicinity of
No 11 Li ght Buoy (3452 26N 11949 34E);
anchorages (8.32) may be approached directly, or
from the buoyed entrance channel (below).
315
(345558N 1195753E).
(345558N 1195753E).
317
(345558N 1195753E).
(345558N 1195753E).
(SDD 2012000 025972) [09/12]
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyungang
Charts; directions; berths
311
Paragraph 8.23 Charts heading For Charts 1253, 878
Read Charts 1253, 723, 738, 739
312
Paragraph 8.32 3 lines 14-15 For Dangerous Goods Read
Explosives
Paragraph 8.34 3 line 3 For areas: Read area:
313
Between the breakwaters (under construction 2012)
in the vicinity of No 37 and No 38 Light Buoys
(344477N 1193149E and 344446N
1193134E respectively).
314
NNE of a large area being reclaimed (2010)
extending ESE from the Ore Terminal (8.48).
1 Ore Terminal with a depth of 15 m. A turning area
lies NNE of the terminal.
Fertilizer Wharf under construction (2012).
Mayao Working Area has three piers with
14 berths for vessels of up to 25 000 dwt. There is a
coal pier for vessels of 10 000 dwt WNW of Pier No 3.
A turning area lies NE of Pier No 3.
2 Miaoling Working Area consists of Miaoling
Container Wharf with 4 berths with depths of 14 m.
There are two basins further W with 12 berths for
vessels of up to 35 000 dwt. There are three turning
areas with an unspecified obstruction, position
approximate, in the E most one.
Xugou Working Area has four turning areas,
12 berths for vessels up to 25 000 dwt and a RoRo
Terminal.
Charts 723, 738 & 739 [40/12]
China Yellow Sea Rizhao Gang Anchorage
318
7 Tanker 350860N P2 Light Buoy (special)
1194940E marks NW corner and P1
Light Buoy (special)
marks NE corner.
(SDD 2012000 188367) [43/12]
Index
NP32
2 - 75
China Bo Hai Yantai Pilotage
344
No 2 Pilot and
1 Pilots board in the following positions:
No 1 Pilot boarding position (374360N
1213050E).
No 2 Pilot boarding position (373851N
1212903E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 6(6).
Chinese Chart 11940
(SDD 2012000 184261) [47/12]
China Yellow Sea Penglai Anchorages
350
Paragraph 9.129 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
2 Outer anchorages:
A quarantine anchorage lies N of Penglai, depth 15
to 17 m, bounded by the following coordinates:
375700N 1205300E
375645N 1205683E
375447N 1205683E
375287N 1205300E.
No 5 quarantine anchorage, depth 17 to 19 m,
bounded by the following coordinates:
375100N 1212000E
374800N 1212000E
374800N 1211500E
375100N 1211500E.
No 6 quarantine and dangerous goods anchorage,
depth 18 m, bounded by the following coordinates:
375100N 1210920E
374950N 1210920E
374950N 1210600E
375100N 1210600E.
Paragraph 9.129 5 line 3 For anchorage Read anchorages
(SDD 2012000 098907) [27/12]
China Bo Hai Huanghua Gang Directions
381
2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from
Huanghua Gang in the W of Bohai Wan through two
buoyed channels and the harbour entered between a
series of groynes.
The outer anchorages may be approached directly
from the E or NE; but keeping clear of a dangerous
wreck (382807N 1182179E), marked by a light
buoy (isolated danger).
4 Controlling depths. Both channels are dredged;
the least charted depth in the North Channel is 125 m
and in the South Channel 126 m.
382
No 235 Buoy (lateral) (382544N 1180059E).
3 South Channel Dakoue Leading Lights:
Paragraph 10.87 4 line 1 For (239) Read (240)
Paragraph10.874 line7For breakwater head Readgroyne
Paragraph 10.87 4 line 12 For breakwater Read groyne
5 South Channel Dakoue Inner Leading Lights:
6 North Channel Leading Lights:
Front light (black diamond on white metal framework
tower, 45 m in height) (382080N 1176050E).
Rear light (black diamond on white metal framework
tower, 67 m in height) (13 miles from front).
7 Entry. The alignment (240) of the lights passes
close SE of Zonghegangqu Light Buoy (safe water)
and follows the buoyed channel, thence:
The track then continues on the alignment through a
channel marked by light buoys, passing S of a
groyne marked at its outer end by a light beacon
(special) (382532N 1175983E). An identical
light beacon (382485N 1180017E) SW of the
channel marks the NW extremity of a submerged
groyne.
8 The track continues on the 240 alignment,
passing NE of extensive construction works
(2010) until the vicinity of No 249 Light Buoy
(382192N 1175277E). The channel then
leads SW to the jetty.
9 Berths. The South Channel leads to three berths,
largest 280 m in length and a depth of 140 m. The
head of the coal pier (38194N 117529E) is
marked by a light (green and white GRP pile).
The North Channel leads to a 2000 m pier with a
general depths of 63 m to 14 m. The NE end of the
pier is marked by a light (white concrete column with
red bands, 12 m in height) (382106N 1175228E).
10 Xincun is approached via Dakouhe Hekou, a
shallow channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) and
leading lights, to the SE of Huanghua Gang S
Groyne, and across a bar which dries, and entered
via a river. Two dangerous wrecks, marked by light
buoys (isolated danger), lie on the approach SE of the
outer part of the breakwater.
11 Useful mark:
Operating Vessel Pier Light (white metal pile, red
bands, 9 m in height) (381934N 1175327E).
(BA Chart 2650) [15/12]
Index
NP32
2 - 76
China Bohai Tianjin Gang
Dagukou South Anchorage Dangerous wreck
384
Name Position Designation Remarks
2
Dagukou
North
Anchorage
385743N
1180222E
All vessels
(except
those below)
with draught
less than
105 m,
quarantine
anchorage.
Depths
6 to 14 m.
Dagukou
South
Anchorage
385401N
1180355E
Vessels with
dangerous
cargo,
draught over
8 m; other
vessels over
10 m
draught,
quarantine
anchorage.
Entry is
prohibited to
an area
within the
anchorage
containing a
dangerous
wreck
marked to N
by light
buoy
(isolated
danger). A
further
dangerous
wreck lies in
position
385353N
1180286E
(SDD 2011000 225155) [03/12]
China Bohai Jingtang
Directions; racon
391
Jingtang No 2 Light Buoy (390525N1190927E).
Paragraph 10.143 5 line 6 For (390853N 1190495E)
Read (390525N 1190927E).
Chinese Notices 43/1567-1569/11
(SDD 2011000 199946) [51/11]
China Boi Hai Jinzhou Gang Directions
404
3 Tankers of 50 000 dwt or less should follow the
temporary tanker channel (10.233) from the vicinity of
No 3 Anchorage (401496N 1212204E) (10.227),
passing SW of the oilfields (403000N 1212100E),
and E of Dajiulou Jiao (404310N 1210200E)
(10.193).
4 Leading Lights:
Front light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 33 min height) (404430N
1210306E).
Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 55 m in height) (9 cables
from front).
5 From a position E of Juhua Dao (402941N
1204924E) the alignment (352) of these lights leads
to a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light
Buoys (lateral) (404354N 1210320E).
6 Other vessels continue N passing:
E of a platform(lit) (402262N 1212376E); a well,
depth 12 m, lies about 1 miles N, marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
E of the oilfields with lit production platforms and
submerged wells, least depth 48 m, (403031N
1212335E).
The track the continues N to the vicinity of
No 2 Anchorage (403296N 1212659N) (10.231).
7 The track then leads WNW through the fairway of
the preferred channel to either anchorage No 1
(10.227) or a position about 5 miles E of Huludao
Gaojiao Light (404287N 1210132E) (10.190).
The track then continues WNW to Jinzhougang
Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral).
8 Jinzhou Gang Leading Lights:
Front light (circle on white pile) (404873N
1210388E),
Rear light (similar construction) 9 cables from
front.
9 From a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2
Light Buoys (lateral) (404354N 1210320E), the
alignment (005) of these lights leads through
Jinzhougang Hangdao, a channel marked by light
buoys and light beacons (lateral) towards the harbour
and into the basins, Nos 1 and 2 Basins being
approached directly from the channel.
10 Tanker Jetty Leading Lights:
Front light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 32 min height) (404864N
1210227E).
Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 42 m in height) (2 cables
from front).
11 From a position about 2 cables NNE of No 7 Light
Beacon (404637N 1210346E), the alingnment
(335) of these lights leads NNW for about 1 mile to a
tanker jetty marked at S end and N end, by lights (red
and white GRP towers, 10 m in height).
12 No 5 Basin:
From a position about 1 cables SSE of No 9 Light
Beacon (port hand) (404766N 1210365E), the
alignment (060) of leading lights leads about 7 cables
into the basin:
Front light (white metal pipe) (404792N
1210465E).
Rear light (similar structure) ( cable from front).
13 A new buoyed channel has been established from
the vicinity of Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys
(lateral) (404354N 1210320E), leading generally
NW to a position N of the construction work off
Huludao.
Chinese Notices 52/1966-1967/11; ALLFS F3965.61,
F3965.601, F3965.668, F3965.6681
(SDD 2011000 240256) [06/12]
Index
NP32
2 - 77
China Bo Hai Yingkou
Vertical clearance; racon
405
Vertical clearance
10.245a
1 The Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (404166N
1221091E) crosses the river between Yinkou and
Liaobin. Vertical clearance is unkown.
407
Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (404166N
1221091E).
Chinese Notices 33/1180-1182/11
(SDD 2011000 151046) [48/11]
Korea West coast Taesan Hang Light
427
435
436
S of Oedaldo, a hilly island covered in pine trees. A
light beacon (W cardinal) (344668N
1261733E) stands off theSWpoint of theisland.
Korean Notice 691/12
(SDD 2012000 216234) [49/12]
Korea West coast Mokpo Hang
Berths; inner anchorages; depths
438
BA Chart 1558 [29/12]
Korea West coast Taesan Anchorages
457
2 A14
Anchorage
370370N
1261955E
Depth about 30 m;
outside harbour
limits
A13
Anchorage
370400N
1262075E
Depth about 13 m;
outside harbour
limits
A12
Anchorage
365902N
1261531E
Depth about 30 m;
vessels over
65 000 dwt;
outside harbour
limits
A11
Anchorage
365955N
1261601E
Depths about 28 to
35 m; vessels over
65 000 dwt;
outside harbour
limits
A10
Anchorage
370034N
1261687E
Depth about 31 m;
vessels under
65 000 dwt
3 Quarantine
and A9
Anchorage
370078N
1261749E
Depths 24 to 35 m;
vessels under
65 000 dwt
A8
Anchorage
370113N
1261810E
Depth about 31 m;
vessels under
20 000 dwt
A7
Anchorage
370142N
1261868E
Depth about 33 m;
vessels under
6000 dwt
A6
Anchorage
370163N
1261914E
Depth about 35m;
vessels under
6000 dwt
4 A5
Anchorage
370259N
1262188E
Depth about 29 m;
vessels under
20 000 dwt
A4
Anchorage
370280N
1262245E
Depth about 29 m;
vessels under
6000 dwt
A3
Anchorage
370294N
1262364E
Depth about 19 m;
vessels under
12 000 dwt
A2
Anchorage
370258N
1262406E
Depth about 14 m;
vessels under
6000 dwt
A1
Anchorage
370226N
1262436E
Depth about 7 m;
vessels under
6000 dwt
Korean Notice 732/12
(SDD 2012000 216234) [49/12]
Korea - West coast - Inchn
Directions; anchorages; berths
463
The pilot boarding point for the Container Terminal
(12.160) is in position 373057N 1263588E, W of
Yulto.
468
Anchorages W16 and W17 lie W of the buoyed
channel off Yulto (12.160).
Index
NP32
2 - 78
470
6 Container Terminal (373365N 1263587E), N of
Yulto.
3 Navigational aids. A buoyed channel, with a
minimum depth of 56 m, extends from Yulto to the
Container Terminal (12.160) NE of the Yngjongdo
Bridge. The channel in Ym Ha is marked by buoys
and beacons from March to November, but they are
liable to drag or be destroyed by floods or other
causes.
Korean Notice 25/347/12
(SDD 2012000 123633) [36/12]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Philippines Sibutu Passage
Reporting system
127
Reporting system
5.14a
1 A reporting system is in operation for the Sibutu
Passage area and applies to all vessels in transit. For
detai l s see Admi ral ty Li st of Radi o Si gnal s
Volume 6(4).
MV British Trader
(SDD 2012000 151563) [35/12]
Malaysia Sungai Merotai Kecil Directions
145
Paragraph 5.153 2 lines 1 to 10 Delete
BA Chart 2099
(SDD 2011000 105818) [18/12]
Philippines Panay Juraojurao Island
Directions
269
Clear of a 34 m shoal (102290N 1215806E),
thence:
Philippine Chart 4706
(SDD 2012000 039810) [20/12]
Luzon Pagbilao Power Station
285
Pagbilao Power Station
9.18a
1 Description. Pagbilao Power Station (135347N
1214463E) lies on the SW coast of Pagbilao Grande
Island. Anchorage may be obtained at the pilot station
1 mile S of Pagbilao Grande Island.
2 Berth, aligned NNW/SSE, comprises two coal
unloading gantries and is suitable for vessels of 300 m
in length, draught 1375 m. A conspicuous chimney
lies close E of the berth.
Southwest Ships Agencies Inc
(SDD 2011000 220765) [51/11]
Philippine Islands Negros Siquijor Island
Light
367
Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 46 min height)
(91808N 1233725E).
373
Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 46 min height)
(91808N 1233725E).
381
Minarcahan Point Light (91808N 1233725E)
(10.173).
Philippine Notice 06/104/12
(SDD 2012000 135323) [33/12]
Philippine Islands Mindanao
Container Terminal
398
Mindanao Container Terminal
10.403a
1 Mi ndanao Contai ner Termi nal (831 20N
1244500E) has a 300 m berth face on a NW/SE
axis, 13 m alongside depth and two gantry cranes.
Port Authority. Mindanao International Container
Terminal Services Inc, Phivdec Industrial Estate,
Tagaloan 9001, Misamis Oriental.
Website: www.ictsi.com/operations
Mindanao International Container Terminal Services
(HH. 033/200/02) [03/12]
Philippines Luzon Port Alabat Light
418
Paragraph11.75 2 line11Add: Alight (whitesteel pipe, 4 m
in height) is exhibited from the rock.
Index
NP33
2 - 79
Useful mark:
Light (white steel pipe, 4 m in height) (140599N
1220038E) exhibited from the causeway head.
Philippines Notice 8/167/12
(SDD 2012000 182432) [43/12]
Philippines Leyte Abuyog Major Light
457
2 Major Light:
Abuyog Light (white metal tower, 20 m in height)
(104462N 1250089E).
Philippines Chart 1518
(SDD 2012000 040106) [21/12]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia South coast of Jawa
Tanjung Intan Limiting conditions
61
2 Less water than charted has been reported (2010)
to E and N of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(7452S 109033E).
Fleet Management Ltd, Hong Kong
(SDD 2010000 102609) [34/10]
Jawa South Coast
Semenanjung Blambangan
Tanjung Slokah Directions; light
65
...weather. A stranded wreck may be visible at
Tanjung Slokah from which a light (white beacon,
30 m in height) (84300S 1143632E) is
exhibited.
102
Tanjung Slokah Light (white beacon, 30 m in height)
(84300S 1143632E).
103
...11436E) from which a light (5.16) is exhibited, on
account of a fringing reef and heavy...
Indonesian Notice 25/211/12
(SDD 2012000 134846) [33/12]
Indonesia North coast of Jawa
Pulau Bawean Directions; major light
72
3 Major lights. Tanjung Mantegi Light (white
beacon) (5431S 112411E).
Sangkapura Light (white metal framework tower,
20 m in height) (5513S 112392E).
Paragraph 4.16 2 line 5 For (white metal framework tower,
20 m in height) Read (4.14)
Dishidros
(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Java Sea Pulau-pulau Kangean
Pagerungan Terminal FPSO; lights
75
1 Position and function. Pagerungan Terminal
(65832S 1155737E) consists of an SPM 1 mile E
of Pulau Pagerungan Besar. It is used for the export
of condensates from the Pagerungan Gasfield 1 mile
N.
Further development of the oilfield is taking place to
the N; FPSO Pagerungan Utara (649 74S
1155636E), an additional SPM, and wellheads
marked by lights (white pipe beacons) are located
8 miles N of the SPM as seen on the chart.
(SDD 2012000 227706) [50/12]
Java Sea East-West through routes
Pulau Bawean to Gosong Sakunci
Directions; moored storage tanker
76
Clear of the FPSO Joko Tole (71513S
1145507E), moored at the S extremity of the
main channel, 11miles SE of Pulau Kamudi.
For further details on restrictions see 1.21.
Thence:
77
Clear of the FPSO Joko Tole (71513S
1145507E) (4.40) 11miles SE of Pulau
Kamudi. For further details on restrictions see
1.21.
(SDD 2012000 116293) [35/12]
Indonesia North Coast of Jawa
Selat Surabaya and approaches Depths
81
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 034/200/01) [05/12]
Index
NP34
2 - 80
Selat Surabaya Gresik Poleng Oilfield
Submarine gas pipeline
81
2 A submarine gas pipeline links Gresik (4.103) with
Poleng Oilfield (4.156). The pipeline crosses to E side
of the N entrance channel at Gresik and then follows
close W to the recommended track between No 6 and
No 7 Light Buoys (lateral) then passing S and E of N
entrance outer anchorage (4.84).
Rubicon Maverick
(SDD 2009000 137629) [47/09]
Indonesia North coast of Jawa
Selat Surabaya and approaches Directions;
vertical clearance; buoyage
81
Vertical clearance
4.87a
4 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 34 m,
spans the SE entrance between Sekarbungu, 1 mile E
of Kesek (4.87), and Tambakwedi 2miles S.
84
Paragraph 4101 4 lines 1-5 Replace by:
4 From No 8 Buoy (port hand) (712S 11248E) the
track leads W to Tanjungperak, through a buoyed
channel, under the bridge (4.87a). A dangerous wreck
(7113S 112460E), lies 1 cable S of a buoy
(starboard hand).
Caution. The direction of buoyage changes
5 cables W of the bridge.
Indonesian ENCs ID400096; ID500084
(SDDs 2010000 013826; 030044) [16/10]
Selat Surabaya Gresik Berths
85
4 Siam Maspion Terminal, (70669S 1123915E),
with platform and dolphins, lies 2 miles N of
Petrochemical Wharf. A causeway and trestle
extend 19 miles from the shore. Vessels of
up to 100 000 dwt, maximum length of 240 m
and maximum draught alongside of 105 m
can be accommodated. Lights are exhibited
from beacons (special) at the head of the
terminal.
PT Siam Maspion Terminal
(SDD 2009000 146783) [47/09]
Selat Surabaya Port of Tanjungperak Wreck
87
2 A stranded wreck, marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand), lies 1cables ENE of the Container
Terminal elbow.
Indonesian Notices 34/297/09; 34/298/09
(SDD 2009000 122716) [47/09]
Indonesia North coast of Madura
Directions; major light
88
4 Major lights:
Pulau Karangjamuang Light (656S 11244E)
(4.92).
Batuputih Light (white metal framework tower, 40 m
in height) (6522S 113563E).
89
Paragraph 4154 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Dishidros
(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Jawa Selat Madura Approaches to
Probolinggo Pulau Ketapang and
Karang Katon Directions;
light beacon; light buoy
91
N of Pulau Ketapang; a light (white post, 10 m in
height) (74050S 1131570E) is exhibited from
the E of the island. Thence:
92
... to the anchorage, is reef-fringed. A light (74050S
1131570E) (4.177) is exhibited from the E extremity of
the island.
...shells and stones marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger) (74150S1131270E), thence to the anchorage
(4.190) N of the...
Pulau Ketapang Light (74045S 1131570E)
(4.177).
DG Sea Comm
(SDD 2012000 134194) [33/12]
Indonesia Nusa Tenggara Lombok
Teluk Ayang Southwards Rock
122
Indonesian Chart 291
(SDD 2009000 019005) [47/09]
Index
NP34
2 - 81
Indonesia Pulau Sumba South-east coast
Directions; major light
167
2 Major lights:
Tanjung Ngaru Mangigit Light (white beacon)
(10149S 120396E).
Tanjung Undu Light (10053S 120507E) (713).
Dishidros
(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Indonesia Selat Flores Directions; lights
192
Pulau Serbete lighthouse (8090S 123011E)
(White metal framework tower, 15 m in height).
193
Paragraph 8.34 1 line 5 For (8191S 123011E) (8.37)
Read (8192S 123007E) (white metal framework
structure, 30 m in height).
...light (8.29) is exhibited from the islet. The
channel...
194
Tanjung Serbete Light (8.34).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 034/200/01) [04/10]
Kalimantab Sangai Burito Directions
220
9.76a
1 Racon:
Tanjung Pedadatua (32996S 1142795E).
...position, S of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(34080S 1142840E) (9.90), initially leads E then
NE keeping in depths of not less than 11 m, passing:
221
1 Approach and entry. Sungai Barito may be
approached from S and entered through a dredged
channel marked by light buoys.
Paragraph 9.86 1 line 4
For www.banjarmasin.pp3.co.id
Read http://www.banjarmasinport.co.id/
1 Outer Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be
obtained S or SW of the Fairway Light Buoy
(34080S 1142840E) (9.95) in depths between 10
and 20 m, mud and sand.
1 Pilotage is compulsory for Sungai Barito and
Sungai Martapura for all vessels over 150 gt. The pilot
boards S of the Fairway Light Buoy (34080S
1142840E) (9.95). A pilot look-out station stands
close NE of Tanjung Pedadatua, at the W entrance
point to Sungai Barito.
2 Requests for pilotage should be given to local
agents at least 12 hours before arrival and 6 hours
before departure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Tugs. Several tugs are available at Trisakti Wharf.
222
1 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy
(34080S 1142840E), the track leads N through the
dredged channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
passing:
W of Tanjung Burung Light Beacon (33219S
1142967E), thence:
E of Tanjung Pedadatua (33032S 1142887E)
(9.76).
BA Chart 3015 Edition 3
(SDD 2011000 171464) [49/11]
Indonesia East Coast of Kalimantan
Teluk Balikpapan Private Terminal
245
Palm oil, chemical Terminal
10.162a
1 Wilmar Private Terminal (10810S 1164610E),
which lies 5 miles NNW of Tanjung Makasar, consists
of a two berth T-head jetty. The outer berth, Alpha,
can accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt with a
maximum permitted draught of 115 m. There is a
minimum alongside depth of 135 m. The inner berth,
Bravo, has a minimum depth alongside of 100 m.
Terminal operator: Mekar Bumi Andalas (MBA)
Wilmar Private Terminal.
MSI Ship Management Pte Ltd
(SDD 2011000 138082) [33/11]
Approaches to Makassar North-west Approach
Channel Shoal
268
Cautions. In September 2010 a vessel with a
draught of 97 m reported grounding close S of the
recommended track, 2 mi l es SW of Pul au
Kapoposang Light, in approximate position 44340S
1185520E.
This channel is rarely navigated at night.
Hudson Shipping Lines
(SDD 2011000 171563) [41/11]
Index
NP34
2 - 82
Sulawesi Head of Teluk Bone
Directions; light
331
...a depth of less than 3 m, from which a light
(black beacon, white bands) is exhibited, situated
8 miles W of...
(SDD 2012000 118703) [48/12]
Sulawesi Kepulauan Banggai
Karang Vesuvius Directions; light
350
...a light (white metal framework tower 10 m in
height) is exhibited (20967S 1225600E) from
the SWside of the SEreef. Aconspicuous hut lies
8 cables N of the light. All three reefs are marked
by discoloration when covered. Thence:
UKHO
(SDD 2012000 45408) [20/12]
Indonesia Sulawesi Selat Bangka
Pulau Talisei Tanjung Arus Racon
423
Spare
16.180
(SDD 2009000 140657) [47/09]
Indonesia East Coast of Halmahera
Teluk Buli Directions; shoal; lights
188
ENE of a shoal (04403N 1282354E) (6.247),
thence;
ENEof Pulau Gee (Gei) (04980N1281925E), an
islet, from where a light beacon (05071N
1281909E) is exhibited, 2 miles NNW of Pulau
Pakal.
1 From E, the track leads W passing:
N of Pulau Leleve (04387N 1283321E), a
reef-fringed islet, from where a light (6.249) is
exhibited. Thence:
S of Pulau Parapara (Para Para) from where a light
beacon (04794N 1283046E) is exhibited,
thence;
Nof a dangerous rock lying 6 cables Eof Pulau Sain,
an islet from where a light beacon (04568N
1283002E) is exhibited, thence N of this islet.
The track then passes S of Karang Bulat (Ronde
Reef) from where a l i ght beacon (047 70N
1282574E) is exhibited, thence NW direct to the
roadstead passing between Pulau Gee (6.250) and
Karang Litin (6.252).
189
The track then leads WSW as required to pass S
of Karang Litin, a drying reef, from where a light
beacon (05184N 1282232E) is exhibited, thence
W to the roadstead. A 2 m (6 ft) shoal patch lies
2 miles ESE of Karang Litin.
Indonesian Notices 20/182/11; 20/183/11; 20/184/11;
21/189/11; 21/194/11
(SDD 2011000 117572; 117577) [32/11]
Indonesia Sumatera Selat Sunda
Directions; wreck
71
Clear of a wreck (55212S 1055012E), thence:
DG SeaComm
(SDD 2012000 221808) [51/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England West Coast Bristol Channel Light
65
Paragraph 2.1 1 line 4 For (510130N 43155W) Read
(510133N 43153W)
66
(510133N 43153W)
(510133N 43153W)
67
(510133N 43153W)
Paragraph 2.26 3 lines 5-6 For (510130N 43155W)
Read (510133N 43153W)
76
Paragraph 2.67 2 line 10 For (510130N43155W) Read
(510133N 43153W)
79
Read (510133N 43153W)
Index
NP37
2 - 83
Hartland Point (510133N 43153W), with a
lighted beacon (15 m in height) and disused
lighthouse (white round tower, 18 m in height), ...
80
Hartland Point Light as above.
(510133N 43153W)
83
(510133N 43153W)
84
Read (510133N 43153W)
Read (510133N 43153W)
Hartland Point (510133N 43153W), with a
lighted beacon and disused lighthouse (2.84).
(510133N 43153W)
(510133N 43153W)
87
Read (510133N 43153W)
93
(510133N 43153W)
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 004546; 029723) [08/12]
England Isles of Scilly Directions; racon
66
67
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 167076) [42/11]
England Southwest coast Offshore routes
Directions; light buoys
67
2 Automatic Identification System:
Wave Hub NW Light Buoy (502306N 53824W).
For details see The Mariners Handbook and
1 NW of Renewable Energy Development Area
(502184N 53671W) marked by Wave Hub
NW Light Buoy (N cardinal) (502306N
53824W), Wave Hub SE Light Buoy (S
cardinal) (502064N 53501W), a wave
recorder light buoy and six light buoys
(special), thence:
Wave Hub, Hayle
(SDD 2012000 076096) [21/12]
England Southwest coast St Ives Bay
Directions; light
68
2 Godrevy Island disused lighthouse (white octagonal
tower, 26 m height) (501455N 52403W), which
stands in the centre of the island, with a light (2.38)
close NE.
69
Paragraph 2.38 5 line 5 For NW of Godrevy Island Light
Read NW of Godrevy Island
Useful mark:
Godrevy Island Light (metal framework structure 4 m
in height, atop a rock pinnacle) (501456N
52401W).
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 202697) [43/12]
England southwest coast Hayle
Directions; buoys
71
Paragraph 2.43 3 line 5 For light buoys (lateral) Read a light
buoy (N cardinal)
Hayle Harbour Authority Ltd
(SDD 2012000 189116 and 170011) [40/12]
Index
NP37
2 - 84
Wales Southeast coast River Usk Berths
132
1 General information. Bi rdport (5133 70N
25809W) is situated on the E side of the river
4 cables N of Saint Julians Pill. It is equipped to
handle processed steel, metals, timber and loose bulk
cargoes using a gantry crane (vertical clearance
215 m) spanning the dock.
The dock is 225 m long, 198 m wide with depths of
85 m at MHWS, 52 m at MHWN and is entered
between two short jetties. Formerly a dry dock, it has
a flat concrete bottom with a covering of silt. Half-tide
gates at the dock entrance are normally kept closed
and depths up to 62 m can be maintained. Vessels
up to 8000 dwt and capable of taking the ground can
be accommodated.
1 MIR Steel Wharf, with a jetty close N lies on the E
side of the river about 3 cables SSE of Birdport. The
berth, which dries at low water, can accommodate
vessels capable of taking the ground up to 150 m
LOA and 26 m maximum beam. Vessels of 150 m to
155 m LOA are only accepted after consultation with
the Harbour Master.
Cargo Services (UK) Limited; ABP South Wales
(SDD 2012000 135037); (SDD 2012000 129749) [30/12]
Wales South-west coast Turbot Bank
Directions; buoy
162
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 030857) [10/12]
Wales Milford Haven Depths
163
Depth in West Channel is 163 m and Main
Channel 165 m (2012).
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2011000 223683; 2012000 037766) [14/12]
Wales West coast Fishguard Depth
188
Harbourmaster, Stena Ports Limited
(SDD 2012000 085588) [20/12]
Wales West coast Barmouth Bay Beacon
203
Paragraph 6.82 2 lines 7-8 For (red tripod tower) Read (S
cardinal)
Harbwr Feistr Abermaw Harbourmaster
(SDD 2012000 079668) [19/12]
Wales North-west coast Anglesey
Penrhyn Mawr
218
(531704N 44119W)
Read (531704N 44119W)
BA Chart 1413 [06/12]
Wales West Coast Menai Strait Directions
235
Paragraph 7.158 1 line 2 For S Read SSW
Either side of Caernarfon Bar Fairway Light Buoy
(safe water), thence:
237
Paragraph 7.163 3 line 1 For S Read SSW
530640N 42601W
Caernarfon Harbour Trust
(SDD 2011000 149390, 155116) [39/11]
England Liverpool Bay Directions; buoy
245
...5 cables and 1 cables W of Bar Light Float.
Cefas
(SDD 2012000 000206) [04/12]
Wales River Dee Estuary Directions
248
leads ESE for about 5 miles, thence SE and ESE for a
further 4miles to the outer end of South Hoyle Channel
leading into Welsh Channel, passing:
Index
NP37
2 - 85
249
6 The line of bearing 090, in the white sector
(0895- 0905), of West Hoyle Spit (Earwig) Outer
Directional Light (perch pile) (532121N 32407W)
which leads into South Hoyle Channel close S of
South Hoyle Outer Light Buoy (port hand) (532126N
32694W). The channel is marked by light buoys
(lateral), has a least depth 31 m (2011) and leads E
and ENE into Welsh Channel.
Paragraph 8.36 1 lines 3-7 Delete from The dredged
channel to Point of Ayr.
251
...buoyed channel and leads close E of M1 Light Buoy.
BA Chart 1953
(SDD 2012000 041035) [15/12]
Wales River Dee Estuary Directions
249
SW of Dee Light Buoy (S cardinal) (532195N
31836W), into Wild Road (8.49) and Mostyn
inner pilot boarding position.
250
Read (532195N 31836W)
251
(532195N 31836W)
(532195N 31836W)
Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 054544) [14/12]
Wales River Dee Estuary Berths
251-252
Berths 1, 2 and 3 are 100 m sections of the river
wharf piled quay starting from upriver. Berth 1
dredged to 60 m (2010).
Berth 4 is the Dee River Craft berth.
Berth 5 is the RoRo terminal.
Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 036212) [11/12]
England River Mersey Arrival information;
255
...Marine Operations Control Centre, call sign: MERSEY
VTS, preferably when rounding The Skerries (532527N
43650W) and not later than the vicinity of Bar Light Float
inward-bound or before sailing. A continuous listening
watch must be maintained when under way or at anchor
within the port.
Mersey Docks and Harbour Company
(SDD 2011000 231833) [04/12]
England West Coast Directions Buoy
279
Paragraph 9.19 3 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W
282
296
297
298
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 207314) [48/11]
North-west coast of England
Fleetwood Anchorage; depth
282
1 Vessels can find open anchorage 2cables NW of
No 2 Light Buoy (535856N 30184W) in about
18 m, clear of submarine cables. An area of foul
ground lies 1 mile NW of Wyre Lighthouse (disused)
(535716N 30179W) (9.48).
1 Controlling depths. The controlling depth is 12 m
(2012) in the channel and is to be found close N of
No 7 Light Buoy. The turning area off the...
Associated British Ports Fleetwood and Navigation Safety
Branch MCGA
(SDD 2012000 064689 and 067028) [17/12]
Index
NP37
2 - 86
Morecambe Bay River Lune Buoy
287
...position close S of Lune No 1 Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(535866N 30000W).
289
...and Lune No 1 Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(535866N 30000W), 1 mile E,...
Chief Executive, Lancaster Port Commission
(SDD 2012000 060654; 231678) [49/12]
England West coast Heysham Buoy
289
4 SE of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (540063N
25818W) which marks the edge of shoal
water with depths of less than 5 m and rock
armour protecting submarine cables, thence:
Heysham Port Limited
(SDD 2012000 030391) [09/12]
England Northwest coast
BarrowinFurness Port radio
290
Paragraph 9.70 2 line 7 For Control Read Radio
Paragraph 9.71 1 line 5 and line 8 For Control Read Radio
292
Associated British Ports, Barrow
(SDD 2012000 105671) [25/12]
England Northwest coast
Barrow-in-Furness Traffic signals
292
1 Spare.
Harbour Master ABP Barrow & Fleetwood Notice 17/12
(SDD 2012000 154359) [34/12]
England Solway Firth Silloth Harbour
Maximum draught
313
...of 74 mat MHWSand 51 mat MHWN. Afigure of 10 m
should be subtracted fromthe height of HW(above the sill)
to obtain the maximum permissible draught. The quay
height is approximately 99 m above sill level.
Associated British Ports Silloth
(SDD 2012000 054775) [14/12]
England Solway Firth Silloth approach
Buoys
313
(544750N 33000W)
(544890N 33000W)
(545030N 32730W)
Associated British Ports Silloth
(SDD 2012000 134511 & 135340) [30/12]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
Sri Lanka East Coast Trincomalee to
Pulmoddai Roads Directions; wreck
141
...headland fringed by a reef with a dangerous
wreck...
Harbour Master, SLPA
(SDD 2011000 192205) [44/11]
Sri Lanka West coast Colombo harbour
Limiting conditions; arrival information;
directions; berths
161
1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (4.102).
Index
NP38
2 - 87
162
Paragraph 4.86 3 lines 5-8 Delete.
163
164
1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (SAGT) occupies
940 m of the SW jetty in the Harbour Basin. It has
three berths with depths of 15 m alongside and is
used by container vessels. The S part of the jetty,
about 200 m in length, is used by passenger and
general cargo vessels.
Harbour Master, Sri Lanka Ports Authority
(SDD 2010000 079813) [25/10]
India West coast Quilon
Port authority; pilotage
185
Port Authority. Port Officer, Neendkara, Asramam,
Kollam, Kerala-02.
E-mail: portkollam@yahoo.co.in
Pilotage
5.38a
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Port
Officer, Neendkara. Pilot boards 5 cables SE of the
main breakwater head.
Indian Notice 7/10
(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
India West coast Quilon to Kochi
Directions; obstruction
187
2 WSW of an obstruction in a depth of 145 m
(14 miles S), lying in the approaches to Nndakara
(5.52). Thence:
Indian Notice 09/10
(SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10]
India Kochi Arrival information;
anchorages; pilotage
190
5.80
1 Anchorage is available as follows;
(a) For vessels with a draught over 12 m, in an area
bounded by:
95660N 760350E
95660N 760510E
95410N 760510E
95410N 760350E
(b) For vessels with a draught below12 m, in an area
bounded by:
95660N 760680E
95660N 761060E
95410N 761060E
95410N 760680E
Tankers waiting to discharge at the SPM should
anchor 2 miles S of the SPM.
2 Lightering area. An area where STS operations
are carried out, radius 5 cables, lies centred on
100350N 760450E.
Traffic regulations
5.80a
1 Restricted area. The SPM (5.100) lies in a
restricted area with a radius of 7 cables.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited, in
an area bounded by:
95860N 760350E
95860N 760550E
95660N 760550E
95660N 760350E
191
5.82
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels
exceeding 100 gt, is advisable for smaller vessels, and
available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels bound for the
port in the following positions:
Boarding ground Position
North 95830N 760870E
South 95730N 760870E
West 95750N 760550E
2 Pilot for the SPM boards from a tug about 2 miles
from the SPM, between 0600 and 1600 local time, to
complete mooring during daylight. Boarding position
should be confirmed with port control over VHF radio
prior to arrival. Tankers may depart from SPM at any
time.
For detai l s see Admi ral ty Li st of Si gnal s
Volume 6(4).
3 Tugs are available; generally two tugs are used for
each shipping movement. At the SPM a tug remains
secured to the offloading tanker for pull back
operations.
Port of Kochi; Indian Notice VI/15/12
(SDD 2012000 151521; 156592) [37/12]
Index
NP38
2 - 88
India West coast Kochi Harbour
Spoil ground
191
Spoil ground
5.87a
1 Two spoil grounds, circular in area, each with a
radius of 1500 m, have been established in the
approaches to Kochi as follows:
North Spoil Ground centred on 10000N76050E;
South Spoil Ground centred on 9550N 76060E.
Indian Notice 07/10
(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
India Kochi Cochin Oil Terminal
194
Depths less than charted were reported (July 2012)
alongside the terminal; the Port Authority should be
consulted for the latest depths.
MV Challenge Polaris
(SDD 2012000 144593) [37/12]
India Kochi to Beypore Directions; wreck
196
Clear of a dangerous wreck marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger) (100811N 760295E),
(SDD 2012000 144669; 156592) [37/12]
India Badagara to Mount Dilli
Azhikkal; storm signals; useful marks
203
Useful marks. Two breakwaters mark the entrance
to Valapattanam River.
Indian Notice VI/15/12
(SDD 2012000 156592) [37/12]
India New Mangalore
Arrival information; SPM
209
Submarine pipeline
6.49a
1 A submarine pipeline is laid between 125456N
744860E and the SPM (6.59a).
Traffic regulations
6.50a
1 Restricted area. The SPM (6.59a) and oil pipeline
lie within restricted areas.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
within 500 m of the SPM and 250 m either side of the
charted pipeline.
210
Single Point Mooring
SPM
6.59a
1 A SPM (lit) is moored in position 125400N
743900E, in a depth of about 31 m.
Indian Notice VI/14/12
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
India West coast Krwr to
Mormugao Head Directions;
dangerous wreck
223
A dangerous wreck lies about 11 miles W of
Mormugao Head.
Indian Notice 07/10
(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
India West coast Mandvi River Pilotage
228
Pilotage is compulsory in the river; a local pilot
may be engaged by contacting the Captain of the
Port, Panaji. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4) for further details.
Deputy Captain of the Port, Panaji
(SDD 2010000 067680) [25/10]
Index
NP38
2 - 89
India Murud Janjira Harbour;
General information; anchorages; berths
248
Paragraphs 7.154 to 7.158 including heading Replace by:
Dighi Harbour (Murud Janjira)
Charts 1508, 1487
General information
7.154
1 Position and function. Dighi Harbour (Murud
Janjra) (181670N 725863E) lies at the entrance to
Rjpuri Creek. The port being developed on both
banks of the creek entrance, will, when completed, be
able to handle a wide variety of cargoes. The harbour
also affords good shelter to vessels of moderate size
from all winds except those from W to NW, during
which small craft may shelter in Rjpuri Creek. Fishing
is a major activity of the port.
2 Topography. Murud, a town lying on the N shore
of Rjpuri Creek, 2 miles NNE of Nnwell Point
Lighthouse (181684N 725617E), is surrounded by
a large grove of palm trees. Dighi, a village 2 miles
ESE of the same lighthouse, situated on the S shore
of Rjpuri Creek, has a bight SE of it which is fringed
with mangroves; a drying mud-flat fills the bight.
Traffic. Local vessels use the harbour daily.
Port authority. Head of Marine/Operations, AT and
P.O: Di ghi , Teh: Sri vardhan, Di stri ct: Rai gad,
Maharashtra - 402 402.
Internet: www.dighiport.in
Limiting conditions
7.155
1 Controlling depths. The port authority should be
contacted for the latest information on depths in the
channel and alongside berths.
Tidal levels. Maxi mum range about 4 1 m;
minimum range about 08 m. See information in
Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3.
Arrival information
7.156
1 Notice of ETA required. At least 24 hours prior to
arrival.
Outer anchorages. There are two designated
anchorages as follows:
Anchorage Limits
Alpha 181830N 724890E
181830N 725090E
181930N 725090E
181930N 724890E
Bravo 181860N 724725E
181860N 724825E
181960N 724825E
181960N 724725E
2 Smaller vessels may also obtain anchorage about
5 miles W of Janjra Fort, in depths of 10 m, mud, as
shown on the chart.
Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is mandatory for all
vessel s. Pi l ot boards i n posi ti on 1817 40N
724900E, close W of the fairway light buoy. Two
tugs are available.
Harbour
7.157
1 General layout. The harbour comprises a quay,
650 m in length, on the S bank 2 miles E of Nnwell
Point. There is a jetty situated 2 cables SE of Dighi;
this jetty is surrounded by drying mud at LW. There
are three jetties on the N shore of Rjpuri Creek. One
lies close SE of Bandar Hill, another on the point S of
the village of Rjpuri, 1 mile SE of Bandar Hill and a
third jetty lies close E of Sandy Point (181641N
725961E).
A ferry plies between these jetties during the fine
weather season.
2 Development. Under Phase 1 of the development
plan, three berths, totalling 1100 m in length, are
under construction on the N bank with completion
expected in 2013. These berths are to be used for
handling containers and other clean cargo.
Storm signals are displayed from Nnwell Point
Lighthouse, the brief system is used. See 1.54.
Tidal streams have a rate from 1 to 1 kn during
flood and to 1 kn during ebb.
Directions
7.158
1 Major light:
Nnwell Point Light (white 8-sided masonry tower,
red bands, 19 m in height) (181684N
725617E).
Caution. Fishing stakes may be encountered within
the harbour. These usually consist of large poles or
stripped palm trees, however, they generally show well
above HW.
Approach. Vessels approaching the harbour from S
should keep in depths of more than 15 m until Janjra
Fort (7.149) standing 2 miles NE of Nnwell Point
Light is identified.
2 Entry. From a position about 7 miles W of Nnwell
Point Light the track leads generally E and SE for
about 9 miles through a buoyed channel marked by
10 pairs of light buoys (lateral) to a turning circle
situated between the N and S berths, noting that the
limits of the dredged area are marked by light buoys
(special).
Useful marks:
Sandy Point (181641N 725961E).
Dighi Hill (251 m high) (181603N 725735E), the
highest point on the peninsula.
Conical Hill (232 m high) (181513N 725725E),
bare.
Berths
7.158a
1 Two multi-purpose berths, each 325 m in length, lie
on the S bank; cargoes handled include containers,
bulk, break-bulk, liquid and LNG.
Port services
7.158b
1 Other facilities. Medical; garbage collection; waste
oil reception.
Supplies. Fuel; fresh water; provisions.
Indian Notice VI/14/12; www.dighiport.in
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
Index
NP38
2 - 90
Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru
Port Bravo (West) anchorage Wreck
252
1 An anchorage area centred on 1906N 7232E lies
21 miles NW of Prongs Reef Light, its limits are
shown on the chart.
Bravo (West) anchorage, centred on 1845N
7229E, lies between the safety fairways and Neelam
Heera and Ratna Oilfield. Large vessels may anchor
in depths commensurate with draught keeping clear of
the charted disused cables and foul ground.
A dangerous wreck (184622N 722915E) with
exposed masts, lies in the N part of this anchorage. It
is marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) moored
about 7 cables N.
Bravo (East) anchorage, for use by smaller vessels,
centred on 1846N 7237E, lies 12 miles WSW of
Prongs Reef Light; its limits are shown on the chart.
Indian Notices 15/202/10, 17/208/11
(SDD 2010000 124269, 2011000 163685) [40/11]
India Gulf of Khambht VTS
261
8.2a
1 A vessel traffic service (VTS) for the control of
shipping is in operation in Gulf of Khambht.
Participation is mandatory for all vessels navigating in
or intending to enter Gulf of Khambht. For further
Volume 6(4).
Indian Notice VIII/14/12
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
South approach to Gulf of Khambht
Hzira (Srat) Port Pilotage
268
Pilotage. Pilot boards LNG vessels in position
205400N 723500E, close S of Magdalla Port Limit.
For further details see...
Capt. Ankur Basu, Pilot and Berthing Master, Hazira Port
Pvt. Ltd.
(SDD 2011000 210624) [49/11]
Ppvv Port Approach and entry; pilotage;
directions; recommended track
276
Approach and entry. The port is approached from
S on the charted recommended track which passes E
of the Fairway Light Buoy (205313N 712974E)
(safe water), and entered through the buoyed West
Channel, dredged (2009) to 145 m.
...board in position 205260N 713011E, on the
inbound recommended track. Vessels with LOA under
100 m and draught under...
Paragraph 8.106 2 line 18 For UCL Read Ultra Tech
277
Paragraphs 8.108 1 line 9 For UCL Read Ultra Tech
Paragraph 8.108 1 lines 12-18 Delete from
The Fairway Light...to...GPPL Jetty.
Paragraphs 8.108 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 Caution arrival. Due to the current setting
strongly across the channel entrance and to facilitate
safe navigation between inbound and outbound
vessels in the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground, the
port authori ty have establ i shed two one-way
recommended tracks.
Inbound vessels are advised to proceed along the
charted track to embark their pilot. The approach
speed over ground should be restricted to about 4 kn
at the charted pilot embarkation position to allow
vessels to abort the approach by taking all way off
and/or turn about using bold engines and helm if the
pilot is delayed in boarding and reaching the conning
position. If aborting the approach by turning about, it
is recommended that vessels entering on the flood
turn to port and vessels entering on the ebb turn to
starboard.
3 To make good the recommended track, vessels
may have to steer up to 40 across the current
depending on the strength of the stream and engine
speed of the vessel. Vessels should closely monitor
their course and speed over ground so as to proceed
along the recommended track.
Inbound vessels shall allow outbound vessels to
pass well clear of the Fairway Light Buoy prior to
closing in on the pilot boarding position.
Departure. Outbound vessels should follow the
charted recommended track after passing close E of
the Fairway Light Buoy.
Indian Notices 150/9/11, 157/10/11 and SDO 10/11
(SDD 2011000 082409;093386) [30/11]
Index
NP38
2 - 91
India West coast Dahej Port authority;
pilotage; tidal stream; berths
281
Petronet LNG Jetty;
Internet: www.petronetlng.com
...pilot for GCPTCL jetty boards 1 mile W of the jetty.
Pilotage for Petronet LNG Jetty is compulsory;
vessels speed to be less than 5 kts when embarking
pilot. Berthing during daylight slack water. See...
Direction of the stream in the vicinity of Petronet
LNG Jetty is 160-340.
The jetty can accept vessels up to 220 000 m
3
(Q-Flex) with a maximum draught of 127 m.
Indian Notice 10/10
(SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10]
Gulf of Khambht Dahej
Arrival information; berth
281
Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6, including existing Section IV
Notice Week 25/10 Replace by:
...pilots for GCPTCL and APPPL jetties board
1 mile W of the respective jetties. Pilotage for Petronet
LNG Jetty is compulsory; vessels speed to be less
than 5 kn when embarking pilot. Berthing during
daylight slack water. See...
APPPL (Adani Petronet Port Private Limited) jetty is
a T-headed jetty, consisting of a North Berth with a
length of 206 m and a South Berth with a length of
221 m. The berths can accommodate dry/break bulk
cargo vessels with a maximum LOA of 260 m and
draught of 145 m.
Mahesh Pillai, Marine
(SDD 2011000 189472) [49/11]
India West coast Verval to Porbandar
Directions; wreck
289
Indian Notice 09/10
(SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10]
India West coast Porbandar to
Kachchigadh Directions;
safety fairways; wrecks
290
Safety Fairways
8.213a
1 Three safety fairways converge at a point 11 miles
W of Kachchigarh Light (8.217), as shown on the
chart. They are mandatory for Indian registered
vessels and recommended for all other vessels. One
fairway leads NNW for 42 miles from a position
34 miles W of Porbandar Light (8.197). The other two
fairways lead ENE and ESE from seaward.
2 To minimise risk of head-on encounters, mariners
are advised to keep their vessels as near to the outer
limit of the fairway which lies on their starboard side
as is safe and practicable, while approaching or
leaving the area, consistent with International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).
291
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (19 miles WNW and
21 miles NW), thence:
Indian Notice 09/10
(SDDs 2010000 065010; 075927) [25/10]
Porbandar to Kachchigadh
Ghughadwa Creek SPM
291
Ghughadwa Creek
8.221a
1 Ghughadwa Creek lies 3 miles NW of Nvadra
Light (8.217).
A SPM (l i t) moored i n posi ti on 2155 94N
690991E, is connected to the shore by a submerged
oil pipeline which leads NE to land about 2 miles
SW of the village of Bhogt (215950N 691444E).
Anchoring is prohibited within 1000 m of the SPM and
within 500 m of the pipeline.
Indian Notice 187 (14/11)
(SDD 2011000 137740) [37/11]
India Gulf of Kachchh VTS
293
9.3a
1 A vessel traffic service (VTS) for the control of
shi ppi ng i s i n operati on i n Gul f of Kachchh.
Participation is mandatory for all vessels navigating in
or intending to enter Gulf of Kachchh. For further
Volume 6(4).
Indian Notice VIII/14/12
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
Index
NP38
2 - 92
West part of Gulf of Kachchh Major Light
295
Bhadreswar Light (225449N 695484E) (9.75).
304
Bhadreswar Light (white masonry tower, 60 m in
height) (225449N 695484E).
306
Bhadreswar Light (225449N 695484E) (9.75).
(SDD 2012000 029984) [12/12]
West part of Gulf of Kachchh
Salya Harbour Anchorages
302
Outer anchorage. The designated anchorage,
2 miles square, lies centred on 223100N 693300E,
with depths ranging from 18 m to 42 m, mud.
303
1 Anchorages. A large vessel may anchor in Salya
Harbour about 1 miles WSW or 2 miles S of
Klubhr Tpu Lighthouse in a depth of 14 m, mud.
Indian Notice 188 (14/11)
(SDD 2011000 137740) [37/11]
India West coast Karod Nadi to
Navnl Point Directions; buoyage
304
...on its Sside, and SSWof Sonar Light Buoy (port
hand) moored about 1 miles S of this danger.
Thence:
Indian Notice 10/10
(SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10]
India Mundra Port information
305
...consi sts of two contai ner termi nal s and a
mul ti -purpose j etty on Navnl Isl and, the
multi-purpose T-headed jetty extending 7 cables SSW
from the coast and a SPM.
Paragraph 9.85 1 line 9 For 6 miles W Read 10 miles W
Port Authority. Mundra Port and Special Economic
Zone Ltd, Post Bag No 1, Mundra, Kachchh, Gujarat
370 421.
Pilot for the SPM boards 1 miles S of the SPM.
Paragraph 9.89 1 line 1 Replace By:
3 Major light:
Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22438N
69424E) (9.75).
Other aid to navigation - racons:
Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22438N
69424E).
Mundra SPM (22407N 69393E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Approaches. The anchorage or pilot station (9.87)
may...
Entry to basin SW of Multi-purpose Terminal 2.
Leading Lights:
Front light (height 120 m) (22444N 69429E),
Rear light (height 155 m) (50 m from front light).
The alignment of the above lights leads to the SW
berths of Multi-purpose Terminal 2.
4 Container Terminals 1 and 2 lie, along a single
wharf 1264 m in length, close N of Navnl Point
(22442N 62427E). Both terminals are allocated
two berths, each 316 m in length.
Multi - purpose Terminal 2, consists of a 575 m
long jetty extension of the container terminals. The
SW face of the jetty lies alongside a basin with a
maintained depth of 145 m. The terminal has 4 berths,
two on each side of the jetty, with facilities to accept
vessels upto 300 m in length and draught ranging
from 105 to 155 m.
Mundra Port
(SDDs 2010000 134005; 134665) [38/10]
India West coast
Vdnr Offshore Oil Terminal
Function; maximum size
308
Function. Consisting of SBMs I and II owned by
Indian Oil Corporation and SBM III owned by ESSAR,
the terminal imports crude oil for refining at their
respective facilities ashore.
1 The SBMs can accommodate crude oil tankers from
87 000 to 325 000 dwt.
Indian Notice 02/10
(SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10]
Index
NP38
2 - 93
India West coast Essar Vdnr Terminal
Port authority; limiting conditions; berths
309
2 Terminal authority:
Head Marine
Vadinar Oil Terminal Ltd
Essar Refinery Site, Vadinar
Jamnagar, Gujarat-361010
Website: www.essar.com
Limiting conditions
9.113a
1 Density of water: 1025 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA 245 m,
draught 13 5 m (reported December 2009),
100 000 dwt.
1 There are two berths each of length 3095 m with a
depth of 20 m alongside. Each berth has eight
mooring dolphins with quick release hooks and
capstan.
Indian Notice 02/10
(SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10]
India West coast Kandla Harbour and
approaches Pilotage; spoil grounds; berths
314
...1 mile WSW of Outer Tuna Buoy and...
315
1 Two spoil grounds, radius 1000 m, have been
established centred on 22540N 70090E and
22510N 70100E. An alternative spoil ground,
marked by a light buoy (special), is established in
vicinity of 20567N 70150E.
316
1 Cargo Jetty, 2533 m in length, is located about
2 miles within the creek on the W side, and has
twelve berths. Two berths are reserved for container...
2 Passenger Jetties No 1 and No 2 are T-shaped
and lie close N of Cargo Jetty. Flotilla Jetty, 130 m in
length and aligned 356/176 has been constructed N
of Passenger Jetty No 1.
Tanker berths. There are six oil jetties on the W
bank, which can accommodate vessels between
40 000 to 56 000 dwt. Oil Jetty No 1, also known as
Nehru Jetty, lies 12 cables N from N end of Cargo
Jetty, and the remaining jetties are within about
11 cables N from it.
Spare
9.177
Indian Notices 07/10 and 09/10
(SDDs 2010000 056540; 065010; 075927) [25/10]
Pakistan Sonmiani Bay SPM
337
Single Point Mooring
10.143a
1 A SPM buoy (lit) is moored in position 245691N
663489E, about 3 miles NNW of Churna Island. It is
connected to the shore by a submarine pipeline which
lands about 8 cables S of Khalifa Point (10.141).
Pakistan Notice 65/23/12
(SDD 2012000 117449) [37/12]
NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2011 Edition)
Nil
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland South coast Cork Harbour to Tuskar
Rock Directions: light buoy
58
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 046487) [12/12]
Ireland South-west coast Bantry Bay
Directions
70
Paragraph 3.24 3 line 5 For (513916N 94488W)
Read (513918N 94484W)
78
Roancarrigmore Light (stainless steel tower, 7 m in
height) (513918N 94484W) and a disused
lighthouse(whiteroundtower, black band, 18 min
elevation) stand on Roancarrigmore. The
lighthousebuildings andbothtowers areenclosed
by a white wall.
80
Paragraph 3.95 1 line 2 For depth of 37 m Read dredged
depth of 60 m (2012)
(SDD 2012000 039993; 040194; 040935) [11/12]
Index
NP40
2 - 94
Southwest coast of Ireland Bantry Bay
Castletownbere Arrival information;
directions
76
After Paragraph 3.74 and beneath Arrival information
Insert:
Port operations
3.74a
1 See 3.95 for details of broadcast requirements.
80
1 The principal entrance channel to Castletownbere
leads W of Dinish Island. It is narrow with a width of
35 m, and a dredged depth of 60 m (2012) on the
leading line (3.96).
There is also a small channel N of Dinish Island
suitable only for boats; it is spanned by a bridge with
a vertical clearance of 72 m.
2 Vessels restricted in their ability to manoeuvre
within the principal entrance channel should broadcast
their intention to transit the channel on VHF Channel
16 when:
Inbound from SW, on passing Colt Rock Light
Beacon (513807N 95510W) (3.85).
Inbound from E, in position 1 mile E of Walter Scott
Rock (513857N 95426W) (3.96).
Outbound, preparing to depart the harbour.
Harbour Master Castletownbere Fishery Harbour Centre
and BA Chart 1840
(SDD 2012000 198266) [43/12]
South coast Castletownbere Directions
Leading lights
77
Directional light. A directional light beacon (white
hut, red stripe, 6 m in height) (513878N 75432W)
stands on the SW end of Dinish Island. The light is
exhibited by day and night with the white sector
(024-024) leading through West Entrance.
Castletownbere Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 109939; 194625; 205498) [01/11]
Southwest coast Castletown Bearhaven
Directional light
77
Paragraph 3.84 1 line 7 Including existing section IVNotice
Week 01/11 For (024-024) Read (023-023)
(SDD 2011000 043945) [13/11]
South-west coast Dunmanus Bay Directions
82
(512828N 94937W)
83
Paragraph 3.116 2 line 3 For Lord Bandons Tower Read
Bandons Tower
84
Paragraph 3.121 2 line 5 Delete noting the marine farmNof
Furze Island,
85
Paragraph 3.125 2 line 5 For 67 mpatch Read 59 mshoal
bank
BA Chart 2552 [29/11]
South coast Cork Submarine cables
116
...Another submarine power cable area runs across the
main channel, fromclose S of Corkbeg Island (514969N
81500W) to close S of Paddys Point (515012N
81792W), passing between No 5 and 8 Light Buoys.
Port of Cork Company
(SDD 2011000 154128) [42/11]
South coast Cork Pilot boarding
116
Pilot boarding. Pilots are available throughout
24 hours, and should be ordered through Port
Operations (3.347) when reporting ETA. There are
three numbered pilot boarding areas:
No 1 (514350N 81500W), 4 miles S of Roches
Point, for all tankers loaded with crude oil.
No 2 (514510N81517W), 2miles Sof Roches
Point, for all vessels over 130 m LOA, excluding
tankers loaded with crude oil.
No 3 (515083N81729W), Buoy No 20, Cobh, for
vessels less than 130 m LOA.
Cork Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 015823) [06/12]
South coast Cork Harbour
Directions; buoy
118
E of a wave monitoring light buoy (special)
(514650N 81580W), thence:
Cork Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 195727; 204375) [01/11]
Index
NP40
2 - 95
West coast Approaches to Rosslare Europort
South Shear Buoyage
156
2 These bearings lead into the channel, passing:
SSW of South Long Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(521474N 61580W), thence:
NNE of Splaugh Light Buoy (port hand) (521436N
61677W).
The lights on the buoys are synchronized.
MRCC Dublin
(SDD 2011000 033654) [12/11]
Ireland East Coast Codling Bank
Directions; buoy
161
Read (510856N 94613W)
(SDD 2012000 031056) [17/12]
East coast Glassgorman Banks
Directions; buoyage
163
...(523769N60746W) which is moored on the
SE...
Read (524535N 60534W)
(SDD 2011000 027766; 029773; 029774) [12/11]
East coast Directions; buoyage
167
...(525684N 55847W) which is moored 1 miles
offshore marking the E side of Horseshoe, a bank...
(SDD 2011000 086426; 082354) [22/11]
Ireland East Coast Dublin
171
1 VTS Dublin is in operation for the control of
shipping. Situated at the head of Eastern Breakwater
(532069N 61219W) it maintains a 24-hour watch
on VHF. All traffic is monitored by radar. Positions of
reporting points are shown on the chart. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1) for further
details.
176
...the allocation of berths are controlled through VTS
Dublin (5.186). The...
1 VTS Dublin: see 5.186
177
Spare
5.230
Paragraph 5.232 1 line 8 For the Port Radio Read VTS
Dublin
3 A vessel intending to navigate stern foremost within
the port should indicate such intention on VHF
Channel 12, through VTS Dublin (5.186). When it is
practicable to do so, radio contact should be
established with any other vessel known to be
navigating in the vicinity.
178
Paragraph 5.239 3 line 3 For Dublin Port Radio Read VTS
Dublin
Dublin Port Company
(SDD 2012000 017254) [07/12]
Ireland East Coast Dublin; buoys
180
Read (532052N 60856W)
(532057N 60906W)
(532058N 60971W)
Dublin Port Company
(SDD 2012000 197417) [46/12]
East coast Dundalk Directions;
principal marks
186
196
197
Paragraph 6.77 3 line 1 For (6.79) Read (6.80)
198
Index
NP40
2 - 96
5 The channel is marked by Pile Light (white house
on green piles, 10 m in height) (535856N 61771W)
and No 2 Light Beacon (port hand), thereafter by light
beacons and light buoys.
MRCC Dublin
(SDD 2011000 121834) [30/11]
East coast Carlingford Lough
Haulbowline Light
186
196
199
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 4 For lights Read light
200
Photograph Haulbowline Light (6.93) For (6.93) Read
(6.97)
On passing Haulbowline Light (grey granite tower,
34 m in height) (540120N 60474W) standing on
the E rock of Haulbowline Rocks, the track turns
WNW and leads into the lough, passing:
201
Paragraph 6.98 4 line 3 For NE Read E
205
(SDD 2011000 137282) [33/11]
Strangford Lough Directions; light beacons
214
Paragraph 6.191 4 lines 1-2 For (white masonry column)
Read (E cardinal)
215
Paragraph 6.197 2 line 1 For the light beacon Read Swan
Island Light Beacon (E cardinal)
SSE of South Pladdy Light Beacon (S cardinal)
(542233N 53323W) which stands on a drying
rock.
Commissioners of Irish Lights and Ferry Service
Manager/Harbour Master Strangford Ferry Terminal
(SDD 2012000 151220; 217526) [46/12]
Northern Ireland Strangford Lough
Directions
217
WNW of Craigyouran Light Beacon (W cardinal)
marking the SW end of Craigyouran, thence:
ESE of Long Sheelah Light Beacon (E cardinal)
marking the E side of Long Sheelah.
When past Long Sheelah Light Beacon the route
turns to NNW on to Track H, or NE on to Track G.
1 From a position 2 cables ENE of Long Sheelah
Light Beacon (542693N 53534W), the line of
beari ng 339 of Mahee Poi nt Li ght Beacon
(543041N 53709W) leads NNW on Track H,
passing:
WSW of Tip Reef Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(542745N53450W) which marks the Send of
Tip Reef, and:
ENE of Hadd (542739N 53581W), thence:
2 WSW of Slave Rock (542782N 53481W),
which is marked by a pole, thence:
Between Drummond Island (542837N 53646W)
and Bird Island (542877N 53479W), thence:
Between Dead Mans Rock on which stands a light
beacon (E cardinal) (542880N 53641W) and
Michaels Rock (542896N 53546W), which is
marked by a perch.
(Directions for the anchorage in Mahee Roads
are given at 6.218)
3 Killyleagh Reefs (5 cables E of Town Rock Light
Beacon) (5423 61N 538 47W). The
recommended berth, in 7 to 10 m, mud, is
with Town Rock Light Beacon bearing 264
and the perch on Barrel Rock (542393N
53765W) bearing 002.
...3 cables S of Town Rock Light Beacon (542361N
53847W), is navigable as far as the tidal barrier at Hare
Island...
Paragraph 6.220 2 line 3 For Town Rock Beacon
Read Town Rock Light Beacon
218
Paragraph 6.220 4 line 1 For Town Rock Beacon
Read Town Rock Light Beacon
2 Caution. When entering Kircubbin Bay, care must
be taken to avoid foul ground extending 2 cables N
from Monaghan Bank, which forms the S side of the
bay.
Index
NP40
2 - 97
Directions. From a position in the fairway of the
lough, 3 cables E of Long Sheelah Light Beacon
(542693N 53534W), the channel to Kircubbin
Roads leads NE along Track G between Gransha
Point (542751N 53339W) on the E side, and
Slave Rock Pladdies, on the W, passing:
SE of Tip Reef (542762N 53462W) which is
marked on the S end by Tip Reef Light Buoy (S
cardinal), thence:
3 SE of a depth of 03 m (542780N 53394W),
thence:
NW of Hoskyns Shoal (542775N 53356W),
marked on the NW side by Hoskyns Shoal Light
Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
SE of Sand Rock Pladdy (542806N 53352W),
marked on the SEside by Sand Rock Pladdy Light
Buoy (port hand).
The route turns N round Sand Rock Pladdy on
Track G, whence the line of bearing 185, astern, of
the trigonometrical station on Gransha Point leads for
a distance of 1 miles to the anchorage in Kircubbin
Roads, passing:
Between Kircubbin Roads Light Buoys (lateral),
thence:
(SDD 2011000 057496) [17/11]
East coast of Ireland Belfast Lough
Buoys; AIS; traffic management
226
(544232N 54230W)
Mew Island Lighthouse (544192N 53082W)
(7.36).
Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (544232N 54230W).
229
Paragraph 7.56 1 line 3 For the Fairway Light Buoy
(544171N 54623W) Read No 1 Light Buoy
(544171N 54637W)
230
Paragraph 7.65 1 line 4 For Fairway Light Buoy
(544171N 54623W) Read Belfast Fairway Light Buoy
(544232N 54230W).
2 AIS:
Mew Island Lighthouse (544192N 53082W)
(7.36).
Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (544232N 54230W)
(7.37).
For information see The Mariners Handbook and
Vessels bound for Belfast Docks should make for
the appropriate one of the three pilot boarding
positions described at 7.100.
2 Inbound vessels should pass N of Belfast Fairway
Light Buoy (544232N 54230W) and S of Kilroot
Light Buoy (544256N 54328W); outbound vessels
should pass N of Helens Bay Light Buoy (port hand)
(544186N 54290W) and S of Belfast Fairway Light
Buoy.
1 Approach from E; from a position N of Mew Island
Light (544192N 53082W) (7.36), the route leads
9miles WSW, passing:
NNW of Briggs Light Buoy (port hand) (544118N
53573W) which marks South Briggs Rocks,
thence:
NNW of a shoal (544253N 53949W), depth
90 m, thence:
NNW of Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(544232N 54230W), thence:
ESE of Kilroot Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(544256N 54328W), thence:
To the entrance to Victoria Channel (7.106),
between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(544171N 54637W) and No 2 Light Buoy.
231
NNW of Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(544232N 54230W), and:
SSE of Kilroot Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(544256N 54328W), thence:
The route leads 2 miles WSW to the entrance to
Victoria Channel (7.106), between No 1 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (544171N 54637W)
and No 2 Light Buoy.
233
No 1 Light Buoy to East Twin Island Light Beacon
(543735N 55356W): 93 m.
East Twin Island Light Beacon to S end of Stormont
Wharf: 87 m.
S end Stormont Wharf to Barnett Dock: 64 m.
Albert Quay ramp to the S limit of the port: 55 m.
234235
line 4 For 544290N 54140W Read 544370N
54050W
line 5 For off Read about 1 mile E of
line 11 For white Read black
line 13 Delete
Index
NP40
2 - 98
235
Victoria Channel, leading from between No 1 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (544171N 54637W) and
No 2 Light Buoy...
...No 1 Light Buoy to the East Twin Island Light Beacon (on
the SE side of the entrance to the docks), is dredged to a
depth of 93 m...
Between No 1 Li ght Buoy (starboard hand)
(544171N 54637W) and No 2 Light Buoy (port
hand), thence:
237
West Twin Wharf and Stormont Wharf: 670 m in
length; depth 102 m.
Stormont Wharf S End 245 m in length; depth
110 m.
Albert Quay RoRo berth: depth 60 m.
Commissioners of Irish Lights and Belfast Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 130782; 151236; 197908) [42/12]
Northern Ireland East Coast
Donaghadee Sound Directions; buoy
227
SSW of the light buoy (starboard hand) marking the
Nlimit of navigable water in the sound and a stony
bank with a depth of 27 m (544000N
53226W).
(SDD 2011000 235511) [04/12]
Northern Ireland Northeast coast
Bangor Bay Directions
231
Paragraph 7.72 1 line 1 For North Breakwater Read
Eisenhower (North) Pier
232
2 Caution. Vessels exceeding 20 metres draught are
advised to keep a safe distance, over 45 metres, from
Eisenhower (North) Pier Light Beacon to avoid rock
armour extending from the pier head.
Vessels constrained by their draught should contact
Bangor Harbour in advance.
Paragraph 7.74 1 line 3 For North Breakwater: Read
Eisenhower (North) Pier:
Assistant Harbour Manager, Bangor
(SDD 2012000 102148) [23/12]
Port of Belfast Pilotage
234
Vessels over 75 m but less than 100 m in length,
from a position close W of No 3 and No 4 Light
Buoys.
Belfast Harbour Notice 17/12
(SDD 2012000 150383) [33/12]
East coast of Ireland Belfast Lough Pilotage
234-235
Existing Section IV Notices Weeks 34/12 and 42/12,
2 Pilot station and boarding. The pilots are
stationed at Belfast and board vessels at one of three
positions, lettered A to C:
A. For vessels with a draught greater than 102 m
(deep-draught) in position 544370N 54050W
about 1miles SE of Cloghan Jetty (544418N
54235W).
B. For vessels of over 100 m LOA in position
544210N54440Wabout 1miles ENEof the
entrance to Victoria Channel.
C. For vessels over 75 m but less than 100 m in
length in position 544090N 54850W close W
of No 4 Light Buoy.
Pilot launches are painted black with orange
superstructure and the word PILOT in black letters on
each side.
Belfast Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 206953) [43/12]
Northern Ireland Approaches to Larne Lough
Directions
239
Paragraph 7.127 2 line 2 Delete Rock
241
(SDD 2012000 029508) [08/12]
West coast Valentia Harbour
Directions; directional light
265
1 Directional light (white conical tower, red stripe) is
situated on the N side of Valentia Island, 7 cables
SE of Fort Point.
The light is shown throughout 24 hours and the
white sector (140-142) leads through the entrance,
passing:
Paragraph 8.114 4 line 1 For line Read route
Index
NP40
2 - 99
Paragraph 8.114 5 line 1 For line Read route
2 In the W part of the harbour in position 515570N
101868W, in 12 m, sand and shingle.
(SDD 2011000 039470; 2010000 186778) [12/11]
West coast Valentia River
267
Paragraph 8.127 1 line 2 Delete indicated by pairs of
leading lights and
(SDD 2011000 105891) [26/11]
Ireland West coast Dingle Harbour
Directions; light beacon
268
Dingle Entrance Light Beacon (white metal tower)
(520724N 101571W).
1 Entrance. The narrow channel through the entrance
leads NW for a distance of about 5 cables. The route
passes between the Li ght Tower (5207 31N
101550W) which stands on the NE side and Dingle
Entrance Light Beacon (520724N 101571W) on
the SW side.
(SDD 2012000 151235; 211769) [47/12]
West coast Kilcredaun Head
Principal mark
272
282
Paragraph 9.62 2 line 4 For light Read disused lighthouse
284
Paragraph 9.81 2 line 1 For Light Read disused lighthouse
(SDD 2011000 048353) [14/11]
Ireland South-west coast River Shannon
Pilot boarding positions; anchorages
278
Paragraph 9.48 2 line 5 For positions: Read areas:
Paragraph 9.48 2 line 8 For 1miles SSW Read 2 miles
SW
Paragraph 9.48 3 line 2 For E Read ESE
284
Paragraph 9.81 including heading and existing Section IV
Spare
9.81
Anchorages A to L
9.82
1 Eleven designated anchorages lettered A to L
(excluding I) with depths of 23 m to 5 m lie E of a line
from Corlis Point (523709N 93636W) to Beal Point
(523483N 93710W), and W of Scattery Island.
Anchorage H is for tankers.
Clearing marks:
2 The line of bearing 246 of Kilcredaun Head
disused lighthouse (523480N 94261W)
(9.62) just open SW of the battery on
Kilcredaun Point (5cables ENE), passes S
of Five Fathom Rock (1miles N of Beal
Point) and of Doonaha Shoal (1 mile W of the
rock).
Caution. A foul anchorage lies between anchorages
B, C and D.
Scattery Roads - Anchorages M to R
9.83
1 Scattery Roads, E of Scattery Island (523676N
93118W), are sheltered from the prevailing W winds
and afford excellent anchorage with good holding of
blue mud with a thin covering of sand. Five
designated anchorages lettered M to R (excluding O)
with depths of 6 to 17 m lie between Scattery Island
and Moyne Poi nt (5236 75N 927 80W).
Anchorage P is for tankers.
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2011000 216202) [05/12]
West coast River Shannon
Directions; buoyage
283
Paragraph 9.74 2 line 1-2 For preferred channel to
starboard Read port hand
Paragraph 9.74 2 line 3 For W cardinal Read starboard
hand
Paragraph 9.74 2 line 9 For W cardinal Read starboard
hand
(SDD 2011000 117467) [32/11]
Index
NP40
2 - 100
Ireland South-west coast Shannon Estuary
Directions; buoyage
283
NW of Beal Bar Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(513518N 93905W) marking the outer edge
of Beal Bar which is steep-to, thence course is
altered to pass:
S of Doonaha Light Buoy (port hand) (513555N
93901W) which marks a shoal depth of 149 m
and the S edge of Doonaha Shoal.
(SDD 2012000 043247) [12/12]
Ireland South-west coast River Shannon
Anchorages
284
lines 7-8 Delete
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2012000 046551) [14/12]
Ireland West coast Inishmore
Directions; buoy
318
SE of Killeany Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(530733N 093837W).
(SDD 2012000 130811; 217597) [47/12]
West coast Kiggaul Bay Approach; light
319
Paragraph 10.115 2 line 1 For metal column on stone
beacon Read white concrete blockhouse on concrete base
(SDD 2011000 039276) [13/11]
Ireland West coast Inishbofin
Bofin Harbour
337
2 Line of bearing. By day the line of bearing 021
and by night the white sector (0207- 0212) of
Inishbofin Directional Light (533678N 101316W) on
the N side of the harbour,...
(SDD 2012000 128796 and 135611) [31/12]
West coast Sligo Harbour
Directions; beacon
370
SW of Yacht Club No2 Light Buoy (port hand)
(541829N 83458W)
(SDD 2010000 204547) [01/11]
West coast Donegal Bay Directions
372
Spare
12.93
UKHO
BA Chart 2702 [35/11]
West coast Ballyshannon Entrance
Leading lights
382
2 Entrance to the river Erne. The entrance is
confined to a narrow passage between North Rock
(543090N 81595W), composed of a heap of
stones, and South Rock (543081N 81595W), a
similar heap of stones which dries.
The alignment of leading lights (092) leads over
the bar and between North and South Rock:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on pole)
(543085N 81527W).
Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on pole)
(42 m from front light).
Passage over the bar, depth 02 m, between the
two rocks, is dangerous to small craft, and the
channel, which is liable to frequent changes and is
only partially marked, meanders between the wide
expanse of Tullan Strand (off Finner Point) and
Wardtown Strand on the N side inside the entrance.
(SDD 2010000 178130; 208152) [01/11]
West coast Inver Bay Useful marks
382
Paragraph 12.173 1 line 3 Delete are conspicuous
UKHO
BA Chart 2702 [35/11]
West coast Bunbeg
Directions; aids to navigation
396
The channel is marked by light beacons and light
buoys. The positions of these aids to navigation can
best be seen on the chart.
(SDD 2011000 087695) [22/11]
Index
NP40
2 - 101
West coast Sheep Haven
Breaghy Head Light
402
Useful mark:
Breaghy Head Light (white beacon) (551147N
75481W).
(SDD 2011000 087700) [22/11]
Northern Ireland North coast River Foyle
General information; vertical clearance
420
2 Peace Bridge (545988N 71897W), vertical
clearance 37 m, crosses the river 1 cable S of
Queens Quay.
427
Peace Bridge (13.82) crosses the river 1 cable S of
Queens Quay.
Londonderry Port and Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2011000 120886) [05/12]
Directions
422
Paragraph 13.100 10 line 1 For Bay Light Read Point
425
SE of Black Point Light Beacon (starboard hand)
(550885N70729W) which lies close SSE of a
drying bank.
Read (550277N 71522W)
Londonderry Port and Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2012000 011131) [05/12]
Leading lights
426
Leading lights:
Front. Rosses Bay Light Beacon (topmark white
triangle apex up) (550072N 71750W).
Rear. Gransha Light Beacon (topmark white triangle
apex down) (550073N 71741W).
The alignment (085 astern) of the above lights
indicates the centre of the maintained channel S of
Madams Bank, passing:
(SDD 2011000 206799) [05/12]
Northern Ireland North coast
The Skerries Directions
428
13.127a
1 Automatic Identification System:
Skerries Light Buoy (551390N 63690W).
N of The Skerries (13.139) marked close NE by
Skerries Light Buoy (port hand) (551390N
63690W), thence:
431
SE of Skerries Light Buoy (port hand) (551390N
63690W), and:
(SDD 2011000 159195) [42/11]
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
SEVERO-KURILSK climate station diagram
63
Diagram 1.181 Replace by:
Diagram 1.181 which is printed at Annex A
(see page 4 - 9).
UKHO [33/12]
NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Nil
NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Seto Naikai Aki Nada Kudako Suido to
Kure Ko East Part Directions
185
7.168
1 From a position NW of Uta Saki (340108N
1323872E) the track leads N, passing:
E of Suzuki Iwa (340223N 1323643E), a
detached rocky shoal close E of Ko-Tachiba
Shima (340219N 1323603E), a small island
joined by a shallow bank to O-Tachiba Shima
(7.224), 3 cables SW, thence:
2 W of Ai Shima (340425N 1324244E). Itsuki
Dashi (340407N 1324190E), a rocky
shoal, lies close off the W side of Ai Shima.
Ai Shima Light (7.167) is exhibited from the
SE part of the island. A light buoy (safe
water), marking the recommended track
through the N part of Aki Nada, is moored
1 mile NW of Ai Shima. Thence:
Index
NP42B
2 - 102
3 E of Sengai Iwai (340435N 1323377E), two
drying rocks lying 2 cables E of the E
extremity of Karoto Shima (7.71); a light
beacon (E cardinal, 12 m in height) stands on
the W rock. Hiyama Dashi (7.71) lies 6 cables
S. Thence:
E of Kame-ga-Kubi (340689N 1323558E), a
point at the NE end of a small but prominent
peninsula forming the E extremity of Kurahashi
Shima (7.66), thence:
4 W of Shi mo-Guro Shi ma (3409 17N
1323926E); Kami-Guro Shima (340929N
1324024E), a similar islet, lies close E.
Depths in the vicinity of theses islets are
uneven and they should be avoided. Thence:
E of Nasake Shima (340965N 1323441E),
thence:
5 W of the SW extremity of Shimo-Kamagari
Shima (341027N 1323867E), an island
which forms the S side of Naka Seto (7.195);
a light buoy (starboard hand) is moored close
off the point. Thence:
E of the shoal area (341089N 1323626E), with
depths of less than 10 m, extending E from
Ondo-no-Seto (7.169).
The track then continues a short distance N to a
posi ti on SW of Shi moneko Saki (3412 13N
1323813E).
6 Useful marks:
Shira Ishi Light (341065N 1322086E) (7.64).
Manaita Iwai Light (340235N 1323198E) (7.64).
UKHO
(HH. 42B/200/01) [26/12]
NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2011 Edition)
Nil
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Cheju Do North Coast Aewologot to
Cheju Hang Cheju Hang; Pilot Station
81
Paragraph 2.32 3 line 3 For 333195N 1263255E Read
333350N 1263300E
South Korean Notice 51/875/11
(SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12]
South Korea - South coast - Cheju Do
Cheju Hang Harbour; development
81
Major work on a new international passenger
terminal has been completed east of the E breakwater
(333162N 1263265E). See Admiralty Notice
5366(P)/11 for details.
82
Passenger terminal SE breakwater light (17 m in
height) (333177N 1263339E).
(SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11]
South Coast Offshore Route Chuja Hang
Position and function; directions
89
Paragraph 2.81 1 line 5 For Read to 1
Read (335764N 1261837E)
(SDD 2012000 039776) [11/12]
South Korea South Coast Inshore Route -
Haenamgak to Somodo Directions; wreck
99
S of a dangerous wreck (341601N 1264109E),
thence;
(SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12]
South Korea South Coast Inshore route
Pyng-ilto to Chima Do Directions;
light beacon
104
S of a small above-water rock (341829N
1270497E), lying on a bank with a depth of
71 m, marked by a light buoy (341823N
1270492E) (isolated danger), thence:
SKN 45/727/12
(SDD 2012000 225247) [50/12]
Korea South coast Inshore route
Directions; depth; obstruction; wreck
104
NWof ashoal (341654N1270908E) withadepth
of 75 m, thence:
NW of an obstruction (341821N 1271114E) with
a depth of 154 m, thence:
NW of a wreck (341886N 1271311E) with a
(SDD 2012000 150499) [37/12]
Index
NP43
2 - 103
South Korea - South coast Chungdo Sudo
East entrance Light beacon
106
4 East entrance. Yeotdoam (342194N 1270470E)
a rocky patch, marked by a light beacon (isolated
danger).
(SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11]
Korea South coast inshore route
Tngnyang Man Directions; light beacon;
submarine cable
108
...A light beacon (344369N 1271685E) (isolated
danger) lies close NE of the anchorage.
2 Caution. A submarine cable lies across the
anchorage orientated NNE to SSW.
Korean ENC KR4F4H10; Korean Notice 38/598/12
(SDD 2012000 192275) [42/12]
Inshore Route - Chima Do to Sori Do -
Approaches to Yja Man and Kamak Yang
Directions; depth
109
Paragraph 2.222 3 line 2 For 6.4 Read 5.7
South Korean Chart 240 [06/12]
Outer Approaches to Ysu Hang and
Kwangyang Hang Yokchi Do and
Chwasari Chedo Vertical clearance
120
Paragraph 3.28 5 line 2 For 35m Read 26m
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
South Korea Approaches to Ysu Hang and
Kwangyang Hang Directions; depths
122
BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12
(SDD 2012000 00089546) [23/12]
South Korea Ysu Hang
Limiting Conditions; bridge
124
Bridges. The SW end of Ysu Haehyp, at its
narrowest point, is spanned by a bridge with a vertical
clearance of 20 m. The bridge links the NW end of
Dolsando with the city of Yeosu.
The E end of Ysu Haehyp, is spanned by a
bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m between
positions 344416N 1274495E and 344402N
1274491E.
125
(SDD 2012000 123633) [29/12]
South Korea Ysu Hang Sin Hang
Directions; lights
125
BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12
(SDD 2012000 00089546) [23/12]
Korea South coast Kwangyang Hang
Bridges
127
2 See also 3.91.
2 A large suspension bridge, vertical clearance
unknown, is underconstruction (2012) orientated
north/south between 345403N 1274227E north of
Myodo (345212N 1274311E) and 345462N
1274227E south of Administration Wharf (345482N
1274247E) at the west end of POSCO steel works.
A bridge, vertical clearance unknown, is under
construction (2012) between the S extremity of Myodo
(345212N 1274311E) and the N coast of Yosu
Pando 5 cables farther S.
South Korea Notice 32/471/12
(SDD 2012000 160793) [42/12]
Index
NP43
2 - 104
South Korea Kwangyang Hang Anchorages
129
3 North-west of Myodo. Anchorage may be obtained
within the following areas:
34 5363 N 127 4180 E
34 5325 N 127 4118 E
34 5357 N 127 4065 E
34 5397 N 127 4065 E
34 5388 N 127 4218 E
34 5363 N 127 4180 E
34 5397 N 127 4150 E
34 5417 N 127 4187 E
(SDD 2011000 234881) [03/12]
Inshore Route Paek S to Tumi Do Mijo Hang
Vertical clearance
131
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
Chinju Man and approaches
Vertical clearances
134
Channel NWof Nkto. Apower cable with a vertical
clearance of 18m spans the channel between the
NW of Nkto and NE of Sindo (345570N
1280180E).
(SDD 2012000 034861) [10/12]
South Korea South Coast Inshore Route
Paek S to Tumi Do Nungyang Hang
Directions; depth
137
SKN 43/685/12
(SDD 2012000 216234) [50/12]
Samchnpo Hang to Nam Man Kosng Man
Vertical clearance
138
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
Inshore Route Tumi Do to Pbujido
Offshore Islands Ynhwa Ylto
Vertical clearance
140
Vertical Clearance. A power cable with a vertical
clearance of 20m spans the channel between the S of
U do and the N of Ynhwa Do.
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
Tongyng Haeman and Kynnaeryang and
Haehyp Vertical clearance
140
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
South coast of Korea Okpo Hang
Directions; lights
147
2 Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round
concrete tower, 11 m in height) (345382N
1284305E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
concrete structure, 13 m in height) (345369N
1284317E).
149
Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round concrete
tower, 11 m in height) (345382N 1284305E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
concrete structure, 13 m in height) (345369N
1284317E).
Paragraph 3.228 2 line 4 and 3.228 3 lines 1-6 Delete
(SDD2012000 150499) [34/12]
South Korea - South Coast - Chinhae Man
Vertical clearance
159
A bridge with a vertical clearance of 20m spans,
Kajodo Sudo (345552N 1283163E) between the S
of Kajodo and Kje Do.
(SDD 2012000 0444478) [12/12]
Index
NP43
2 - 105
South Korea Pusan Hang Directions; light
169
Yongdu San Light (on top of Pusan Tower)
(350607N 1290194E).
(SDD 2012000 118381) [28/12]
S Korea East Coast Mipo Hang
Anchorage areas
184
Outer Anchorages. The following designated
anchorage areas are situated E of Mipo Hang:
T-1 (353062N 1292730E), radius 300m for
vessels less than 5000gt.
T-2 (353095N 1292730E), radius 300m for
T-3 (353167N 1292757E), radius 250m for
Pilotage is compulsory and available from Ulsan
Hang. For details of Ulsan Hang pilotage see 4.44
and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
(SDD 2012000 044478) [12/12]
Chumunjin Dan to Pisn Jang
Directions; light
204
Daepo Hang Light (white round concrete tower, 18m
in height) (381020N 1283670E).
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
Sokcho Hang Directions for entering
harbour; light
205
Major lights:
Sokcho Light (381282N 1283601E) (4.204).
Daepo Hang Light (381020N 1283670E)
(4.204).
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
Pisn Jang to Suwn Dan Directions; light
206
Daepo Hang Light (381020N1283670E) (4.204)
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
Russian Federation Sea of Okhotsk
East coast Ostrov Sakhalin
Directions; platform
354
ENE of BERKUT production platform (522789N
1433905E), thence:
BERKUT production platform light (522789N
1433905E).
(SDD 2012000 170355) [41/12]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2011 Edition)
Pelabuhan Klang and Approaches
Outer anchorages; pilotage
189
Lay-up anchorages (centred on 24900N
1011650E) lie E of South Fairway Light Buoy.
Southern approach 1 miles NE of South Fairway
Light Buoy (24900N 1011480E) (6.177).
192
Read (24900N 1011480E)
Malaysian Notice 117/12
(SDD 2012000 144050) [48/12]
Malaysia Pelabuhan Sungai Udang
Controlling depth
202
...150 m (2012).
Malaysian Notice 9/148/12 & ENC MY4C5217
(SDD 2012000 221832) [51/12]
Index
NP44
2 - 106
Singapore Strait Karang Singa (Carter Shoal)
Directions
227
...marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
(SDD 2012000 161327) [48/12]
Malaysia Johor Pelabuhan Calder
Directions; depth
300
Wof awreck (12160N1040499E) witha depthof
138m, thence:
Malaysian Notice 9/154/12
(SDD 2012000 221832) [50/12]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2011 Edition)
Spain Isla de Formentera Cala Pujols Light
198
Paragraph 4.73 3 line 1 For (214-216) Read
(2085-2105)
Spanish Notice SD 24.12
(SDD 2012000 129294) [29/12]
Algeria Port of Arzew Arzew-el Djdid
Directions; berths
266
...A detached breakwater, aligned approximately E/W and
4 cables long, is centred 5 cables ESE of the E end of the
detached mole.
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground
(354985N 01365W) (6.87), the track leads
generally SW for about 8 cables, passing:
2 Between the E end of the detached mole
(354943N 01500W), and the W end of the
detached breakwater.
MV British Osprey
(SDD 2012000 129321) [29/12]
Tunisia - Bancs Kerkenah Wreck
326
E of a wreck (39 miles SE), with a depth of 18 m. A
dangerous wreck lies 12 miles farther NE.
Thence:
Tunisian Notice 398/18/12
(SDD 2012000 208594) [45/12]
Sicilia - Porto di Pozzallo
Traffic Separation Scheme
398
399
Approach and entry. The port is approached
through a traffic separation scheme and entered E of
the head of Molo di Sopraflutto.
400
Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has been
established in the approaches to the port. It comprises
inward and outward traffic lanes and a semi-circular
precautionary area, radius 12 miles, centred on
364347N 145063E.
Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, where
anchoring is prohibited, surround submarine pipelines
which extend 1 miles and 2 miles SSW, from
positions on the shore 1 mile WNW and 3 miles
ENE of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto, respectively.
Light buoys (special) are located at the seaward ends
of the pipelines.
1 From a position 13 miles SSE of the head of Molo
di Sopraflutto, the track leads 14 miles NNE in the
inbound lane of the TSS, to the pilot boarding
position.
Italian Notice 1.16.12
(SDD 2012000 022399) [08/12]
Sicily Porto di Messina Outer anchorage
459
Spare
12.56
Italian Notice 16.33/12
(SDD 2012000 166566) [36/12]
Index
NP46
2 - 107
(2011 Edition)
France Le Barcars, Port-Saint-Ange
Obstruction
71
An obstruction exists, at an unknown depth, on the
10 m contour, approximately 4 cables offshore in
(SDD 2011000 062307) [18/11]
France Port de Fos Depths; dredged areas
85
... occupies the SWpart of the basin. The basin depths are
no longer maintained by dredging and the Port Authority
should be consulted. A ...
(SDD 2011000 211227) [04/12]
France Port de Mjean Entrance
Underwater rock
96
An underwater rock, depth unknown, lies in position
431970N 51309E, approximately 1 cable west of
Cape Mjean.
(SDD 2011000 052211) [18/11]
France Marseille-Nord Anchorage
Obstruction
97
An obstruction exists at a depth of 255 m in the
SW corner of the Marseille-Nord anchorage, 1 cable S
of Niolon, in position 432017N 51539E.
(SDD 2011000 038301) [18/11]
France South coast Port de Cavalaire
Anchorage
119
3 Anchorage for vessels less than 24 m in length
can be obtained within Baie de Cavalaire in a depths
of 15 to 20 m, sand; the usual anchorages are
3 cabl es NW of Port de Caval ai re and Jova
anchorage, 3 cables NE of Point du Brouis. Anchoring
is prohibited N of a line joining Cap Cavalaire and
Cap Lardier, 2 miles E, for cruise ships in depths of
less than 40 m and for ships over 24 m in length in
depths of less than 30 m. The bay is sheltered from
the Mistral but untenable in winds from E through S to
SW. Holding ...
(SDD 2011000 211300) [48/11]
France South coast Saint-Raphal Light
125
... cable Sfromthe coast. The W-facing entrance is 60 m
wide and...
(SDD 2012000 108296) [28/12]
France Cannes Golfe Juan
Beacon tower
129
Paragraph 3.102 3 lines 5-6 For light (green truncated
tower, Read light beacon (black truncated conical tower,
red bands,
ALLFS E0806 [35/11]
Italy North-west Coast
San Remo Wreck
148
(SDD 2011000 112886) [28/11]
Italy West coast Savona
Anchor berths; legends
156
Paragraph 4.87 2 line 4 For Anchorage Area No 2 Read
Anchorage Area A
Paragraph 4.87 3 line 3 For Anchorage Area No 2 Read
Anchorage Area A
Paragraph 4.87 4 lines 1-2 For Two deep-water anchorage
berths Read Deep-water anchorage berths C, D and E
UKHO; IT500053 [31/11]
Index
NP46
2 - 108
Italy Genova Outer anchorages Caution
161
Caution. A submarine pipeline extends 3 cables
SSW from the E section of Diga di Cornigliano
(4.123). The pipeline extends 1 cables into the
anchorage area and the seaward end is marked by a
light buoy (special). A restricted area surrounds the
pipeline to a distance of 100 m.
(SDD 2011000 023508) [18/11]
Italy W coast Livorno Anchorage
193
(SDD 2011000 118417) [31/11]
Italy Sardegna Golfo di Palmas
Anchorages
281
...di Palmas:
S2 390179N 82834E
S3 385954N 82938E
S4 385954N 83058E
S5 385934N 83218E
S6 385814N 82894E
(SDD 2012000 192719) [42/12]
Italy Sardegna La Maddelena
Prohibited areas
298
... is prohibited. The transit of merchant vessels
over 500 t, used to transport goods and passengers,
is prohibited within 2 miles of the boundaries of these
protected areas; the areas are shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 14/2/12
(SDD 2012000 144271) [33/12]
Italy Sardegna Punta Marmorata Beacons
300
... the N islet and are marked by a light beacon (N
cardinal). A dangerous wreck with a...
Paragraph 10.15 3 line 6 For buoy (spar) Read beacon
tower (N cardinal)
(SDD 2011000 175695) [41/11]
Italy Sardegna Isola Caprera Cala Garibaldi
Anchorage
304
...resort.
Italian Notice 13/16/12
(SDD 2012000 139453) [33/12]
Italy Sardegna
Approaches to Porto di Olbia Pilotage
310
Paragraph 10.84 3 line 3 For about 1 mile Read 3 miles
(SDD 2011000 118417) [33/11]
Italy Sardegna
Approaches to Porto di Olbia Racon
311
(SDD 2011000 118417) [33/11]
Italy Sardegna Capo Sferracavallo
Prohibited area
319
Restricted areas
10.146
1 Entry is prohibited 3 miles E Capo Sferracavallo
within a radius of 600 m centred on 394250N
94540E. The area contains unexploded ordnance.
2 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area
enclosing Isola di Quirra (393150N 93950E) which
extends SE and up to 5 miles offshore. The area
contains unexploded ordnance.
(SDD 2011000 240239) [06/12]
Italy Sardegna Capo San Lorenzo
Prohibited area
320
1 Entry is prohibited 6 miles NE Capo San Lorenzo
within a radius of 400 m centred on 393378N
94450E. The area contains unexploded ordnance.
2 Vessels are prohibited from entering an area
extending 100 m from the shore of Costa su
Franzesu, in the vicinity of the mouth of Fiume
Fl umendosa (3625 7N 937 7E), wi thi n the
jurisdiction of the town of Villaputzu, 2 miles WNW
of the river mouth, because of the danger of rock
falls.
(SDD 2011000 240239) [06/12]
Index
NP46
2 - 109
Italy South-east of Capo dAnzio
Torre Astura Obstruction
340
SSW of an obstruction (8 miles ESE), thence:
(SDD 2011000 034254) [18/11]
Italy West coast Bagnoli
Isolotto di Nisida
Explosive dumping ground
368
In position 404771N 140933E, 2 cables W of
Isolotto di Nisida, lies suspected unexploded ordnance
at a depth of approximately 28 m.
(SDD 2011000 112886) [31/11]
Italy West coast Torre del Greco
Obstruction
369
3 Obstruction. An unmarked obstruction reducing
depth to 10 m exists ...
(SDD 2011000 240328) [04/12]
Italy W coast Agropoli Anchorage area
388
Paragraph 13.58 3 line 2 For 6 cables Read 8 cables
(SDD 2011000 183876) [43/11]
(2011 Edition)
Western Greek Islands Nisda Kasts
shoal depth
104
2054E), steep to, noting a rock awash in position
383232N 205350E, thence:
105
E of kra Pothni (7 miles SSW), noting a rock
awash in position 383232N205350E, thence:
Greek NM 9/174/11
(SDD 2011000 195657) [46/11]
Greece Pelopnnisos Ptrai
New harbour
126
1 The harbours are approached di rectl y from
Patraks Klpos and entered N or S of their
respective detached breakwaters.
1 Old harbour
North entrance (4.59) about 11 m.
South entrance (4.60) about 7 m.
2 New harbour
North and South entrances limited by depths at
berths of 93 to 100 m.
...of the N head of the old harbour breakwater.
127
Paragraph 4.56 heading For Harbour Read Harbours
Paragraph 4.56 1 line 1 For The harbour Read The old
harbour
4 The new harbour (2011), 1 mile SSW of the old
harbour S entrance, also has a detached breakwater,
approximately 1220 m long, and orientated NNE/SSW.
Lights are exhibited at the ends (metal framework
towers with a green band at the N head and a red
band at the S head). There are bollards on the
breakwater and depths along the inner side of
between approximately 95 to 108 m.
5 A wreck with a clearance depth of 118 m lies
approximately 270 m S of the N head of the
breakwater, and close to the inward side.
Paragraph 4.59 heading For North entrance Read Old
harbour North entrance
Paragraph 4.60 heading For South entrance Read Old
harbour South entrance
New harbour
4.60a
1 The N and S sections of the breakwater and the
shore opposite form two entrances to the new port of
Ptrai. The N entrance is 360 m wide and the S
entrance is 450 m wide.
Paragraph 4.62 heading For Basins Read Old harbour
Index
NP47
2 - 110
4.62a
1 New harbour. The shore inside the breakwater is
quayed in steps in four sections running almost due
N/S. The first section facing the N entrance is
approximately 170 m long and has two ramps. Depths
alongside range from 95 to 97 m. The quay then
runs west for 30 m with one ramp and depths
alongside of 95 to 99 m.
The second section is 190 m long, including three
ramps and depths alongside of 96 to 98 m. It then
runs west for 40 m, with one ramp and depths
2 The third section is 220 m long and has three
ramps and depths alongside of 96 to 98 m. It then
runs west for 40 m with one ramp and depths
The fourth and final section facing the S entrance
is 220 m long and has three ramps and depths
alongside of 96 to 100 m. It then runs west for 40 m
with one ramp and depths alongside of 95 to 100 m.
Greek NMs 134 and 141/7/11
(SDD 2011000 150452) [46/11]
Montenegro Budva Directions; light
189
... Nikola Light (6.130), the track into Budva leads NNE,
passing:
Croatian Notice 6/2/2009
(SDD 2009000 076831) [42/12]
Croatia Zadarski Kanal Luka Zadar
Pilot boarding place
357
Paragraph 8.603 1 line 3 For 6 cables S Read 1 miles
WSW
Croatian Notice 1/2/12
(SDD 2012000 046600) [17/12]
Italy Trieste approaches Racon
472
Spare
10.172
(SDD 2012000 098936) [27/12]
Italy Brindisi approaches Shoal depths
487
1 Shoal depths and numerous wrecks exist in the
approaches to Brindisi and within the harbour. Off
Capo di Torre Cavallo several shoal depths and rocks
awash exist close inshore within the 10 metre contour.
A stranded wreck is situated 1 cable N in position
403864N 180128E. A dangerous wreck exists
1 miles NE of the cape and 6 cables N of the NW
corner of waiting area BR1.
Italian NMs 11.11/10, 14.9/11 and 16.15/11
(SDDs 2010000 094665,
2011000 148570 & 171794) [46/11]
Italy Porto di Vasto Anchorage
513
Paragraph 11.284 1 lines 5-6 For (1 miles E) Read
(2 miles NE)
Italian NM 4.28/12
(SDD 2012000 049910) [14/12]
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Pescara Depths
516
1 Depths. As a result of the gradual and irregular
silting of Porto Canale (2012) the depths on the charts
may not reflect the actual situation. Mariners are to
contact the Maritime Authorities before entering the
port.
(SDD 2012000 026977) [10/12]
Italy Ancona Falconara Marittima Wreck
523
A prohibited area is centred on a dangerous wreck
in position 434041N 132150E, radius 1 mile.
Italian NM 14.12/11
(SDD 2011000 148570) [46/11]
Italy Rimini Wreck
538
...A wreck, depth unknown but considered potentially
dangerous to surface navigation, lies 1 cable Nof the outer
breakwater light in position 440500N 123460E.
(SDD 2011000 214683) [49/11]
Index
NP48
2 - 111
(2012 Edition)
Turkey - Aliaa Pilotage
440
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
boarding place is 6 cables NE of Tal Burnu.
Turkish ENC TR402147
(SDD 2012000 217853) [49/12]
(2011 Edition)
Nil
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Newfoundland Stevensons Islets Light
272
3 The track then leads to a position about 5 cables
SE of Stevensons Islets (2 miles WSW). From this
position the track then leads N, passing (with positions
relative to Cabot Island Light):
Canada Eastern Notice 4857/03/2012
(SDD 2012000 060469) [15/12]
Newfoundland Sops Arm Rock
346
...A dangerous rock is reported (2011) in position
494617N 565233W.
(SDD 2011000 176215) [42/11]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
Queen Charlotte Sound Tory Channel
Directions; pilot boarding positions
114
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than
500 gt within the entire Queen Charlotte Sound,
subject to exemption by law. Pilot normally boards at
Alpha pilot boarding position (410462S 1741892E),
but in heavy weather pilot boards at Bravo pilot
boarding position (410365S 1741985E).
115
Thence to a position 2 miles NE of Motuara Island
Light (white metal framework tower, 5 m in height)
(41060S 174166E), in the vicinity of Alpha pilot
boarding position (410462S 1741892E).
Thence the track continues SW to Alpha pilot
boarding position (410462S 1741892E) 2 miles NE
of Motuara Island. A dangerous rock marked by a
beacon (N cardinal) lies about mile N of the island.
From the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding position
(410462S 1741892E), the track...
116
2 Pilot boarding place. By special arrangement with
the Harbour Authority pilots board in position
411526S 1742216E. In view of the heavy ferry
traffic...
New Zealand Notice 17/145/12
(SDD 2012000 165047) [36/12]
South Island Queen Charlotte Sound
Directions; light
115
SE of Farnham Point (411035S 1741202E) from
where a light (white metal tower, 6m in height) is
exhibited, thence:
(SDD 2012000 197483) [43/12]
South Island North Coast
Queen Charlotte Sound
119
2 SSE of Perano Shoal (2 miles ENE), marked by a
light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
(SDD 2011000 210868) [49/11]
New Zealand North Island
Doubtful Sound Directions; buoyage
147
NE of Tarapunga Rock (1 mile ESE), marked by a
light buoy (isolated danger), whence the...
New Zealand Notice 21/181(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 170547) [51/10]
Index
NP51
2 - 112
Breaksea Sound Directions; buoyage
149
2 SW of a rock (3 cables SSE) with a depth of
51 m, marked by Rocky Point Buoy (isolated danger),
thence:
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
New Zealand North Island Dusky Sound
Directions; beacon
151
...WSW of East Point; a rock, drying 07 m and marked by
Paget Passage Beacon (W cardinal), 3 cables ENE of
the same point.
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
Cascade Cove Beacon
152
...93 m bank on which is a rock drying 15 m marked by
Cascade Cove Beacon (isolated danger); shallowpatches
extend cable, both NE and SSE, from Heron Island.
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
Islands South of South Island
Snares Islands Anchorage
160
Caution. It is reported (2010) that anchors have
been lost or become fast on obstructions when
anchoring off Seal Point and Ho Ho Bay.
MV Orion
(SDD 2010000 217996) [03/11]
Paterson Inlet and approaches
Directions; depths
180
Paragraph 6.151 2 line 2 For SSE of a breakwater Read
SSE of the ruins of a breakwater
181
Paragraph 6.152 2 line 2 For 64 m Read 34
...andnotinga44 mshoal cableWNW, thence:
NZ 6825 [23/11]
North Island North Cape to Hauraki Gulf
Reporting
183
Reporting
7.5a
1 Any vessel over 100 gt should contact the Regional
Harbour Master before anchoring on the coast or
entering any harbours.
Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
North Island North Cape to Cape Brett
Doubtless Bay Anchorage
186
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
North Island North Cape to Cape Brett
Whangaroa Harbour Restrictions; anchorages
189
Regulations concerning entry. Whangaroa
Harbour is limited to vessels under 100 m LOA, and
all vessels over 100 gt must file a passage plan with
the Regional Harbour Master (7.124).
In summer Pekapeka Bay is frequented by yachts,
so larger vessels are recommended to anchor 32
cables SSE of Puketamoi Point in position 350180S
1734500E.
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
New Zealand North Island East Coast
Kerikeri Inlet Directions; buoy
193
...which breaks occasionally. Vessels passing S should
remain clear of the shallow spit, marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand), extending SW from The Brothers.
Thence:
(SDD2010000 208217) [01/11]
North Island Bay of Islands Kent Passage
Vertical clearance
193
Paragraph 7.65 2 lines 3-4 Delete where To 23 m,
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
Index
NP51
2 - 113
Cape Brett to Tutukaka Harbour
Directions; depth
199
(SDD 2012000 033723) [10/12]
North Island Tutukaka Head to Bream Tail
Hen and Chicken Islands Depths
201
(SDD 2012000 111738) [29/12]
Whangarei Harbour Anchorages
204
1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have
been esablished:
Anchorage area Position
Area A
355240S 1743450E
355240S 1743610E
355340S 1743610E
355340S 1743450E
Area B
355580S 1743230E
355580S 1743390E
355780S 1743390E
(SDD 2010000 197929) [51/10]
Great Barrier Island East coast
Directions; beacons
212
ENE of Rakitu Island (Arid Island) (3607S
17530E), thence:
ENE of Whakatautuna Point (3611S 17530E),
which is surrounded by cliffs and rises to
Whakatautuna, a hill, thence (with positions from
Whakatautuna Point):
ENE of Oruawharo, a hill, thence:
(SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12]
New Zealand Great Barrier Island Approach
to Man of War Passage Directions; depth
219
Paragraph 8.47 3 line 8 For buoy Read light beacon
Chart NZ 5223
(SDD2010000 209052) [01/11]
North Island East Coast Hauraki Gulf
Mairangi Bay Prohibited anchorage
220
7 Within an area bounded by the following
coordinates:
36 4372S 174 4710E.
36 4382S 174 4715E.
36 4393S 174 4681E.
36 4383S 174 4676E.
(SDD 2011000 146253) [34/11]
Auckland Vertical clearance
226
1 Auckland Harbour Bridge is a fixed road bridge
consisting of seven spans on six concrete piers
numbered 1 to 6 from Stokes Point. The Bridge has a
vertical clearance of 39m. A daymark (green triangle,
white border) is painted on the E and W faces of No
1 Pier. No craft should pass between No 1 Pier and
Stokes Point.
(SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12]
East Coast of North Island Tauranga
Prohibited Anchorages
255
A prohibited anchorage exists within 50 metres of
the commerical wharves. The channels leading from
the harbour entrance to Tauranga and off the berths
are restricted anchorages, except in emergency.
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
East Coast of North Island Tauranga
Pilotage
256
Paragraph 9.62 1 line 5 For 100gt Read 250gt
There are two pilot launches. One is 16.3m long,
painted yellow and named Arataki. The other is 12.6m
long and painted orange, with the words Survey/Pilot
on its side.
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
Index
NP51
2 - 114
East Coast of North Island
Tauranga to East Cape Route
262
1 The coastal route between Tauranga Harbour
Entrance (3738S 17610E) and East Cape (3741S
17833E), about 114 miles E, passes about 3 miles N
of Astrolabe Reef (37325S 176255E), at least 5
miles N of Volkner Rocks (37286S 177078E) and
at least 5 miles N of Cape Runaway (3732S
17759E); see 9.3. Thence the coastal route leads E
to Matakaoa Point (3734S 17819E) and thence
ESE, passing seaward of numerous charted dangers
off East Cape.
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
Tauranga to East Cape
Directions; coastal routes
263-264
Paragraph 9.95 1-2 including heading Replace by:
Coastal routes
9.95
1 Main shipping route. From a position ENE of A
Light Beacon (E cardinal) (373607S 1761071E), at
the seaward end of No 1 Reach to Tauranga Harbour,
the track leads initially ENE passing clear of Pudney
Rock (373124S 1761905E), depending on draught,
and NW of Astrolabe Reef (373250S 1762550E).
The track continues ENE to pass N of Volkner Rocks
(372860S 1770780E). The track then leads E
passi ng N of Cape Runaway (3732 32S
1775910E), to a position N of Matakaoa Point
(373341S 1781882E). The track then leads ESE,
passing NNE of Horoera Point, to a position between
East Island (37415S 178345E) and Ranfurly Bank
(373650S 1785200E).
2 Small vessels. From a position NW of Astrolabe
Reef, a track, which is not recommended by NZ
Authorities, but is suitable for small vessels leads E
passing (with positions from Motiti Island Light (white
metal col umn 4 m i n hei ght) (3736 43S
1762513E)):
North of Astrolabe Reef (above), which breaks in all
swell conditions and in fair weather appears like a
boat, thence:
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
South Island Haumuri Bluffs to
Lyttelton Harbour Directions; Light
289
Spare
10.31
290
..., from where a light (10.31) is exhibited
293
296
(SDD 2012000 134542) [30/12]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot
(2012 Edition)
Scotland North coast Scrabster
Basins and berths; depths
69
Paragraph 3.87 2 to 4 Replace by:
2 Fish Dock. The NW part of the dock has depths of
75 m and the SE half has a dredged depth of 50 m
(2012). On the NW side is Southern Quay, with a
length of 120 m. New Fish Market Quay, length 123 m
and depth alongside 45 m, forms the SW side,
adjacent to the fish market. The SE side consists of
South Breakwater, and Fuel Quay which extends N
from it; it has an overall length of 150 m.
3 Outer and Inner Basins lie NW of Fish Dock and
are separated from it by a broad quay on the end of
which is a tanker berth, length 71 m, depth 75 m. On
the NW face of the broad quay lies Inner Basin Quay,
length 131 m, depth 45 m; Inner Basin also has
pontoons for leisure craft. The entrance to the basins
is between the broad quay and Ice Quay, and is
marked by lights at their outer ends.
Maximum size of vessel handled. A cruise ship,
length 183 m, has berthed in the port.
Scrabster Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 189099; 201555) [44/12]
Scotland - Shetland Islands - Sumburgh Head to
Helliness Directions; light
224
Paragraph 6.146 4 line 1 For Lights: Read Light:
226
Disused lighthouse (white tower 16 m in height, and
buildings) (600720N 10730W) on Kirkabister
Ness.
227
Index
NP52
2 - 115
230
Disused lighthouse (600720N 10730W) (6.162)
on Kirkabister Ness.
Paragraph 6.186 1 lines 2-3 For 10730W) (6.162) is
exhibited, Read 10731W) is exhibited from a white
building with a radar scanner,
Northern Lighthouse Board NM 18/12
(SDD 2012000 188853) [40/12]
Faroe Islands Leirvksfjrur
Vertical clearance; overhead cables
296
In the Spart, 1 miles SSEof Galvur in the vicinity of
621230N 63756W, vertical clearance
reported (2012) as 45 m. A reduction in the
vertical clearance may occur and mariners should
approach these cables with caution.
Danish Notice 1005(T)/12
(SDD 2012000 203235) [44/12]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland East Coast Peterhead Anchorage
59
Vessels are advised not to anchor in the area
centred 1 mile E of Keith Inch (573015N 14620W)
due to the risk of a fouled anchor from discarded
wires on the seabed.
Peterhead Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 162692) [38/11]
Scotland East Coast
Approaches to Isle of May Directions
83
Caution. Extensive static creel pot fishing is
undertaken to the N and W of Isle of May between
Fife Ness and Pittenweem. Mariners navigating in this
area should avoid fouling the pots, which are marked
by unlit orange floats.
Forth Ports Ltd
(SDD 2011000 196226) [45/11]
Scotland East Coast Methil Landmark
89
91
...population about 8000, can be identified by tall chimneys
and three church spires.
...on both sides. A beacon marking a cooling water intake
stands in position 561125N 25971W. Within the bar
there is a depth of 15 m in the...
Forth Ports Ltd
(SDD 2011000 105922) [26/11]
Scotland East Coast Rosyth
Controlling depth
105
BA Chart 728 [36/12]
Scotland East Coast Firth of Forth
Directions; light
106
108
...is marked by light beacons (white metal posts)
on its E and W sides, and:
Forth Ports PLC
(SDD 2011000 202136) [47/11]
Scotland East Coast Firth of Forth
Development
107
Development
4.174a
1 A new bridge, The Forth Replacement Crossing, is
being constructed (2011). The construction, including
preparatory work and surveys, will take five years.
The bridge is being built west of the Forth Road
Bridge from position 560075N 32445W to
555960N 32517W along a bearing of 019/199
through Beamer Rock.
Exclusion zones marked by light buoys (special) will
be placed at the foot of each column prior to
commencement of construction. Additional exclusion
zones will be in place throughout the construction
period.
Forth Navigation Service will broadcast information
regarding any special river operation, but all river
users should maintain a close listening watch on VHF
Channel 71 and navigate with caution within the area.
Forth Ports Ltd
(SDD 2011000 196346) [45/11]
Index
NP54
2 - 116
England East coast Blyth Pilotage
136
1 Pilotage iscompulsory for vessels over 50 m in
length, and for vessels towing other vessels or objects
when the combined length of tow exceeds 50 m. For
further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(1).
Harbour Master, Port of Blyth
(SDD 2010000 034195) [12/10]
England East Coast Blyth
Directions; buoy
136
Paragraph 5.142 2 line 5 Delete (with positions from the
entrance)
Port of Blyth Notice 2/2011
(SDD 2011000 099374) [24/11]
England East coast River Tyne
Millenium Bridge
141
...and when open a vertical clearance of 24 m. At
all times the following lights are shown from the
bridge:
An occulting white light is shown from the centre
line.
Aflashing green light is exhibited fromthe Nside.
A flashing red light is exhibited from the S side.
A flashing white light is exhibited from the support
span when the bridge is open to indicate the
centre of the bridge and the best point of passage.
Harbour Master, Port of Tyne
(SDD 2012000 020795) [07/12]
England East coast River Tees
Breakwaters
154
South Gare Breakwater North Gare Breakwater
Entrance to River Tees from NE (6.93)
(Photograph - Air Images)
MV Oriana
(SDD 2010 000092633) [25/10]
England East coast Teesport
Outer anchorage; pipelines
155
1 Vessels may anchor to E or SE of Tees Fairway
Light Buoy (54409N 1065W). Vessels are likely to
drag anchor in wind speeds above Force 8 from any
direction, in wind speeds above Force 6 from NNW
through N to SE, and where the swell exceeds 4 m.
In such conditions vessels are advised not to anchor.
If conditions dictate, Masters of anchored vessels will
be advised to weigh by Tees VTS or HM Coastguard
if serious risk of damage to submarine pipelines
exists.
Teesport Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 045051) [15/10]
England East coast Humber Approaches
169
...bulk when proceeding to and from the inner anchorages
(7.10a, 7.66 and 7.109) for the purpose of anchoring.
Vessels which are exempt from compulsory pilotage,...
170
Inner anchorages
7.10a
1 Bull Anchorage. 1 miles SW of Spurn Head
(5334N...
2 Haile Anchorage, inset within the SW limit of Bull...
3 Hawke Anchorage, 3 miles WNW of Spurn Head is
a...
Harbour Master, Humber
(SDD 2009000 190382) [12/10]
England East coast Approaches to
River Humber Outer Rosse Reach Light Buoy
171
Paragraph 7.15 4 line 6 For (5430N 021E) Read
(532989N 02079E)
196
(532989N 02079E)
BA Chart 109 [07/12]
Index
NP54
2 - 117
River Humber Grimsby Development
174
Development
7.46a
1 Grimsby Riverside Terminal is under construction
(2012) NE of West Jetty (533516N 00413W). The
construction area is centred on 533516N 00400W.
Mariners should navigate with caution in the vicinity of
the works.
ABP Humber Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 088487) [21/12]
England East coast Wind farms;
firing practice area
193
1 Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm, comprising
27 wind turbines, is centred on 53115N 0268E
within a submarine cable area that extends about
3 miles N/S and 1 miles E/W. Seven wind turbines
marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as
shown on the chart.
2 Sites under development. Several offshore wind
farms are being developed in the approaches to The
Wash. These include:
Wind farm Meteorological mast site
Lynn 53081N 0270E
Race Bank 53188N 0449E
Docking Shoal 53095N 0389E
Wind farm Centred on
Sheringham
Shoal
53081N 1087E
3 Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by
light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on
53082N 0276E and extends about 2 miles N/S
and 2 miles E/W.
Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm. A
development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and
special) is centred on 53081N 1087E and extends
about 3 miles N/S and 3 miles E/W.
4 While these wind farms are being constructed,
partially built structures may exist within the area
marked by light buoys. The structures may be
submerged or partially submerged and will not be
individually marked.
194
...extremity of the shoal, thence:
ENE of Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm
(53081N 1087E) (8.8).
199
1 Holbeach Firing Practice Area fronts the SW
coast...
MT Hjgaard a/s; WAF-OC; Centrica
(SDDs 2009000 154764; 2010000 026348; 029077)
[12/10]
England East Coast Wind farms
193
Paragraph 8.8 including existing Section IV Notice Week
12/10 Replace by:
1 Wind farms exist and are being developed in the
approaches to the Wash.
Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm comprising
27 wind turbines is centred on 53115N 0268E
within a submarine cable area that extends about
3 miles N/S and 1 miles E/W. Seven wind turbines
marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as
shown on the chart. This area lies within the Lincs
Offshore Windfarm development site.
Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by
light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on
53082N 0276E and extends about 2 miles N/S
and 2 miles E/W. This area lies within the Lincs
Offshore Windfarm development site.
2 Sites under development:
Wind farm Meteorological mast site
Lynn 53081N 0270E
Race Bank 53188N 0449E
Docking Shoal 53095N 0389E
Wind farm Centred on
Lincs Offshore 53110N 0285E
Sheringham
Shoal
53081N 1087E
3 Lincs Offshore Wind farm is being developed in an
area centred on 53110N 0285E. This area
includes the already constructed Inner Dowsing and
Lynn Offshore Wind Farms. The limits of the area are
marked by light buoys (cardinal and special).
Sheri ngham Shoal Offshore Wi nd Farm. A
development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and
special) is centred on 53081N 1087E and extends
about 3 miles N/S and 3 miles E/W.
4 Caution. While these wind farms are being
constructed, partially built structures may exist within
the area marked by light buoys. The structures may
be submerged or partially submerged and will not be
individually marked.
Centrica Energy, Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 017580; 024908) [09/11]
England East Coast Aids to navigation
194
212
219
Index
NP54
2 - 118
225
Spare
9.115
227
Spare
9.132
229
Trinity House
(SDD 2010000 190271) [01/11]
England East Coast The Wash Boston
Anchorage; directions; buoy
201
A triangular anchorage area centred on 525810N
01800E, as shown on the chart.
202
Paragraph 8.70 2 lines 2-3 For Boston No 1 Light Buoy
Read No 1 Light Buoy
Port of Boston Ltd
(SDD 2011000 162294, 180987) [42/11]
England East coast Wisbech Pilotage
204
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all commercial vessels.
The pilot boards in position 525443N 01479E; in
bad weather, the pilot boards S of Holbeach RAF
No 4 Light Buoy (525258N 01308E). See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
Port of Wisbech Authority
(SDD 2012000 012068) [06/12]
England East coast Winterton-on-Sea
Racon
213
215
217
(SDD 2010000 139300) [39/10]
England East Coast Approaches to
Great Yarmouth Directions; buoyage
216
1 W of the W extremity of Corton Sand.
218
Paragraph 9.47 8 line 6 For Corton Read Holm Approach
1 Depths are subject to change and the Port
Authori ty shoul d be consul ted for the l atest
information.
219
1 From the vicinity of Holm Approach Light Buoy (E
cardinal) (52309N 1502E), the route leads
4miles NW through...
(SDDs 2010000 150483; 171440) [44/10]
England East coast Great Yarmouth
Outer Harbour Directions
220
Paragraph 9.74 1 lines 1-6 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.74
221
Outer Harbour
9.82a
1 The Outer Harbour (9.78) is entered between two
breakwaters with lights at the breakwater heads. The
chart is sufficient guide.
Great Yarmouth Harbour Master
(SDDs 2010000 028917; 030682) [11/10]
Traffic signals
221
1 Outer Harbour. Signals Nos 1, 2 and 5 of the
International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from the
root of the north breakwater.
River Port. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 of the
International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from the
E end of Gorleston Pier. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5
are also exhibited on the S side of Brush Bend for
vessels proceeding down river. When signal No 2 is
exhibited vessels should not approach Brush Bend.
For further details see The Mariners Handbook.
Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd
(SDD 2010000 139267) [38/10]
Index
NP54
2 - 119
Traffic signals
221
line 6 For Gorleston Pier Read the North Wall (523438N
14435E)
Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd
(SDD 2010000 209988) [01/11]
England East Coast Lowestoft Bridge
223
Caution. The bascule bridge structure imposes
restraints upon vessels transiting the Bridge Channel.
In the fully raised position parts of the bridge structure
are within a few centimetres horizontally of the coping
edge. Contact with the bridge leaves could damage a
vessel, the bridge structure or its control systems. If it
is not certain whether a risk exists the Harbour Master
should be consulted.
Harbour Master Lowestoft
(SDD 2011000 142241) [34/11]
England East coast Lowestoft Pilotage
224
1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels:
All vessels or tows of 60 m LOA or over.
All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying
dangerous or noxious liquid substances in bulk.
All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying
explosives.
All vessels or tows over 30 m LOA carrying more
than 12 passengers.
All vessels of less than 60 min length, deemed to be
a potential hazard to navigation.
ABP Harbour Master Lowestoft
(SDD 2012000 014080) [06/12]
England East coast Lowestoft
Directions; Kirkley Light
226
....the line of bearing (227) of Kirkley Light
(column, 4 m in height) (52277N 1445E), or at
night the narrow white sector (225- 229) of the light,
leads to a position....
ABP Lowestoft Local Notice 16/2009
(SDDs 2009000 040439; 155106) [01/10]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2012 Edition)
Nil
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
Sweden lgfjorden Restricted area
16-17
Spare
1.105
278
Customs
9.148
1 Vessels arriving from abroad are boarded by
Customs officers at Httan (575580N 113937E).
The customs house is in Uddevalla.
(SDD 2012000 035695) [21/12]
Norway South-west coast
Hellvik i Marrenbukta Leading lights
67
Front light (582853N 55135E).
Rear light (109 m from front light).
(SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12]
Norway Kristiansand Kongsgrdbukta
Berths
118
Kongsgrdbukta (580944N 80220E), on the W
side of Topdalsfjorden, 7 cables WSW of the
Varodden Bridges (3.120), has two berths with lengths
of 140 m and 160 m. For depths alongside consult the
harbour authorities.
(SDD 2012000 095033) [23/12]
Norway Brevikfjorden Brevikstrmmen
Directions; lights
151
...from which Omborg Leading Lights are exhibited.
The alignment (1486) (astern) of these lights then
leads NW for 7 cables to a position in the vicinity of
590384N 93898E at the S end of Frierfjorden.
(SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12]
Index
NP56
2 - 120
Norway Sandefjordsfjorden Sandefjord Havn
Directions; depth; buoy
165
...NNW, passing:
2 ENE of a 57 m patch (590612N 101384E),
marked at its NE extent by a spar buoy (N
cardinal), thence:
WSW of Langestrandsben (590670N
101376E) which, with a depth of 66 m, extends
up to 1 cable from the E side of the fjord to a
position near the centre line.
(SDD 2012000 107597) [26/12]
Norway Oslofjorden Drbaksundet
Prohibited activities
194
(SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12]
Norway Drammensfjorden
Dramstadbukta Anchorages
213
(SDD 2012000 197479) [42/12]
Sweden Askerfjorden Stenungsund
Swept depth
285
(SDD 2012000 060169) [21/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A
(2011 Edition)
Norway South-west coast Lindesnes to
Jrens Rev including Farsund and Egersund
i
Title page lines 5-6 Replace by:
West coast of Norway
from Jrens Rev to Stadlandet
xvii
Book Limit diagram Replace by:
Book Limit diagram which is printed at Annex B
(see page 4 - 11).
xviii
Chapter Index diagram Replace by:
Chapter Index diagram which is printed at Annex C
(see page 4 - 13).
1
Paragraph 1.1 1 line 3 For Lindesnes (575883N
70322E) Read Jrens Rev (584515N 52940E)
2 From Jrens Rev: 584515 52940
Thence WSW to the
United Kingdom/Norway
Continental Shelf
Boundary:
573700 20600
76 113
Chapter 3 and diagrams Replace by:
CHAPTER 3
Delete entire chapter.
Note: The information formerly contained
in this chapter is now published as
Chapter 2 of NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1,
Fifteenth Edition (2012).
Transfer of Chapter 3 from NP57A to Chapter 2 of NP56
15th Edition - May 2012
(HH. 056/200/01) [21/12]
Norway Frysundet and Prestysundet
Anchorages
86
Spare
3.57
(SDD 2011000 171248) [41/11]
Norway Farsund and approaches
Anchorages
88 - 89
Norwegian 15/37615/11
(SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11]
Stavanger Dusavika Light; depths
128
Paragraph 4.82 1 lines 3-4 For (59000N 5409E) Read
(585998N 54079E)
Index
NP57A
2 - 121
136
...3 cables W of Dusavika Light (585998N 54079E),
being the deepest and longest; length 188 m with depths
from 86 to 98 m alongside.
Norwegian Notice 01/41495/12 and ENC NO5G071
(SDD 2012000 011429) [05/12]
Gandsfjorden Sandnes Depths
147
Chart 3003
148
1 The main berthing areas are as follows:
Lurahammaren (585264N 54478E) with two
concretequays operatedby Statoil AS; thelargest
is the NE-most quay with a berthing length of 26 m
and depths from 116 to 131 m alongside.
2 Somanset public industrial quay (585225N
54480E). Consists of a main quay 265 m long with
two dolphins 50 and 100 m S of the quay. There are
depths from 80 to 100 m alongside the main quay.
The quay and dolphins form a line giving a total
berthing length of 375 m for large vessels and other
floating structures.
3 Rappaneset (585164N 54485E). There are
three quays in the vicinity of Rappaneset; the deepest
and longest is the S-most with an E face 64 m long
and depths from 50 to 78 m alongside.
4 Public quays (585130N 54463E) are situated on
the W side of Vgen, this berthing area consists of a
pier, at its N end, and two concrete quays. The SE
side of the pier is 148 m long, with depths from 60 to
68 m alongside. South of the pier the largest quay is
314 m long, with depths from 59 to 80 m alongside.
149
Delete (Sandnes 4.210) port plan
Norwegian Notice 10/35679/11 and ENC NO6D0711
(SDD 2011000 101160) [06/12]
Finnyfjorden Fjellberg Overhead cable
170
(SDD 2012000 022567) [08/12]
Karmsundet Austdjupet Light
193
Paragraph 6.36 title For Austdupet Read Austdjupet
...5217E) (6.22). Thence the track leads N, and at
ni ght i n the whi te sector (009-016) of
Austdjupholmane Light (metal column, 115 m in
height, floodlit) (591630N 52306E), passing (with
positions relative to Boknahovud Light):
...off the E side of Sauy.
The track then continues N, passing:
Between Guleskjeret (1 miles NNW) and
Austdjupholmane; the light is exhibited from the
SW extremity of the NW islet. A light (post, 8 m in
height, floodlit) is exhibited from Dyna, a rock
1 cable NNW of Guleskjeret.
5 Once N of Austdjupholmane, the track continues N,
at night in the white sector (183-186), astern, of
Austdjupholmane Light, passing (with positions relative
to Boknahovud Light):
Between the W side of Hvring (1 miles N) and...
(SDDs 2011000 201126, 205199) [47/11]
Karmsundet Storasundflu Light
210
6 The track then leads to a position close SW of
Vestre Storasundflu (7 cables NW).
(SDD 2012000095033) [23/12]
Bmlafjorden Auklandshamn; Vestvikvgen
Anchorages
219
1 Description. Auklandshamn (59383N 5223E) is
situated 1 mile ESE of Nappholmen. The bay is
entered between Litle Bleikja, an above-water rock
l yi ng cl ose SW of the S end of Story and
Storableikja, 1 cables farther SW.
221
3 The anchorage at Liereid (7.33) is approached
within the white sector (231-234), astern, of
Frdespollen Light.
Spare
7.34
(SDD 2012000 217797) [48/12]
Index
NP57A
2 - 122
Husnesfjorden Laukhammarsundet Lights
239
Between the N end of Huglo (1 miles NNW),
marked by Seldalsneset Light (floodlit)
(595222N 53641E) and Laukhammarsundet
Vestre Light (floodlit) (595257N53572E), and
the SW side of Skorpo. Thence:
4 SW of Paddeborgsneset Light (floodlit) (2 miles
NW), thence:
NE of Store Storsya (2 miles NW), with Litle
Storsya close NW.
Norwegian Notices 22/40176/11; 22/40194/11:
22/40214/11
(SDD 2011000 221029) [51/11]
Stokksundet Kolyosen Anchorage
282
...inlet with Kolyst at its head, lies E of Koly. A
reef, on the W end of which...
(SDD 2011000 211493) [49/11]
Lysefjorden Eidsvgen Anchorage
312
1 Description. Eidsvgen...
(SDD 2012000 084608) [21/12]
Raunefjorden to Hjelteneset Vatlestraumen
Directions; light
326
NE of Revskoltgrunnen Light Buoy (port hand)
(5 cables NW), marking the edge of the 100 m
depth contour. Thence:
(SDD 2012000 128544) [29/12]
Bergen Skoltegrunnskaien Light
329
...Light towards Bergen Havn.
333
335
...the largest of which are as follows:
Paragraph 9.202 1 line 5 For (close ESE) Read
(602409N 51870E)
Paragraph 9.202 2 line 1 For (2 cables SE) Read
(602395N 51900E)
Paragraph 9.202 3 line 1 For (1 cables SSE) Read
(602399N 51868E)
336
Diagram Bergen Plan B Replace by:
Diagram Bergen Plan B which is printed at Annex D
(see page 4 - 15).
(SDD 2012000 011429) [07/12]
Fedjeosen Hernar Hernesundet
Overhead cable
348
Vertical clearance. An overhead cable with a
vertical clearance of 14 m spans Hernesundet S of
Hernar village.
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
Hauglandsosen Horsy Lights
353
(SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12]
Masfjorden Duesundet Vertical clearance
402
Paragraph 10.414 1 line 7 For 21 m. Read 19 m.
(SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12]
Matresfjorden Tersundet Vertical clearance
403
Paragraph 10.418 2 line 3 For 87 m. Read 60 m.
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
Index
NP57A
2 - 123
Brandangersundet Slovgen Depths
415
Paragraph 11.68 2 line 6 For 49 to 57 Read 27 to 55
...with a depth of 61 m alongside.
(SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12]
Askrova Valvikevgen Light
489
Nesodden...
(SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12]
Svanya Stavfjorden Depth
493
(SDD 2012000 051194) [14/12]
Skorpa Vassya Depth
521
(SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12]
Frya Oldersundet Depth
537
W of a rock (614623N 45403E), with a depth of
42 m, thence;
(SDD 2011000 103081) [06/12]
Norway Mly Lights; directions
545
...(004-062) of Mlysundet W passage SW Light
(floodlit) (615566N 50722E) (13.270).
546
...also into the white sector (004-062) of Mlysundet
W passage SW Light (floodlit) (615566N 50722E).
561
1 Mlystraumen (13.254) is divided into two
passages by a small islet on which stands the central
pillar of a bridge. In the W passage, there is a least
depth of 100 m; the E passage has a least depth of
120 m.
2 Prohibited anchorage. Vessels are not allowed to
anchor in the fairway E of a line drawn between
Ml ysundet W passage NW Li ght (fl oodl i t)
(615579N 50726E) and the light exhibited from the
E point of Goteberghammaren (615655N 50769E).
The fairway must be open to coastal through-traffic.
Anchorage is also prohibited near the quays.
Paragraph 13.270 Heading Replace by:
Directions for east passage
1 From the vicinity of 615481N 50665E the track
leads initially NNE for 8 cables and at night within the
white sector (004-062) of Mlysundet W passage
SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing:
561-562
2 ESE of Mlysundet W passage SW Light
(615566N 50722E), thence:
From the vicinity of 615557N 50731E the track
continues NNE for 2 cables through the E passage of
Mlystraumen, the sides of which are marked by
lights (lateral), thence:
562
3 Under the bri dge (6155 75N 507 31E)
(13.259), from which lights are exhibited to
indicate the centre. Thence:
From the vicinity of 615578N 50747E the track
then leads N for 3 cables to the vicinity of 615610N
50747E, in the middle of the port of Mly, from
which the harbour berths can be directly accessed.
Lights are exhibited from some of the corners of the
berths on the Vgsy side of the harbour.
Directions for west passage
13.270a
leads SSW for 3 cables through the W passage of
Mlystraumen, the sides of which are marked by
lights (lateral), thence:
leads S for 2 cables under the bridge (615575N
50739E) (13.259), from which lights are exhibited to
indicate the centre, thence:
leads SSW for 8 cables and at night within the white
sector (004-062), astern of Mlysundet W
passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing:
Index
NP57A
2 - 124
ESE of Mlysundet W passage SW Light
(615566N 50722E), thence:
WNW of Kariskjeret Light (615521N 50724E)
(13.171), thence:
4 To a position in the vicinity of 615481N 50665E
where the directions for Vgsfjorden (13.168) can be
reversed.
...4 cables N and 4 cables NNE of Mlysundet W
passage NW Light (615579N 50726E), and to a
submarine...
562-563
1 From the vicinity of 615610N 50747E, in the
middle of the port of Mly, the route leads generally
NNE for about 3 mi l es through Ul vesundet
(615740N 50890E), the channel between Vgsy
and the mainland, to a position about 2 cables NNW
of Ulvesundet Front Leading Light (615910N
51012E). The channel has few dangers.
563
Diagram 13.272 Replace by:
Diagram 13.272a which is printed at Annex E
(see page 4 - 17).
After diagram 13.272a Insert:
Diagram 13.272b which was printed with the
accompanying chart correcting block. (This diagram is
not included in this publication as it has been replaced
by a new diagram at Annex F see page 4 - 19).
563-564
1 From the vicinity of 615610N 50747E, the track
leads NNE, passing:
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal (615660N
50824E) which has been dredged to a least
564
1 At night the track leads NE, from the N end of
Mlystraumen (13.254), passing close NW of
Havnevesnet ISPS Terminal (615623N 50806E)
and Trolleb Industriomrde.
Norwegian Notices 14/ 37115, 37134, 37135, 37136,
37194, 37195, 37196, 37197 & 37198 /11, Norwegian
Hydrographic Office e-mail
(SDD 2011000 142009, 155970) [38/11]
Nordfjord Bryggja Anchorage
547
(SDD 2012000084608) [22/12]
Mloy Mloystraumen Lights; directions
561
1 The port is approached from the S through
Mlystraumen (615573N 50736E), the stretch of
water 1 cables wide which lies between the E side
of Mlyna (615573N 50710E) and the Kulen
peninsula on the mainland; a causeway joins Mlyna
to Sterneset (615565N 50669E), the SE point of
Vgsy.
2 An islet lies in the centre of Mlystraumen,
dividing the fairway into an E and a W passage, and
a bridge (13.259 and 13.260) spans the fairway, the
central pillar of which stands on this islet. Both E and
W passages are well marked by lights and leading
lines (see diagram 13.272b).
3 From the N the port is approached and entered
through Ulvesundet (615740N 50890E).
Existing Section IVNotice Week 38/11 Paragraph 13.257 1
Replace by:
1 In the W passage (13.254), there is a least depth
of 105 m; the E passage has a least depth of 70 m.
561-562
Paragraph 13.270 and 13.270a Including all Existing
Section IV Notices Week 38/11 replace by:
Directions
(continued from 13.171 and 13.172)
East passage
13.270
leads NNE for 8 cables and at night initially within the
white sector (004-062) of Mlysundet W passage
SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing:
WNW of Kariskjeret Light (615521N 50724E)
(13.171), thence:
ESE of Mlysundet W passage SW Light, thence:
2 To the vicinity of 615557N 50737E, 1 cables
S of the bridge (13.259 and 13.260).
Leading lights. From the vicinity of 615557N
50737E, the alignment of leading lights (010)
leads through the centre of E passage, with light
beacons marking the edges of the channel, and under
the centre of the E span of the bridge.
Front light: Mloysundet East passage No 1
(6155738N 507439E) U.
Rear light: Mloysundet East passage No 2
(6155748N 507443E) U.
3 Once clear of the bridge, in the vicinity of
615578N 50747E, the track continues N into the
centre of the port of Mly, from where the harbour
berths can be approached directly. Lights are
exhibited from the corners of some of the berths on
the W side of the harbour.
(Directions continue for Ulvesundet at 13.280)
Index
NP57A
2 - 125
West passage
13.270a
1 From a position in the centre of Mly harbour, in
the vicinity of 615610N 50744E, the track leads
SSW for 3 cables to the entrance to W passage.
Leading lights. The alignment of leading lights
(190) leads through the centre of W passage, with
light beacons marking the edges of the channel, and
under the centre of the W span of the bridge (13.259
and 13.260).
2 Front light: Mloysundet West passage No 1
(6155756N 507309E) U.
Rear Light: Mloysundet West passage No 2
(6155747N 507306E) U.
Once clear of the bridge, the track leads SSW for
8 cables, and at night within the white sector
(004-062), astern, of Mlysundet W passage SW
Light (615566N 50722E), passing:
ESE of Mlysundet W passage SW Light
(615566N 50722E), thence:
3 WNW of Kariskjeret Light (615521N 50724E)
(13.171), thence:
To a posi ti on i n the vi ci ni ty of 6154 81N
50665E.
(Directions continue for Vgsfjorden at 13.168)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/11 Diagram 13.272b
Replace by:
New diagram 13.272b which is printed at Annex F
(see page 4 - 19).
Norwegian Chart 490; Norwegian Notices 21/39856/11;
21/39915/11
(SDDs 2008000 006311; 2011 211403) [51/11]
Sildegapet Vgsy Directions; depth
565
(SDD 2012000 107597) [25/12]
Furenes to Stadtlandet Fureneset
Directions; depth
571
(SDD 2012000 084608) [29/12]
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2012 Edition)
Haugsfjorden ramsundet Route; depths;
directions
74
1 Haugsfjorden is deep, but ramsundet has a least
depth of 112 m in the fairway.
2 The track then leads NNE, at night through an area
covered by a whi te sector (211-344) of
Terneskjerflu Light (621074N 52403E) (3.32),
passing:
NNW of a rock (621165N 52727E) with a depth
of 77 m close W of an iron perch marking
Ytstefluda, both of which are covered by a green
sector (047-060) of ramsund Light (post 5 min
height) (621217N 52905E).
3 The track then leads NE passing:
Clear of a rock (621228N 52811E) with a depth
of 113 m.
The track then continues NE to a position S of
Kyrholmskjeret Light (lantern) (621251N 52818E).
Clearing marks:
The alignment (053) of the gap between the two
Langholmane (621260N 52930E) islets with
Hollenupen 1 miles ENE, passes NNW of
Ytstefluda; Hollenupenhas asteepdroponits NW
side.
Paragraphs 3.59 and 3.60, including headings, Replace
by:
Spare
3.59
Spare
3.60
Paragraph 3.61, including heading, Replace by:
ramsundet
3.61
1 From a posi ti on S of Kyrhol mskj eret Li ght
(621251N 52818E) the track leads ESE through
ramsundet, passing:
Clear of a rock (621236N 52919E) with a depth
of 112 m, thence:
SSW of foul ground (621240N 52943E) fronting
Langholmane, thence:
2 NNE of a rock (621218N 52940E) with a
depth of 59 m, marked on its E side by a
light buoy (N cardinal), and:
SSW of Rdene (621240N 52980E), a foul
area, where the W-most part is marked by an iron
perch.
The track then leads E into the open waters of
Hallefjorden.
(Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83)
Spare
3.62
75
Spare
3.63
Paragraph 3.69 1 lines 4-5 For ...Stabbane Light
(621224N 52978E)... Read ...ramsund Light
(621217N 52905E)...
Index
NP57B
2 - 126
...position E of ramsund Light (621217N
52905E) (3.58).
(Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83)
77
(621217N 52905E)...
(621217N 52905E)...
...at night in a white sector (293 - 313), astern, of
Stabbane Light...
...whichlies closewithinthewhitesector of Stabbane
Light
(SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12]
107
Norddalsfjorden - Linge Anchorage
Paragraph 3.332, including heading, Replace by:
Spare
3.332
(SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12]
Lepsyrevet Depths; directions
140
Paragraph 4.130 1 line 8 For buoyed Read dredged
1 A channel through Lepsyrevet has a dredged
depth of 11 m (2012) over a width of about cable.
Paragraph 4.135 1 line 8 and 9 Replace by:
...(62354N 6158E), to a position about 7 cables
SW of Sre Kverna Light at the entrance to a
dredged channel.
140-141
Paragraph 4.136 1 2 and 3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 7 cables SW of Sre Kverna
Light (62354N 6147E) the track leads NE through
a dredged channel (4.131) marked by light beacons
(lateral) to a position about 6 cables NE of Sre
Kverna Light.
Thence the track continues NE, at night in a white
sector (203-237), astern of Sre Kverna Light to a
position ENE of Hestya (62365N 6151E).
Useful mark:
Lepsyrevet Light (62364N 6158E) (4.135).
141
Paragraph 4.138 2 line 4 and 5 Replace by:
Thence the track continues NNE to a position about
7 cables SW of Sre Kverna Light at the entrance to
a dredged channel.
Norwegion Notice 17/44949/12 and ENC NO5E1512
(SDD 2012000 188478) [43/12]
Sveggesundet Depths; directions
188
Paragraph 5.77 1 line 4 For 4.0 m Read 2.3 m
189
...Sveggya, noting a rock with a depth of 2.3 m
close E of the light.
(SDD 2012000 197479) [46/12]
Langysundet to Raudholmen Directions
189
Paragraph 5.85 4 line 5 For NW Read NE
UKHO [51/12]
261-262
Trondheimsleia Slttavika Anchorage
Spare
6.192
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12]
266
Trondheimsleia Nordleksa Heradsvika
Anchorage
Spare
6.235
Trondheimsleia Kongsvoll Anchorage
3 Anchorage.
At the head of Innervgen, close S of the isthmus, in
depths of 13 m, sand and shell; mooring rings are
available.
Berths:
Ytterhamna, concrete quay; length 16 m, depths
from 28 to 48 m.
Innervgen. Outside a breakwater, within which lies
a marina; a bunkering pontoon, length 40 m,
depths from 49 to 91 m.
Norwegian Notices 3/41937/12; 3/41941/12
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12]
Index
NP57B
2 - 127
310
Frya Inntian Anchorage
Paragraph 7.178 1 line 5 For is clear Read is encumbered
by a large marine farm;
(SDD 2012000 022567) [22/12]
Lina Directions; lights
324
(640293N 95538E)
(325-334)
2 ENE of Bruskjret (1 miles SSE).
Thence the track continues NNW in a channel
marked by iron perches and light beacons, passing:
WSW of Torsholmben Light (tripod, 9 m in height)
(3 cables SE), thence:
ENE of Linasundet Light (1 cable S), thence:
Under a bridge (7.280) where Lina Light is exhibited.
Thence the track continues NNW, at night in a
white sector (151-156), astern, of Lina Light,
passing:
3 ENE of a rock (2 cables NW), with a depth of
5 m, thence:
WSW of Langtaren Light (tripod), (4 cables NNW),
thence:
ENEof a rock (5 cables NW), with a depth of 77 m.
Thence the track continues NNW to a position in
Flesafjorden WNW of Naustskjret (9 cables N),
marked by an iron perch. Flesafjorden forms part of
Asenleia.
(Directions for Asenleia are given at 7.228)
Norwegian Notices 21/45392/12, 21/45400/12
(SDD 2012000 231194) [51/12]
336
Hopsfjorden Depths
Paragraph 8.57 1 line 5 For controlling depth of 12.5 m
Read least depth 11.5 m
Paragraph 8.58 2 line 1 For 4.0 m Read 3.0 m
(SDD 2012000 064895) [22/12]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
NOR VTS
9
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [16/10]
Radio navigational warnings
9
1 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological
warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this
volume are available via the international NAVTEX
service from Bod and Vard Coast Radio Stations.
NAVAREA warnings and METAREA warnings for
NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the
international SafetyNET service. The service is
currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully
operational on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1)
and Volume 5, and the Mariners Handbook for
details.
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Kvingra Svinstein wreck
77
NW of a wreck (1 cables WSW), thence:
Norwegian Notice 23/40994
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
Torgvret north-east of Tverrtaren Depth
110
(SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12]
Ranfjorden Finneidfjorden, Forneset and
Skjnes Anchorages
184
4 Anchorage may be obtained S of Kalabukta
(661254N 134674E) and at the head of the fjord,
WSW of Neset (661180N 134698E), in depths
from 30 to 45 m, as shown on the chart. Care is
needed to avoid the submarine cable laid across the
fjord from Granmoen and another submarine cable
laid along the E side of the fjord in the vicinity of
Neset.
Index
NP58A
2 - 128
Spare
4.408
(SDD 2012000 139130) [32/12]
Lovundvika Lovund anchorages
193
(SDD 2011000 171248) [40/11]
Tomma Finnvika anchorage
194-195
Paragraph 4.484 including headings Replace by:
Spare
4.484
(SDD 2011000 171248 ) [40/11]
Nesya Jovika Directions; leading lights
210
Paragraph 540 2 line 1 to 3 line 7 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position about 3 cables S of
Lille Svenningen Light (66342N 12357E), the track
leads ENE into Jovika, passing (with positions relative
to Lille Svenningen Light):
SSE of a rock (2 cables SE) with a depth of 40 m,
thence:
3 SSE of a rock (2 cables ESE) with a depth of
49 m, thence:
Between the shore of Nesya, to the S, marked by
Jovikgrunnen Light (floodlit) (3 cables ESE),
and a line of rocks and drying patches (2 cables
E to 6 cables ENE), to the N, marked by lights
and iron perches.
(SDD 2010000 070894) [21/10]
Stigfjorden Innerkvarya Harbour
Anchorage
217
(SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11]
Melyfjorden Kjerkholmen Light
235
...from which a light is exhibited, lying W of
Laksbuneset, thence:
(SDD 2010000063005) [50/10]
Melyvr Kubakkflua Light
238
2 W of Kubakkflua (2 miles SSE), marked by an
iron perch and from which a light (S cardinal)
is exhibited. Kubakkflua is the SW-most
danger of several lying off...
(SDD 2010000189949) [50/10]
Eiet and Mesyfjorden Lights
240
3 E of a point (1 miles N) on the E side of
Mesya, fronted by a rock awash.
Raudsetodden Light is exhibited from the rock
and there are depths of 10 m, 1 cable SE and
2 cables NNE of the point. And:
Wof Skjholmen(1 miles NNE), anislet lyingclose
off the mainland coast, fromthe Wside of which a
light is exhibited. A rock with a depth of 37 m,
fronts the NW side of Skjholmen. Thence:
Norwegian Notices 21/31294/10, 20/30779/10
(SDD 2010000189948 and 2010000179949) [50/10]
2 SE of Grytya (1 miles NE) and Risya
(2 miles NE). A light is exhibited from the E
point of Risya. Thence:
(SDD 2010000179948) [50/10]
Index
NP58A
2 - 129
Bod approaches Nyholmsundet
Controlling depths
279
1 Entrance channel depths are as follows:
2 Hjartysundet (67175N 14204E). There are
depths of more than 200 m in this channel.
Nyholmsundet. Least charted depth of 165 m,
2 cables NNE of Nyholmen Light (67172N
14219E).
(SDD 2012000 231194) [50/12]
Ofotfjorden Barya Barya Light
325
1 Major light:
Trany Light (68110N 15359E) (6.13).
...Barya Light (white round metal tower, red top, 7 m in
height) (3 miles E).
(046-055)
328
Principal mark
9.35
1 Major light:
Trany Light (68110N 15359E) (6.13).
330
(160-174)
344
...of Barya Light (9.12), the track continues to lead ENE
within the white sector (241-248), astern, of Barya
Light...
(SDD 2010000214711) [04/11]
Kanstadfjorden Straumen Vertical clearance
328
(SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12]
Kanstadfjorden Neshamn Anchorage
329
1 Description. Neshamn (68240N 15523E), a
small cove, is situated on the E side of the S part of
Kanstadfjorden. A submarine cable lands on its E
shore, making the cove unsuitable as an anchorage.
(SDD 2012000 231194) [50/12]
Tysfjorden Skrovkjosen
Skarberget Buoyage
334
ESE of Skarberget Indre Light (starboard hand,
floodlit) ( cable N).
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Tysfjorden Haukygrunnen and Storlysbotn
Buoyage
336
General remarks. There are no specific directions
for Haukyfjorden, the chart being sufficient guide.
However, attention is drawn to Haukygrunnen
(68103N 16157E), consisting of a group of
dangerous below-water rocks lying in the middle of
the entrance to the fjord.
Storlysbotn (5 cables W), which is unmarked.
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Ofotfjorden Bogen Directions; light
349
4 The track then leads NW, passing (with positions
relative to stervik Light):
(SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10]
Ofotfjorden Ballangen Directions
350
5 Thence the track leads SW through Ballangsfjorden,
passing (with positions relative to Krholmen Light):
NW of a rock (1 mile ESE) with a depth of 83 m,
thence:
NW of Arnesgrunnen (1 mile SE), marked by an iron
perch, thence:
Index
NP58A
2 - 130
6 SE of Steingrunnen (5 cables SSW), marked
by a buoy (starboard hand); a rock with a
depth of 58 m, lies 1 cables S of the buoy.
And:
NW of Hattholmgrunnen (9 cables S), consisting of
several dangerous below-water rocks, thence:
NW of Fornesskjeran (12 miles SSW), marked by
an iron perch, thence:
7 NW of a quay at Fornes (14 miles SSW)
(9.171), thence:
SE of a rock (16 miles SSW) with a depth of 80 m,
thence:
NW of a rock (19 miles SSW) with a depth of 40 m.
The track then leads directly to the anchorage and
berth at Ballangen (9.172).
(SDD 2010000 218916) [04/11]
Srlandsvgen Rssnesvgen
Lights; Directions
367
368
ESE of the entrances to Srlandsvgen (67394N
12426E) (3 miles SSW) (10.67) and
Rssnesvgen, which are marked by several
lights, thence:
369
W of a reef, marked by an iron perch, fringing the W
side of the head of Vry Molo (67390N
12432N) (1 miles N).
370
1 Rssnesvgen. Vry Molo Leading Lights:
Front light (post, floodlit) (67390N 12432E).
Rear light (post) ( cable NW).
From a position about 5 cables SE of Vry Molo
Front Light the track initially leads NW on the
alignment (320) of these lights, passing (with
positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken Light (67388N
12433E)):
Close NE of a patch (67389N 12434E) ( cable
ENE), with a depth of 49 m, thence:
SWof a rock (67389N12435E) (1 cables NE),
with a depth of 37 m, marked by an iron perch,
thence:
NE of a rock (67389N 12433N) ( cable NNE),
with a depth of 32 m, thence:
NE of an above-water rock (67389N 12432E)
( cable N) surrounded by drying ground,
thence:
SW of Rstnesvgen S Light (floodlit) (67390N
12434E) (1 cables NNE); a rock, with a depth
of 19 m, lies close NW of the light.
4 The track then leads NNW, passing close ENE of
the head of the mole from which Vry Molo Leading
Lights (67390N 12432N) are exhibited, and thence
through a channel, marked on both sides by lights
and iron perches, into Rstnesvgen.
371
Port plan for Srlandsvgen (10.73) Replace by:
New port plan at Annex G (see page 4 - 21).
Norwegian Notices 3/26326/10; 3/26329/10; 6/26855/10;
6/26893/10; 6/26895/10
(SDDs 2010000 025063; 026160; 059101) [19/10]
Lofoten South-east coast of Moskenesya
Anchorage
379
Paragraph 11.18 lines 1-5 Delete
Norwegian Notices 2/33274/11
(SDD 2011000019417) [08/11]
Lofoten south-east side Srvagen
Anchorage
380
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in the harbour of
Moskenes in depths of about 10 m, sand. Mooring
rings are available.
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
Stamsund Rokkvika Directions;
leading lights
400-401
11.129
1 Rokkivika (continued from 11.127). From the
position SSW of Skarvsteinan (680689N 135098E)
the track leads WNW for a short distance, passing
SSW of Sre Joyskj ersnaget (6806 81N
135011E), a rock with a depth of 09 m, marked by
an iron perch, lying off the SW side of Joyskjran,
to the beginning of the alignment of Rokkvika Leading
Lights:
2 Front light (680742N 135011E) exhibited
from the head of Rokkivika.
Rear light (680738N 135009E).
Thence the track leads N on the alignment (0066)
of these lights, passing:
W of Sre Joyskjersnaget (680681N
135011E), thence:
3 W of Joyskjran (680685N 135022E), from
the S part of which stre Joyskjeret Light
(whi te l antern on cai rn)
(680684N135022E) is exhibited, and:
E of Vestre Joyskjeret (680690N 134970E), on
which stands a beacon (black tower, white band),
thence:
4 E of an above-water rock from which a light
(floodlit) (680698N 134982E) is exhibited,
thence:
Index
NP58A
2 - 131
E of a drying rock, from which Stamsund Havn Light
(post, 6 m in height) (680701N 134980E) is
exhibited, thence:
W of Stamsund Mole (680703N 135016E) from
which a light (floodlit) is exhibited.
5 Thence course may be shaped to approach the
district boat quay (11.131) on the W side of
Stamneset (680724N 135049E), or the W entrance
to the inner harbour, S of Stamneset.
Useful marks:
Drangelholmen Light (680692N 134921E).
Joyskjran Vestre Light (680691N 134963E).
6 Joy Vestre Light (680710N 135042E).
Tankholmen Vestre Light (680716N 135045E).
Norwegian Notices 21/39696, 39677, 39714, 39740,
39754, 39774/11; 03/42574/12
(SDD 2011000 211493; 2012000 032731) [11/12]
Lofoten South coast of Vestvgya
Stamsund Anchorage
401
(SDD 20110000 019417) [08/11]
North side of Vestfjorden Svolvr
Directions
422
Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 18/10 For Osan Light Read Kleppfiskholmen
Light
424
Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Including existing
Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Replace by:
3 The track then leads generally N, and at night
within the white sector (008-013) of Kleppfiskholmen
Light (68136N 14326E), passing (with positions
relative to Stretarneset Light (68132N 14323E)):
E of the point from which Stretarneset Light is
exhibited, thence:
4 W of Stretarholmen (68132N 14326E)
( cable ENE), from the W side of which a
light (metal column, floodlit) is exhibited,
thence:
Between the mainland shore and Nedre
Steinvikholmen (68133N 14326E)
(1 cables NE), thence:
5 W of vre Steinvikholmen Light (681348N
143269E) (29 cables NNE) exhibited from a
small islet, thence:
W of Salttnna (68135N 14327E) (3 cables
NNE), thence:
E of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68136N 14326E)
(3 cables NNE) (3 cables NNE).
6 The track then leads into Osanpollen, passing W of
Osan Havn Light (681370N 143289E) (5 cables
NNE), marking a rock. Attention is drawn to a sunken
wreck (68139N 14325E) (7 cables N) lying on the
NW side of Osanpollen, with a depth of 10 m, which
is marked by a buoy (S cardinal).
Norwegian Notices 19/30494/10; 19/30496/10;
19/30487/10; 19/30636/10
(SDDs 2010000 171528) [45/10]
North side of Vestfjorden
Svolvr Directions
424
...SW of Rdholmskallen (68128N 14331E), which is
covered by the red sector (319-341) of Stretarneset Light
(68132N 14323E). Thence the track leads NNW,
passing (with positions relative to Stretarneset Light):
ENE of Tennholman (68129N 14320E)
(3 cables SSW), and:
2 WSW of an i sl et (6813 1N 1432 8E)
(2 cables SE), lying off the W side of
Rdholman, from which Rdholmen Light
(12.60) is exhibited, thence:
ENE of a rock (68131N 14322E) (1 cables
SSW), with a depth of 93 m, lying close off the S
side of Stretarneset.
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
North side of Vestfjorden Molldra
Kjepsyhamn and Litlmolla anchorages
429
Spare
12.131
Spare
12.132
(SDD 2011000 029653) [10/11]
Lofoten west side Ramberg Anchorage
447
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
Index
NP58A
2 - 132
Vesterlen Langya Northwestwards
Jennegga
492
Spare
14.175
(SDD 2010000 017977) [16/10]
Andya Nordmela Depth; Directions
506
2 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth
of 50 m in the entrance to the harbour, cable SSE
of Nordmela Mole Head Light (69086N 15405E).
507
9 N of Leisteinen Light (iron pole) (69086N
15399E) (3 cables NNW), thence:
(SDDs 2010000 000150; 034428) [16/10]
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B
(1984 Edition) Supplement 9-2004
Norway, north coast Vard to Rst
Routeing system
2
L 38 After existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Traffic separation schemes
1.7a
A routeing system comprising a series of TSS at
salient points off the Norwegian coast, linked by
recommended routes, is established off the N and W
coasts of Norway, as shown on the charts. The
system is IMO-adopted, and applies to tankers of all
sizes and other cargo ships of 5000 gt and above,
engaged on international voyages. Vessels on
international voyages to or from ports in Norway
between Vard and Rst should follow the routeing
system until a clear course towards the port can be
set.
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07]
Norwegian charts Accuracy
3
R 65-70 Replace by:
In the area covered by this volume there are still
charts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old.
The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian
charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can
expect from them. In particular, surveys completed
before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and
there may well be shoals which are not shown.
Navigation in such areas should therefore be
conducted with great care, and passages outside the
recommended channels shown on the charts should
not be attempted. (See 1.7).
In digital charts the data quality is given in the
Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian
coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,
based on the following classifications: ENCs with
source data from older soundings (before around
1960) are given ZOC value C, while ENCs with more
recent source data are given ZOC value B. The
border for the different zones will be added to the
chart data so that it is possible to see on screen
which zone one is in use at all times.
Mariners should take great care when using DGPS
and electronic charts with old soundings data since
the accuracy and compl eteness of the depth
measurements do not correspond with modern
standards.
Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation
takes place at all times with good margins and in line
with responsible navigation practice.
For additional information see The Mariners
Handbook.
4
L 1-2 Delete
(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]
Pilotage General regulations Baseline
5
Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.38 Add:
See diagram 1.38, which shows the baseline,
territorial limits, and areas within the baseline which
are exempt from compulsory pilotage. See also
Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.38
Insert:
Diagram 1.38 which is printed at Annex H
(see page 4 - 23).
Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)
(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
Index
NP58B
2 - 133
Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas
6
L47-64 Paragraph 1.55 Replace by:
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
1.55
1 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological
warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this
volume are available via the international NAVTEX
service from Bod, Vard and Murmansk Coast Radio
Stati ons. NAVAREA warni ngs and METAREA
warnings for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also
available via the international SafetyNET service. The
service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to
become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1)
and Volume 5, and the Mariners Handbook for
details.
47
R68-70 Replace by:
Rocket firings take place occasionally from
Andya rocket range (69176N 16013E), as
announced through NAVTEX and the World-Wide
Navi gati onal Warni ng Servi ce for
NAVAREA/METAREA XIX. See also 1.55.
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NOR VTS
6
Existing Section IV Notice Week 04/07 L64 Paragraph
1.55a Replace by:
NOR Vessel Traffic Service
1.55a
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. In addition NOR VTS covers the
the approaches to Melkya (7041N 2336E) and
Hammerfest (7040N 2336E).
2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]
Military prohibited areas
6
R 7-21 Harstad Navy Defence District; Troms Sea
Defence Area Existing Supplement amendments Delete:
Sandsya (3.157).
Gibostadsundet (6.86).
(HH. 309/410/05; HH 309/420/05) [45/05]
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods
6
R 46 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods.
Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the
completion of a check list for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries
other than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing
from Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a
departure report. These regulations apply to vessels of
at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size,
carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk or
packaged form, as defined by the International
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations do
not apply to:
Warships and official ships used for non-commercial
purposes.
Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional
vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in
length.
Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and
equipment for use on board vessels.
The regulations, forms and check lists are available
from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration as
follows:
E-mail nnca@kystverket.no
Telephone +47 33034800
Fax +47 33034680
Website www.kystverket.no
Users of the websi te requi re a password.
Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and
password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic
Centre on +47 35572610.
327
Existing Supplement amendment Delete
Appendix III in its entirety.
(HH. 308/006/03) [30/05]
Vard vessel traffic service
6
L 64 Insert:
Vard vessel traffic service
1.55a
On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the
waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic
Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway,
between 65N, in the vicinity of Rrvik (Norway Pilot
Volume IIB), and the border with Russia. All tankers,
vessels over 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are
requested to report to Vard VTS Centre upon
entering these waters.
In addition Vard VTS covers the approaches to
Melkya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest (7040N
2340E) (11.59). For further details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Index
NP58B
2 - 134
209
R 11 Insert:
10.96a
A vessel traffic service is in operation for the
monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkya
(7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details.
220
R 46 Insert:
11.7a
226
R 17 Insert:
11.65a
228
L 49 Insert:
11.78a
Vard Vessel Traffic Service
(SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07]
Andfjorden Andenes Directions; light
51
Paragraph 3.39 R46 Replace by:
NNE of the head (floodlit) (16 cables W) of the E
mole of the inner harbour.
The track then leads W for a short distance into the
inner harbour, passing S of a drying patch (21 cables
WNW), marked by iron perches.
(SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10]
Andefjorden Saurabogen
Leading lights; directions
52
R 69-70 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Directions: From seaward the track into the
harbour leads WNW through a channel marked by
dolphins.
53
L 1-2 Delete
(HH. 309/420/05) [40/05]
Andfjorden Risyrenna Depth
53
L60-62 Replace by:
Depth. There is a least charted depth (685869N
154544E) of 54 m in Risyrenna, between U Light
Beacon and V Light Beacon, at the E end of the
channel.
(SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11]
Sandsya Military prohibited area
60
R 55-56 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
(HH. 309/410/05) [41/05]
Andfjorden Nergrdsvika Anchorage
63-64
R69-70, L1-5 Replace by:
Anchorage. Small vessels may anchor SW of
Svinya and secure to the shore; the anchorage is
especially suitable when NE winds raise a sea in
Nergrdsvika. A mooring buoy is available, moored
between Kleppholmen and the shore W.
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Tjeldsundet Balstadstraumen Directions
74
R 14-18 Replace by:
S of Balstadgrunnen Light (8 cables W), thence:
S of Balstadskallen (7 cables W), an unmarked rock
on the N side of the fairway, thence:
N of Sandskjeret (6 cables WSW).
The sector limit 275 of Staksvollholmen Light
between white and red sectors, astern, passes close
S of Balstadskallen.
(SDD 2007000 080510) [47/07]
Tjeldsundet Sandtorgstraumen Directions
76
L 28-35 Replace by:
Close SE of a spar buoy (75 cables NE), thence:
Through the shallowest part of the channel (for depth
see 4.28), close NW of Ramstadgrunnen Light
Buoy (89 cables ENE) and thence:
NWof a spar buoy (105 miles ENE) marking the NW
side of Ramstadgrunnen, and:
SE of Holsflua stre Light (105 miles NE), marking
the E extremity of Holsflua, thence:
SE of Steinsgrunnen Light (125 miles ENE).
Index
NP58B
2 - 135
L 47-52 Replace by:
N of Holsflua Nordre Light (8 cables WNW), which
marks the N side of Holsflua; it lies just within the
white sector limit. Thence:
Nof Holsflua stre Light (5 cables W), marking the
E extremity of Holsflua, thence:
Close S of Steinsgrunnen Light (4 cables WNW).
L 67 For Light-buoy Read Light
R 5-9 including existing Supplement correction Replace
by:
NNW of Nordygrunnen Light (188 miles SW,
thence:
SSE of Stornesgrunnen Nordre Light
(145 miles WSW), marking a patch, with a depth
of 70 m over it, near Stornesgrunnen.
R 14-23 Replace by:
NW of Stornesgrunnen Sre Light (6 cables NE),
exhibitedfromtheNWside of a shoal, with adepth
of 55 m over it, thence:
SEof thecoastal bank onwhichstands RemmaLight
(1 mile NE), thence:
NW of Remma Sre Light (11 miles NE), marking
shoal water on the Eside of the fairway; two rocks,
with a depth of 70 m over them, lie and
cables NE of Remma Sre Light. Thence:
NW of Sandtorghella Light (14 miles NE) marking
the NW part of shoals surrounding Hellevoren.
Norwegian Notices 20/1179-1188/07
(SDD 2007000 080498) [47/07]
Vgsfjorden South-eastern part
Tovikskjeret Light buoy
85
R 58-59 Delete
(SDD 2008000 084127) [45/08]
Mefjorden Mefjordbotn Anchorage
98
R22-27 Replace by:
Spare
5.61
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Senja Baltsfjord light
99
R 49-55 Replace by:
From the position S of Husfallet (69361N
17427E) the track leads SSE through Baltsfjorden,
passing (with positions relative to Nringa Light
(69359N 17413E)):
ENE of Renneneset (1 mile SSE), a rounded point,
thence:
WSW of Pussegrunnen (2 miles SE), an isolated
unmarked rock, thence:
WSW of the shore bank extending S from
Opplandshaugen(3 miles SE) totheheadof the
fjord, and:
ENE of Selvgneset (3 miles SSE).
The track then leads to the head of the fjord where
there is an anchorage.
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
Kattfjorden Nordre Angstaursundet
Lysgrunnen Directions; buoyage
106
R32After NNW) Insert: markedby aspar buoy (E cardinal)
(SDD 2010000 000153) [03/10]
Kvalya Ersfjorden
Directions; marine farm
107
R38 After given from the light): Insert:
S of Skamtind (2 miles E), and a marine farm which
lies 5 cables farther E with mooring chains which
extend Sand SWinto the channel indicated by the
white sector. Thence:
(SDD 2008000 072124) [38/08]
Tranyfjorden and Solbergfjorden
Marine farms
119
After L 3 Insert:
Marine farms
6.8a
Marine farms have been established on the W side
of Tranyfjorden in position 690212N 171537E
and on the N side of Solbergfjorden in position
690880N 173885E. Ground tackle extends up to
7 cables into the fairway from these farms.
L 48 Replace by:
...Dyrya, and:
E of a marine farm (39 miles SW) (6.8a).
After R 19 Insert:
S of a marine farm (69 miles WSW) (6.8a), thence:
(SDDs 2009000 109960; 109961) [36/09]
Index
NP58B
2 - 136
Solbergfjorden Indreleia Dyrya Light
119
L 45 Including existing Supplement amendment For
024-041 Read 026-041
064-073 Read 064-074
100-216 Read 100-209
(HH. 309/410/05) [11/05]
Gisundet Gibostadsundet
Controlling depth
126
Paragraph 6.85 L 39-40 Replace by:
Controlling depths. For the depth in the channel
(69180N, 17590E) off Leiknesodden see 6.93. In
Gibostadsundet (69214N 18056E) (6.96) there is a
least charted depth of 100 m.
(SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11]
Gibostad Military prohibited area
126
L 44-47 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Military prohibited areas exist in the vicinity of
Rdbergsodden (6.89) and Skorliodden (the NW
entrance point to Gisundet) (see 1.57).
(HH. 309/420/05) [41/05]
Troms Tromsysundet Anchorage
142
L 59-60 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Anchorage (220, 1 mile) depth 14 m, coral.
Two recommended anchorage areas (014,
1 miles and 012, 1 miles) are situated ESE
and SE of Breidvika as shown on the chart.
Attention is drawn to the submarine cable and
pipelines (025, 23 miles) which cross
Tromsysundet between Nygrd and Kroken.
Norwegian Notice 20/958/04; BA Chart 3751
(HH. 309/430/04) [50/04]
Southern part of Sandyfjorden
Approaches to Skagysundet Depth
146
R 28 Add: There is a least depth of 80 m in this channel,
3 cables SE of Nyflua.
(SDD 2006000 402023) [01/07]
Vannya Torsvg Marine farm
158
R 16 After SW mole. Insert: A marine farm and associated
ground tackle lies inside the harbour, 100 m NNW of the
light.
(SDD 2009000 190035) [04/10]
Fuglysveet Burya Marine farm
168
After L 13 Insert:
Marine farm has been established in the white
sector of Burynakken Light in position 70141N
19558E, as shown on the chart.
(HH. 308/210/11) [10/05]
East side of Vannya Valavgen
Valabotn anchorage
171
L19-22 Delete
(SDD 2007000 059550) [36/07]
South side of Arnya Akkarvik Anchorage
177
L 16-17 Replace by:
...ground of shells and sand. Care is needed to
avoid a submarine cable laid from Slettnes
(70038N20296E), on the Wside of the bay, in
a SE direction out into Langfjorden; a marine farm
also lies 2 cables NNW of this anchorage.
(SDD 2007000 059548) [36/07]
Kvnangenfjorden Lauksundet
Marine farm
177
L 53 Delete ...is free from dangers in the fairway and...
Existing Supplement amendment L55 Replace by:
Marine farms are established along both sides of
Lauksundet, generally within 1 cable of the shore.
R 25 Replace by:
...of the sound, passing close WNW of a large marine
farm and its associated ground tackle 2 miles NNE of
the light, and clear of the coastal banks abreast...
(SDD 2009000 083625) [32/09]
Index
NP58B
2 - 137
Sndre Bergsfjorden (Sandlandsfjorden)
Sandland Depth
181
L62-63 Replace by:
Depth. A rock, with a depth of 23 m, lies in the
middle of the entrance to the harbour, immediately
inside the moles.
(SDD 2011000 112779) [30/11]
Maursundet Litle Kobbepollen
Marine farm
191
After L6 Insert:
SE of a large marine farm and its associated ground
tackle (33 miles NE), thence:
L43 After (56 ft). Insert: A large marine farm (9.95) lies in
the SE approach to the anchorage; the ground tackle
extends NW to within 2 cables of the charted anchorage
position.
(SDD 2009000 103252) [34/09]
Maursundet Jekthamna
Anchorage removed
191
L 26-37 Replace by:
Spare
9.97
(SDD 2007000 006201) [07/07]
Breivik Jetty
203
R 15-16 Delete
(HH. 309/450/04) [42/05]
Sandyfjorden Hnsebyfjorden
Spar buoy
207
R 60-66 Replace by:
Directions. Hnsebyfjorden (7044N 2310E) is
entered by passing E of Hnsebygrunnen, a 3 m
(10 ft) patch; a bar, 3 cables within the entrance, has
a least depth of 4 m (13 ft) in mid-channel.
(HH. 309/450/04) [02/05]
Srysundet Approaches to Hammerfest and
Melkya Directions; LNG Terminal
210
L56-57 For Directions for the entrance to Indreleia, NE
of Srya Read Directions for the entrance to Indreleia
and the north-west approach to Hammerfest and the
Melkya LNG Terminal
L60 Delete ...from NW
L67-70, R1-10 Replace by:
From a position about 20 miles W of Fruholmen
Light (7106N 2400E) (10.101), the pilot boarding
position (helicopter) for large vessels bound for the
Melkya LNG Terminal (11.83a), the track leads SE
for 23 miles, passing (with positions relative to
Tarhalsen Light (7052N 2319E)):
SW of Ytre Tuboen (8 miles N), Nordre Tuboen,
1 miles farther SE and Tubofallet, 2 miles
farther SSE, thence:
SW of vre Tuboen (6 miles N), thence:
NE of Rolvsyskolten (2 miles N), thence:
NE of Tarhalsfallet (2 miles NNE), thence:
NE of Tarhalsen, the N tip of the island of Srya,
from which Tarhalsen Light (10.88) is exhibited,
thence:
SW of Skipsholmen (8 miles ENE), and
Yttergrunnen, 2 miles farther SW, thence;
SW of Revsholmen (7 miles E), thence;
NE of Litlenringen Light (column) (6 miles SE).
To approximate position 7049N 2346E.
Useful mark:
Mylingen Light (7045N 2342E) (11.69).
(Directions continue for Indreleia in
Rolvsysundet at 10.106 and for
the approaches to Hammerfest
at 11.69)
R 13-25 Replace by:
Spare
10.104-10.105
224
L12 For Fuglenes Read Fugleneset
226
L1 For HAMMERFEST Read HAMMERFEST AND
APPROACHES
L16-17 Replace by:
Approach from north. From approximate position
7049 N 2346 E i n Indrel ei a, Hammerfest i s
approached through the NE part of Srysundet,
passing E of Hja and S of the Melkya LNG
Terminal (11.83a).
R45 Replace by:
Directions for entry from north
R47 Insert:
From approximate position 7049N 2346E, the
track leads WSW for 5 miles into the N part of
Srysundet towards the pilot boarding position for
vessels bound for Hammerfest and smaller vessels
bound for the Melkya LNG Terminal, which lies
1 miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90).
Thence, the track leads S, passing (with positions
relative to Mylingen Light (7045N 2342E)):
Index
NP58B
2 - 138
Eof Srya (5 miles W), which forms the Wside of
Srysundet, thence:
W of Mylingen Light (white lantern on base), thence:
W of Fluengrunnen (1 mile SW), thence:
W of Melkya (4 miles SSW).
To a position about 1 miles NE of Hja Light
(column) (70393N 23278E).
(Directions continue for Melkya LNG Terminal
at 11.83e)
Thence the track leads ESE for 3 miles, passing
(with positions relative to Fugleneset Light (7040N
2340E)):
SSW of the Melkya LNG Terminal (1 miles NW),
thence:
NNE of a patch containing 6 dangerous wrecks
(6 cables SSW), and Molvikben, 3 cables
farther SW, marked by a lit iron perch, thence:
SSW of Fugleneset Light (11.39), thence:
NNE of a rocky patch (5 cables SSW), with a least
depth of 45 m over it.
Into the harbour.
Directions for entry from south-west
11.69a
228
R 50-51 Replace by:
...Mylingen Light (7045N 2342E) (11.69) shows
over mainly clear water off the NW...
R61 Insert:
Melkya LNG Terminal
General information
11.83a
Position. Melkya LNG Terminal occupies the
whole of the island of Melkya (70413N 23359E),
2 miles NW of Hammerfest (11.59).
Function. The terminal receives LNG via a 165 km
pipeline from the 3 gas fields (Snohvit, Albatross and
Askeladd) of the Barents Sea. It is then processed to
remove its CO2 content and exported by sea.
Operating Authority. Statoil ASA.
Limiting conditions
11.83b
Under-keel clearance. The minimum permissable
under keel clearance is 15 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Product Jetty (11.83f).
Maximum size of vessel handled:
LNG. 300 m in length/160 000 m# capacity.
LPG. 180 m in length/38 000 m# capacity.
Condensate. 180 m in length/50 000 dwt.
Arrival information
11.83c
Port operations:
Melkya LNG Terminal operates on a 24 hr basis.
Maximum berthing speeds are under kn for
vessels over 8000 displacement tonnes, and
under kn for vessels less than 8000 tonnes.
The maximum approach angle is 6.
Wind speeds and wave heights restrict berthing as
follows:
Vessel size
(up to, m#)
Max wind speed
(kn)
Max wave
height (m)
15 000 35 10
30 000 31 10
60 000 29 15
160 000 24 no restriction
Vessels will not beallowedtoapproachtheterminal if
the visibility is less than 1 mile.
Vessels will not be permitted to sail if the wind is in
excess of 29 kn.
One tug will remain on standby throughout for
vessels when loading.
Notice of ETA required. For all vessels, ETA is to
be reported 96 hrs, 48 hrs, 24 hrs and 5 hrs in
advance of arrival. Additionally, for LNG carriers, a
report is required 8 days in advance. For details see
Pilotage is compulsory. For vessels over 20 000 gt,
the pilot will board by helicopter in position 7105N
2257E, 20 miles W of Fruholmen Light (7106N
2400E) (10.101). For vessels less than 20 000 gt, the
pilot will board by boat in position 7047N 2332E,
1 miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90).
Pilots should be ordered 24 hours in advance.
Changes to ETA/ETD should be reported directly to
the pilot booking centre. For further details see
Tugs. There are 3 tugs available at Melkya,
based at Rypefjorden, 1 miles S of Hammerfest.
Two are of 70 tonnes bollard pull and are used for
berthing and unberthing. The third, of 90 tonnes
bollard pull/150 tonnes steering force, is used for both
escorting and berthing.
Traffic regulations. A Safety Zone has been
estasblished around Melkya inside a line joining the
704193N 233738E.
704187N 233583E.
704089N 233435E.
704062N 233539E.
704085N 233819E.
There is no public access to the area within the
Safety Zone.
Regulations concerning entry and departure.
The minimum tug requirement for berthing/unberthing
is as follows:
Vessel size (up to, m#)
(ballast and loaded)
No of tugs
15 000 1
30 000 2
60 000 3
160 000 3
Note. All LNG and LPG vessels over 30 000 m# will
take 3 tugs on arrival and departure.
Use of an escorting tug is mandatory for vessels
over 500 gt carrying dangerous cargo in bulk, and for
vessels over 3000 gt carrying polluting cargo in bulk
when approaching or departing from Melkya.
Index
NP58B
2 - 139
Harbour
11.83d
The berthing area is on the SE side of the island.
11.83e
Entrance. From a position 1 miles NE of Hja
Light (70393N 23278E) (11.69), the track leads
ENE for 2 miles to the vicinity of the berths.
Berths
11.83f
Product Jetty. Concrete, 125 m in length, with a
least depth alongside of 162 m, faced with 7
Sumitomo rubber fenders, each 8 m by 4 m. The jetty
is orientated 228/048.
Construction Jetty. At the S end of the island,
with a safe berthing depth of 10 m, for the handling of
dry cargo. Vessels over 120 m LOA will not be
allowed to remain alongside the Construction Jetty
while LNG is being loaded at Product Jetty.
Port services
11.83g
Facilities. Garbage disposal.
Supplies. Fresh water.
229
R 14-25 including Supplement amendment Delete
Statoil ASA; Norwegian Notice 16/980/07; BA Chart 2315;
Norwegian Charts 101, 493
(SDDs 2007000 062402; 2008000 048828) [29/08]
Trollsundet south-east of Ingya Depths
212
L 20 Replace by:
N of a shoal (18 miles ESE), with a depth
of 25 m (8 ft) over it, thence:
N of a shoal (23 miles ESE), with a depth
of 44 m (14 ft) over it, and:
Sof a pair of 6 m(19 ft) patches (21 miles
E), thence:
Clear of a patch (22 miles ESE), with a
depth of 62 m (20 ft) over it, thence:
S of a shoal (23 miles E), with a depth of
45 m (14 ft) over it, thence:
Clear of a patch (26 miles ESE), with a
depth of 84 m (27 ft) over it.
Norwegian Notices 11/653/06 and 16/914/06
(SEP 000380655) [40/06]
North-east of Ingya Depths
214
L 32 Replace by:
W of Litlegrunnen (5 cables N); a rock,
with a depth of 90 m over it, lies 2 cables
W of Litlegrunnen on the E edge of the
white sector.
L 41 Replace by:
341-348
astern
W of Stein; a rock,with a depth of 53 m
over it, lies 3 cables WNW of Stein on
the W edge of the white sector. Thence:
E of a rock (9 cables S), with a depth of
54 m over it, lying 2 cables E of
Likholmgrunnan, thence:
R 10 Add: A rock, with a depth of 70 m over it, and a rock,
withadepthof 50 mover it, lie, respectively, 2 cables SE
and 2 cables SW of the SW point of Store Gasy.
(SDD 2006000 369581) [33/06]
Gjesvr Entrance channel and anchorage
Submarine cable
218
R6 After ...close SW. Insert: A submarine cable has been
laid through the harbour entrance channel, coming ashore
at Springneset (71061N 25228E), on the N side of the
anchorage (10.176).
R69 After ...holding ground Insert: , taking care to remain
clear of the submarine cable on the N side of the basin
(10.170).
(SDD 2008000 091903) [49/08]
North-west side of Magerya
Gjesvr Depths
219
L 6 Add:
Caution. There is a least depth of 09 min the approach to
the anchorages in Leirpollen and Vasslia.
(SDD 2006000 376424) [36/06]
Srysundet Approaches to Hammerfest
Obstruction
228
After L 69 Insert:
NE of an obstruction (70396N 23343E)
(16 miles WSW), thence:
(HH. 309/460/04) [13/05]
Index
NP58B
2 - 140
Myrfjorden Anchorage removed
231
R 47-51 Replace by:
Spare
11.116
(SDD 2007000 021062) [15/07]
Havysundet Havysund Light deleted
232
L 51-55 Including existing Supplement correction
Replace by:
Useful mark:
Light (70596N 24408E) exhibited from the head
of a former ferry jetty.
(SDD 2007000 021064) [15/07]
South side of Magerya Kobbholet Bridge
237
L 54 Add: Abridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, spans
the entrance to Kobbholet.
Norwegian Chart 103 (07/05)
(SDD 2006000 376425) [36/06]
Kvalya Forsl Sandbukta Anchorages
259
L 39-43 Delete
(SDD 2008000 091900) [49/08]
Revsbotn Litlefjorden Rottnes
Leading lights
260
R 32 For 1245 Read 126
(SDD 2009000 144325) [45/09]
North side of Magerya Lille Skarsvg
Depth
265
L 18 Add: There is a least depth of 60 m in this channel
1 cables SW of the NE entrance point of Lille Skarsvg.
(SDD 2006000 376425) [36/06]
Kamyfjorden South-west and west of
Stora Kamy Light sectors and depths
265
R 18 Including existing supplement amendment For
225-234 and 291-304 Read 223-234 and
289-302
R 22 Add: A patch, with a depth of 33 m over it, lies in the
SE approach, within the white sector (289-302) of
Kamyfjord Light, 5 cables from the light.
(SDD 2006000 398020) [49/06]
Kamyfjorden Kamyvr eastwards
Anchorage; submarine cable
265
R33 After mooring rings Insert: , noting the presence of a
submarine power cable which is laid 1 cable off, and
parallel to, the SW shore.
(SDD 2008000 076365) [40/08]
The head of Porsangen Kolvik Anchorage
273
R22-36 Replace by:
Spare
13.121
(SDD 2011000 121570) [30/11]
North-east side of Laksefjorden Kifjorden and
Eidsfjorden Anchorages
275
R55-57 Delete
276
L16-18 Delete
(SDD 2008000 021660) [19/08]
Northern part of Tanafjorden Finnkongkeila
Anchorage
285
L21-28 Replace by:
Description. Finnkongkeila, a narrow and deep
bay, i s entered by passi ng S of Ytre
Finnkongkeilnringen Light (7054N, 2830E). The
bay does not afford anchorage as a submarine cable
is laid within it.
Considerable seas are raised in the inlet by E
winds.
(SDD 2008000 021662) [19/08]
Northern part of Tanafjorden Hopsfjorden
Hopseidet Anchorage
286
R21-25 Delete
(SDD 2008000 021663) [19/08]
Index
NP58B
2 - 141
Btsfjorden Btsfjord - Anchorage
293
R 51-53 Delete
(SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12]
Makkaur to Vard Hamningberg Anchorage
295
Spare
14.78
(SDD 2008000 025281) [19/08]
Varangerfjorden Vadsya Light
302
L43 For 2744E Read 2944E
Kystverket Troms og Finnmark
(SDD 2009000 073131) [31/09]
Kirkenes Small craft anchorages
313
Spare
14.269
(SDD 2009000127787) [41/09]
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Canada Sable Island Directions; light
58
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 3 For East End Light Read East End
Light tower
59
Spare
2.24
Canadian Eastern Notice 607/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [29/12]
Larrys River Light
67
...and covers at HW, and by Ram Island. The small
settlement of Larrys...
(SDD 2009000 031547) [44/09]
Isaacs Harbour Directions; light
70
1 From a position abeam Country Harbour Head, the
track leads NNW to the harbour entrance passing,
(positioned from Bear Trap Head (4510N 6140W)):
(SDD 2009000 031546) [44/09]
Sambro Harbour
Directions to Anchorage Area; buoyage
93
2 WSW of Pennel Shoal (8 cables S), the most S
danger on the bank surrounding Sambro
Island. HS2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) is
moored 2 cables SSW. Thence:
WSW of Shag Rock (4 cables SW), marked
2 cables SSW by HS2/2 Light Buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
94
3 WSW of rocky patches (6 cables WSW) and
(9 cables WNW), marked respectively by HS4
and HS4/2 Light Buoys (starboard hand).
Thence:
4 ENE of Fairweather Rock (1 miles WNW) and
a bank extending 1 cables SSE from the
rock. HSE Light Buoy (E cardinal) is moored
2 cables SE of Fairweather Rock. And:
(SDD 2011000 216118) [50/11]
Saint John Harbour and approaches
Limiting conditions Deepest and
longest berths
173
1 Tankers. Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal (8.62);
Canaport LNG facility (8.62a).
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Index
NP59
2 - 142
Arrival information Anchorages
174
1 Designated anchorage areas A, B and D are
established within the port limits in the approach to
the harbour, as shown on the chart.
Anchorage A, in the SW approaches, centred on
45125N 66047W.
Anchorage B, adjoining the Sboundary of A, centred
on 45100N66070W. An obstruction has been
reported (1997) in approximate position
45105N 66056W.
Anchorage D, centred on 45091N 66017W.
2 Pilotage is compulsory in Anchorage A, and in the
N parts of Anchorages B and D.
Ships at anchor should remain in a state of
readiness to proceed or manoeuvre at short notice
and maintain continuous listening watch on VHF
Radio.
Caution. Herring purse seine fishing is carried out
in area A between 1st November and 1st of April
annually; care is necessary to avoid fouling nets.
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Arrival information Pilots and tugs
174
...chart. A pilot boarding position for tankers and
LNG carriers is located on a line bearing 295 from
position 450880N 660365W to position 450950N
660580W. The pilot vessel (black hull with white
band and...
Atlantic Pilotage Authority
(SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]
Harbour Canaport LNG facility
174
Canaport LNG jetty is located 6 cables NNE of
Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal SBM. For details
see 8.62a.
177
...conspicuous white oil and LNG storage tanks is...
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Berths Canaport LNG facility
180
After Paragraph 8.62 Add:
Canaport LNG facility
8.62a
1 Canaport LNG facility is located at the end of a
trestle which extends 300 m from the shore 2 cables
ENE of Mispec Point. The facility consists of an
unloading platform with four mooring dolphins on each
side. Three conspicuous LNG tanks have been
constructed to the NE of the unloading platform. A
flare tower is situated adjacent to the E most tank,
close to the shoreline.
2 The unloading platform and dolphins, linked by
catwalks, is 425 m in length overall. The unloading
platform itself has a length of 65 m, with a depth
alongside of 29 m. The mooring dolphins adjacent to
the platform are in line with it, giving an effective berth
length of 115 m. Lights (round masts 75 m in height)
are exhibited from these and the outermost dolphins.
Lesser depths of between 238 and 256 m are
reported to be in the vicinity of the mooring dolphins.
3 Sector lights have been established on Mispec
Point, Connoly Head and in the vicinity of Cape
Spencer for the sole purpose of aiding pilotage to and
from the facility. They are operated when needed for
berthing and unberthing.
Adverse weather may cause vessels to be required
to leave the berth and go to anchor.
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Cape Spencer to Martin Head
Directions; buoy
229
Paragraph 9.77 4 line 4 For Q Read KW
(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Solomon Islands Manning Strait Malaghara
Island Shoal Directions;
light beacon
125
6 Useful mark:
MalagharaIslandShoal Light Beacon (whitecolumn,
10 m in height) (7208S 158012E).
EU MIP Project, Solomon Islands
(SDD 2010000 000144) [04/10]
Index
NP60
2 - 143
Solomon Islands New Georgia Island
Hathorn Sound Lights
158
The track then continues SW to a position 2 miles
NNW of Tunguivili Point (21 miles SW), from where a
light (white column, 11 m in height) (8114S
157129E) (see Chart 1735) is exhibited, on the
alignment (190) of the leading lights for Hathorn
Sound (4.92).
159
Front light (white column, 9 m in height) (8153S
157114E).
Rear light (similar structure, 11 m in height) (200 m
from front light).
Nawae Construction Ltd
(SDD 2010000 000144) [12/10]
Papua New Guinea Bonvouloir Islands
East Island Charts; position
209
Paragraph 5.162 Chart heading For Aus Charts 382, 381
Read Aus Charts 509, 510, 512
Paragraph 5.165 2 lines 1-2 Delete reported To position
Australian Chart 512
(SDD 2009000 031590) [50/10]
Papua New Guinea Louisade Archipelago
Deboyne Lagoon Directions
211
211 - 212
2 From a position 105100S 1523100E the track
leads NW passing:
Clear of a patch (105086S 1523055E) lying in
the middle of the channel, with a depth of 96 m
(31 ft).
212
...is easily navigable with care.
..the NW extremity of Rara Island.
North-east side passage is 2 cables wide, passing
N of Passage Island (104755S 1522928E), 12 m
(40 ft) high; the edges of the reefs on either side are
irregular and the tidal streams strong.
...Nibub Islet 9 m (30 ft) high.
(8 ft)
Australian Notice 1229/23/10; Aus Chart 512
(SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]
Republic of Palau Tobi Island
Charts; position
440
(30013N 1310702E)
Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of
Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763
1 Description. Tobi Island (30013N 1310702E), is
covered with coconut palms and is fringed by...
BA Chart 763 [51/10]
Papua New Guinea Nuakata Passage
Directions; depth
235
(14 ft)
Australian Chart 628
(SDD2010000 199568) [50/10]
Papua New Guinea North Coast
Manam Island Directions; rock
324
After Paragraph 8.147 1 line 5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 06/09 Delete:
SW of a rock (4077S 145162E) which covers
and uncovers, thence:
(HH. 532/535/02) [03/11]
Papua New Guinea North-East coast
Lapar Point to Cape Concordia
Directions; light
334
2 Major light:
Oinake Light (white structure) (2364S
141001E).
(SDDs 2010000 100663; 106523) [29/10]
Index
NP60
2 - 144
Bismarck Archipelago New Britain Kimbe
Kulungi Roadstead Wreck
351
...the roadstead. A wreck, depth 20 m, lies about
1 mile N of Kimbe Wharf (5329S 150092E).
(HH. 532/525/04) [06/09]
Papua New Guinea Bismark Archipelago
New Britain Vitu Islands
Charts; position
354
Paragraph 9.119 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386,
387 Read Aus Charts 386, 387, 678
355
Paragraph 9.122 1 lines 3-4 Delete reported To position
Australian chart 678
(SDD 2010000 175837) [45/10]
Islands Positions
358
Read Aus Chart 386
1 Narage Island (43273S 1490669E) is a
conical-shaped island surrounded by a reef. The..
359
Paragraph 9.148 Chart heading For Aus Chart 576
(see 1.24) Read Aus Chart 391
1 Purdy Islands (25300S 1462000E) consisting of
Bat, Rat, Mouse and Mole Islands and Lalent Reef
are not permanently inhabited but are occasionally
visited. Bat Islands the W-most, consist of two flat
islands and an islet, covered with coconut palms and
encircled by reef.
368
Paragraph 9.210 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read
Aus Chart 392
1 Description. Ti ngwon Group (237 00S
1494000E) consists of Tingwon, Kolenusa and
Beligila, three wooded islands extending in a NE/SW
direction.
393
Read Aus Chart 392, 393, 462, 4622
NNE of Tench (Enus) Island (13885S
1504043E), the E-most of the Saint Matthias
group. Tench Island is wooded on its W side, with
reefs extending about 1 cables from its coasts
except at one place on the SWside where landing
may be effected near the village of Tench.
Thence:
Paragraph 10.54 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read
Aus Chart 392
1 Description. Emirau Island (13960S 1495740E)
is undulating and densely wooded; from NW it
appears saddle-shaped towards its N end and
flattened towards the S end. There are several
disused air strips, one of which is maintained for
domestic use, on the N side of the island, and a
coconut plantation on the SW end.
1 Description. Mussau Isl and (125 00S
1493700E) is the largest of Saint Matthias Group
and lies within an unsurveyed area. From W it
appears wedge-shaped, the steepest side of the
wedge being to the S.
Australian charts 386, 391 and 392
(HH. 060/200/01) [44/10]
Sae Islands Kaniet Islands and Manu Island
Charts; position
368
Chart 4622, Aus Charts 390, 462
369
SSW of Sae Islands (04546S 1451825E),
reported, in 1992, to lie 18 miles NE of their
charted position, as shown on chart Aus 462, but
shown in the correct position on chart Aus 390, ...
Aus Charts 390, 462
1 Kaniet Islands (05357S 1453241E), reported, in
1999, to lie 3 miles NE of their charted position, as
shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct
position on chart Aus 390, consist of five low, flat...
370
Aus Charts 390, 462
Index
NP60
2 - 145
371
1 Manu Island (11880S 1433480E), reported, in
1985, to lie 1 miles NW of its charted position, as
shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct
position on chart Aus 390, is wooded and fringed by a
reef.
Charts Aus 390, 462 [02/11]
Federated States of Micronesia
Caroline Islands Pingelap and Mokil Atolls
Positions; reference charts
418
(64100N 1594500E).
Paragraph 11.33 Delete:
Charts 761, 978 Plan of Pingelap Atoll
Paragraph 11.36 Delete:
Charts 761, 978 Plan of Mokil Atoll
(64100N 1594500E).
Admiralty Notice 07/646/12
(HH. 060/200/01) [09/12]
Micronesia Caroline Islands
Senyavin Islands Pohnpei Island
Marine farms
419
Marine Farms
11.40a
Marine farms around the island are marked by
buoys. Their positions are as follows:
Payao No 1, 6521N 158039E
Payao No 2, 7074N 158182E
Payao No 3, 7044N 158028E
Payao No 4, 6564N 158276E
Payao No 5, 6454N 158260E
Payao No 6, 6400N 158131E
Payao No 7, 6399N 158032E
420
Marine Farms. See 11.40a.
US Chart 81435
(SDD 2009000 002211) [31/09]
Micronesia Caroline Islands
Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island and
Satawal Island Charts; positions
424
Chart 762
...(54745N 1570970E) being the largest island
situated at the W end. The islands are inhabited.
...(54740N 1572050E), and Ngatik Island 10 miles
W and...
Paragraph 11.77 Chart heading Delete 909 plan of
Nukuoro Islands
1 Description. Nukuoro Atoll (35100N 1545635E),
consists of more than 40 islands situated for the...
432
Chart 762
1 Description. Satawal Isl and (723 20N
1470075E), is a...
(Admiralty Notices 49/10 Withdrawn Charts and
BA Chart 762) [01/11]
Republic of Palau Tobi Island
Charts; position
440
(30013N 1310702E)
Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of
Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763
1 Description. Tobi Island (30013N 1310702E), is
covered with coconut palms and is fringed by...
BA Chart 763 [51/10]
(2011 Edition)
Nouvelle-Caldonie Passe du Duroc
Directions; light beacons
104
Paragraph 3.85 Charts Add:
French Chart 6554
Paragraph 3.86 1 line 2 For Pointe Giboudot Read Pointe
de Gatope
NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (205985S
1643688E) marking the Npoint of Grand Recif
de Kon, thence:
NWof Le Grand Ronfleur (205954S1643745E),
marked by a light beacon (starboard hand),
thence:
Index
NP61
2 - 146
4 The track then continues to anchorages in Baie
Chasseloup (3.115) or to the entrance channel to
Anse Vavouto (3.114).
(Directions continue for the inshore passage NW
at 3.110, Anse de Vavouto at 3.114 and for
Bai Chasseloup at 3.115)
French Chart 6554-12
(SDD 2012000 210085) [46/12]
Nouvelle-Caldonie Anse Vavouto
Baie Chasseloup Directions; anchorages; port
108
French Chart 6554
Anse Vavouto
3.114
1 General information. Anse Vavouto (210000S
1643981E) is a port development serving local
nickel mines, lying SE of Baie Chasseloup (3.115).
2 Directions. (continued from 3.86). From a position
1 mi l es WSW of l e Gatope (2058 48S
1643864E) the track leads N to the entrance
channel to Anse Vavouto. The channel entrance is
marked by a light beacon (N cardinal) (205858S
1643772E), a light beacon (S cardinal) lies
13 cables NE.
3 Leading Lights. The alignment (1275) of the
following lights leads to the port area.
Front light (white upward pointing triangle on pylon)
(210014S 1644000E).
Middle light (red rectangle on red and white pylon)
(260 m from front).
Rear light (white downward pointing triangle on
pylon) (069 miles from front).
4 The dredged channel leads SE for 26 miles and is
marked by light beacons (lateral), passing:
Between an extensive area of reefs and dangerous
rocks lying on either side of the channel, SWof le
Gatope. Thence:
5 SW of Pointe Vincent (205932S 1643937E),
thence:
NE of an extensive area of drying reef (210020S
1643950E).
The channel then leads to a basin area. A jetty lies
on the SW side of Pointe de Vavouto.
6 Anchorage may be obtained in the following
positions:
V3 (Barge anchorage) - 205958S 1643964E in
4 m.
V4 - 205948S 1643860E in 11-14 m.
Baie Chasseloup
3.115
1 General information. Baie Chasseloup (205743S
1643940E), NW of Presqule de Gatope, is
protected from S by Grand Rcif de Kon and from W
by Grand Rcif de Gatope and Plateaux des
Massacres. It is well protected from winds from any
direction.
2 Directions (continued from 3.86). From a position
1 mi l es WSW of l e Gatope (2058 48S
16438 64E), the track l eads N towards the
anchorages, passing:
W of a light beacon (N cardinal) (205858S
1643772E) marking the NW entrance to the
buoyed channel to Anse Vavouto (3.114), thence:
W of Pointe de Gatope (205810S 1643887E)
(3.86).
The track then continues to the anchorages.
3 Useful mark:
Monument (white pyramid) (205798S
1643937E) stands on a hillock on the S side of
the bay.
4 Anchorage may be obtained in the bay in the
V1 - 205740S 1643900E in 4-6 m.
V2 - 205748S 1643759E in 13-18 m.
V5 - 205829S 1643703E in 12-39 m.
The beach SE of the monument may be used as a
landing place.
5 Facilities. Medical centre at Voh, an agricultural
and mining centre 4 km ENE.
(SDD 2012000 210085) [46/12]
Vanuatu - Anatom - Anelghowhat Bay
Beacons; leading lines
177
Front beacon (white triangular topmark, point up)
(201446S 1694693E).
Rear beacon (similar construction) (30 m from front
beacon).
Spare
6.42
..., on the alignment (060) with the front beacon
(6.42) 4 cables distant
New Zealand Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2012000 106271) [30/12]
Vanuatu Port-Vila Vertical clearances
184
Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 6-8 Including existing Section IV
An overhead power cable with a vertical clearance of
19 m, spans the entrance to Paray Bay (6.95), as
shown on the plan.
SHOM
(SDD 2012000 226968) [51/12]
Index
NP61
2 - 147
Fiji Islands Suva Wrecks
269
Read (180745S 1782543E)
Two wrecks, with depths of 28 m and 63 m, lie
close N and NW of a mooring buoy in position
180848S 1782479E.
Fiji Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2012000 207975) [47/12]
les Wallis - Approaches to Halalo and Mata Utu
Directions; buoyage; depths;
place name changes
367
Paragraph 11.46 1 line 7 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea
369
Paragraph 11.49 1 line 4 For le Fenua Fou Read le
Fenuafoou
Paragraph 11.51 1 line 4 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea
The alignment (0323) of these lights leads through
Passe Honikulu, in a least depth of 122 m,
passing:
2 ESE of beacons (port hand) (1323 34S
1761307W and 132320S 1761299W)
marking the reef on the NW side, and:
WNW of beacons (starboard hand) (132336S
1761294W and 132320S 1761286W)
marking the reef on the SE side, and on W end of
which lies le Fenuafoou.
3 This alignment leads very close to the beacon NW
of le Fenuafoou and, when passing through the
narrows, an adjustment of course may be needed to
keep in mid-channel.
Paragraph 11.52 1 lines 6-7 Delete:
...The recommended track is shown on the chart.
1 Leading beacons
Front light beacon (starboard hand, 4 m in height)
(132208S 1761070W).
Rear beacon (red and yellow, can topmark,
non-IALA) (7 cables from front light beacon).
The alignment (0648) of these beacons leads from
the inner end of Passe Honikulu, across Baie de Mua,
to Passe Faoa, passing:
2 SSE of Pointe Haofa (132281S 1761266W),
the SE extremity of Nukuatea (11.46), thence:
NNW of a drying reef (132302S 1761249W),
thence:
SSE of a 25 m patch (132280S 1761254W)
which can be distinguished by the green colour of
the water, thence:
3 SSE of a 39 m patch (132263S 1761231W),
thence:
NNW of a drying reef (132274S 1761203W).
Mariners may wish to consider giving a bias to the
N of the track into safer water until this reef is
passed.
SSE of Nuku Taaki Moa (132217S 1761193W),
which has the appearance of a boat under sail.
NNW of a 42 m shoal (132263S 1761082W). A
dangerous rock lies close N.
1 The track then leads NE through Passe Faoa,
passing:
SE of a light beacon (port hand) (132207S
1761090W) marking the edge of the reef on the
NW side of the channel, and:
NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (132208S
1761070W) marking the edge of the reef
extending W from Pointe Fakaafu at the N end of
le Faoa (11.53).
2 From a position close SE of a light beacon (port
hand) (132175S 1761052W), the track continues
NE, passing:
NW a light beacon (starboard hand) (132126S
1760988W) marking the inner edge of the
barrier reef on the SEside of the channel. Thence:
3 SE of a light beacon (E cardinal) (132076S
1760970W) marking a drying reef.
NW of a beacon (starboard hand) (132091S
1760947W) marking the inner edge of the
barrier reef on the SE side of the channel.
370
1 From a position about 1 miles E of Pointe
Matalaa (132050S 1761053W), the line of bearing
(3405) of Mata Utu Cathedral, leads towards
Mouillage de Mata Utu, passing:
ENE of a light beacon (port hand) (131996S
1760975W), thence:
2 Between a light beacon (port hand) (131895S
1760975W) and a Light Beacon (starboard
hand) (131880S 1760964W).
Useful mark:
White monument standing on the coast, 2 cables
SSW of Pointe Tepako (131602S
1760976W).
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baie de Mua
(132270S 1761144W) in 40 m, sand and coral,
with Nuku Taaki Moa (11.53) bearing 342. However
this anchorage is inconveniently far from the shore.
Spare
11.57
Index
NP61
2 - 148
2 Directions. The channel from Passe Honikulu to
Hal al o l eads through Canal du Nord Ouest
(132300S 1761300W) rounding Pointe Paagogo,
the SW extremity of Nukuatea. The reefs on each
side of the passage are marked by beacons, are
steep-to and easily seen. From the N end of Canal du
Nord-Ouest, the track leads NW for 2 miles, passing:
SW of Pointe Puko (132227S 1761322W),
thence:
NE of a 49 m patch (132247S 1761364W),
thence:
NE of a reef (132221S 1761384W), which dries
at 03 m, thence:
SWof Nukutapu (132182S 1761347W), thence:
SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (132176S
1761373W) which marks a 06 m drying reef.
NE of a 42 m patch (132182S 1761416W).
SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (132100S
1761400W).
The track then continues NW until the alignment of
the leading marks is reached.
Paragraph 11.60 5 line 3 For statue Read church
(SDD 2012000 098561) [35/12]
(2010 Edition)
Pitcairn Islands National limits
17
Paragraph 1.120 1 line 1 For 12 mile Read 3 mile.
NP247(1) Annual Notice 12/10
(HH. 062/200/01) [33/10]
les Gambier Port de Rikitea Directions
122
4 The track then alters NW into the inner bay area of
Port de Rikitea passing:
Between the beacons (port and starboard hand)
(230714S 1345778W), thence:
SW of the beacon (starboard hand) standing on a
detached reef (230744S1345780W), thence:
NW of a beacon (port hand) (230709S
1345795W), thence;
SW of the beacon (S cardinal) standing on an
unnamed detached reef (230693S
1345788W).
French Chart 6418 [03/12]
Tahiti Passe de Taapuna Directions
163-164
2 Passe de Taapuna to Lagon de Punaauia. From
a position W of Passe de Taapuna (173610S
1493760W) the track leads E, through the entrance,
following a buoyed channel, passing:
164
3 Close N of patches, depths 46 m (173614S
14937 38W) and 1 6 m (1736 12S
1493724W), over which a moderate swell
may cause even boats to ground.
The track then leads NE to a position SE of a light
beacon (E cardinal) (173580S 1493685W) which
marks the E extremity of Rcif Tepuahono at the
entrance to Lagon de Punaauia.
1 Lagon de Punaauia to Chenal de Faaa. Mariners
using this channel must be aware of the possibility of
confusing the lighted beacons and buoys with those of
the adjacent airport and navigate with caution.
2 From a position at the entrance to Lagon de
Punaauia, the track leads NNW following the buoyed
channel, passing:
ENE of the inner edge of Rcif Tepuahono, marked
by a light beacon (173571S 1493685W),
thence:
SSW of a light beacon (173529S 1493700W),
marking a detached reef.
Thence the track leads generally N for 1 miles to a
posi ti on 2 cabl es W of Toa Mao (1734 00S
1493730W), a reef island which divides the channel
into two. The use of the E channel is prohibited
(6.92).
3 Useful mark:
Tower (173415S 1493766W). Charted as an
aero light beacon on chart 1382.
French NM 09/25-P-03; ENC FR674601
(SDD 2009000 049391) [20/12]
Polynsie Franaise Moorea
Baie de Cook Charts; directions;
leading lights
184
Chart 1436 Baie de Cook and Baie dOpunohu
(Undetermined), ENC FR566570 (See 1.22)
Front light (white pylon, 8 m in height) (172936S
1494906W).
Rear light (similar construction, 10 m in height)
(190 m from front light).
3 From a position about 3 miles NNW of Passe
Avaroa, the alignment (1497) of these lights which
are synchronised, leads SSE through the pass,
passing:
Index
NP62
2 - 149
Between the light buoys (lateral) (172858S
1494949W and 172863S 1494957W)
which mark the entrance, thence:
4 WSW of No 4 Li ght Buoy (1728 65S
1494946W) which marks the NW edge of a
26 m shoal, lying close to the reef on the E
side of the pass, thence:
5 ENE of No 3 Li ght Buoy (1728 94S
1494940W) marking the inner end of the
pass on the W side; two beacons standing
close W mark the edges of the reef awash,
and Toatane, a group of remarkable looking
stones lie on the barrier reef 2 cables
WNW. Thence:
WSW of a beacon (port hand) (172889S
1494910W) marking the inner end of the pass
on the E side and the N side of the entrance to a
boat passage (6.246).
French Notice 7/52/11 and French Notice 6/KB2008/11
(SDD 2011000 033391, SDD 2011000 031533) [13/11]
Republic of Kiribati Southern Line Group
Vostock Island Charts; position
238
Paragraph 9.16 Chart heading Add:4653, 4654
Caution. Vostock Island was reported (1985) to lie
4 miles ENE from its charted position.
BA Chart 979 [50/10]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Navigational dangers and hazards Terrorism
2
Terrorism
1.10a
1 In a Maritime Advisory (MARAD) issued by the US
Mari ti me Admi ni strati on i n November 2010,
Government and industry sources have confirmed that
the claim by a terrorist group of an attack on a tanker
transiting Strait of Hormuz in July 2010, is valid. The
group remains active and can conduct further attacks
on vessels in areas in the Strait of Hormuz, southern
Persian Gulf and western Gulf of Oman.
2 It is recommended that all vessels transiting the
above waters exercise increased vigilance and
caution, particularly during night, with increased
monitoring of small craft activity.
MARLO, Bahrain
(SDD 2010000 195794) [09/11]
United Arab Emirates Fujairah
Pilotage; prohibited area; directions;
Vopak ENOC Tanker Terminal
87
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
The pilot boards in position 250880N 562400E, for
all Port of Fujairah Berths, Oil Terminals 1 and 2,
VHFL Terminal and SPMs.
Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys
(special) in which navigation is prohibited, lies centred
in approximately 251378N 562436E where works
are in progress (2011) to lay submarine pipelines and
three SPMs.
88
1 See 3.177. From the vicinity of 250850N
563000E the track leads 5 miles W in the
designated approach channel to the pilot boarding
position, 2 miles SE of the port entrance. The
harbour is entered between the heads of the N and S
breakwaters from where lights (lateral) (white bands,
4 m high) are exhibited.
Paragraph 3.190 section heading Replace by:
VOPAK HORIZON FUJAIRAH LIMITED
(VHFL) TERMINAL
Paragraph 3.190 1 line 1 including Title For Vopak ENOC
Tanker Terminal Read Vopak Horizon Fujairah Limited
(VHFL) Terminal
Paragraph 3.193 1 line 1 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL
89
Paragraph 3.197 1 lines 2-3 For Vopak ENOC Tanker
Read VHFL
90
Paragraph 3.210 2 line 9 Delete ; see NO TAG
Fujairah Notices to Mariners 145, 147 and 148
(SDDs 2011000 104901; 110084;
112207; 112220) [31/11]
Western approaches to Khrn Strait
Directions Light buoy
124
...N end, marked by a light buoy (W Cardinal),
thence:
Iranian Notice No 5/2010
(SDD 2010000 217505) [09/11]
Index
NP63
2 - 150
Iran Bshehr to Ras-e Barkan
Bahregan Oil Terminalwreck
148
2 Dangerous wreck. A dangerous wreck (reported
2011), marked by two unlit buoys (non - IALA), lies
about 1 mile SW of Berth No 2 in position 294250N
500930E.
Master, MT Grand Sea
(SDD 2011000 081944) [21/11]
Dubai and Jebel Ali Arrival information
Outer anchorages
168
1 The approved anchorages off Dubai are bounded
by the following coordinates:
Coordinates Description
A 251900N 550100E
251900N 550500E
252200N 550100E
252200N 540500E
Port Rashid cargo
berth, Dry Dock
and short term
anchorage.
B 252200N 550100E
252200N 540500E
252500N 550100E
252500N 550500E
Long term
anchorage.
C 252500N 550100E
252500N 550500E
252700N 550100E
252700N 550500E
Anchorage for
vessels awaiting
STS and
bunkering
operations.
D 253000N 545300E
253000N 545800E
253300N 545300E
253300N 555800E
Anchorage for
vessels engaged
in STS and
bunkering
operations.
There is no protection from the shaml in this area which
usually blows from WNW with little warning.
2 Anchorages A and off Jebel Ali (7.196) may be
used for a maximum period of five days with prior
permission from the respective Harbour Masters. The
use of anchorages B, C and D is subject to
authorization from DMCA (Dubai Maritime City
Authority).
Any vessel anchoring outside these anchorages within
Dubais EEZwithout authorizationfromDMCAwill beliable
to prosecution.
174
See 7.130.
Dubai Maritime City Authority
(SDD 2011000 201119) [47/11]
Dubai to Abu Dhabi Directions;
Khalifa Port
171
NW of Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(245520N 543560E), thence;
176
KHALIFA PORT
General information
Chart 3752, Khalifa Port and Approaches
Position
7.212a
1 Khalifa Port (Mn Khalfa) (244900N 544000E)
is an island port connected to the coast between
Khawr Ghurab (244891N 544250E) and Ras
anjrah (244440N 543850E) by a causeway and
trestle bridge. The port lies about 24 miles WSW of
Jebel Ali (7.182).
Function
7.212b
1 The function of the port is to accommodate traffic
bound for Mn Zyid, when it closes in 2012 as well
as facilitate exports from and imports for Khalifa
Industrial Zone (KIZAD) which is being developed
along the adjacent coast and hinterland.
Topography
7.212c
1 See 7.215.
Port limits
7.212d
1 The port limits are shown on the chart and include
all the waters up to the anchorage area.
Approach and entry
7.212e
1 The Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(245520N 543560E) may be approached from
WNW through N to NNE. The port is entered through
a buoyed channel.
Port Authority
7.212f
1 Abu Dhabi Terminals, PO Box 422, Abu Dhabi,
United Arab Emirates.
Internet: www.adpc.ae
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
7.212g
1 The entrance channel, width 250 m, has been
dredged to 163 m (2010) and the harbour basin to
158 m (2010). Vessels approaching from the outer
pilot boarding station, positioned in the anchorage
area, should note depths shoaler than 15 m exist
between the outer and inner pilot boarding stations.
Index
NP63
2 - 151
Tidal levels
7.212h
1 Mean spring range about 13 m; mean neap range
about 04 m; see Admiralty Tide Tables Vol 3.
Arrival information
Port radio
7.212i
1 Khalifa Port Control Station controls operations for
the port.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Notice of ETA required
7.212j
1 Vessels requiring a pilot should send ETA and
maximum draught at least 12 hours prior to arrival to
Khalifa Port Control Station and a confirmation no
later than 4 hours prior to arrival.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Outer anchorage
7.212k
1 The anchorage area, centred about 250170N
543720E with a minimum depth of 161 m, lies
adjacent to the N boundary of Khalifa Port Limit.
Submarine cables
7.212l
1 Submarine cables are laid N and S of the
anchorage area; a submarine cable traverses the
approach channel close NW of the breakwater head.
Pilotage
7.212m
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of LOA 100 m
and above, vessels of LOA 60 m and above carrying
hazardous cargo in bulk and passenger vessels of
LOA 24 m and above carryi ng more than 12
passengers.
Pilot boards in the following positions:
Outer: 250200N 543900E
Inner: 245620N 543561E
Pilot boarding arrangements will be confirmed by
Khalifa Port Control. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
Regulations concerning entry
7.212n
1 Due to works in progress at Khalifa Port main
berth, entry into Khalifa Port limits and anchorage
areas is prohibited except for vessels calling at EMAL
berth (7.212s) and those vessels used by construction
companies subject to the Harbour Masters approval.
Harbour
General layout
7.212o
1 The harbour consists of a large basin, 800 m in
width, protected by breakwaters. Quayage, 3200 m in
length, fronts the N breakwater, joined on its SW side
to the shore by a causeway. The EMAL (Emirates
Aluminium) Jetty, connected to the shore by a trestle
bridge, lies on the S breakwater.
Future development
7.212p
1 Reclamation works, marked by light buoys (lateral),
are in progress (2011) within the harbour, as shown
on the chart. Khalifa Port is to develop further offshore
in five phases to 2030, to become one of the largest
ports in the world. The first phase is expected to
complete by September 2012.
7.212q
1 Racon:
Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (245520N
543560E).
Entry
7.212r
1 From the outer pilot boarding station (250200N
543900E) the track leads SSW for about 6 miles to
the inner pilot boarding station thence S for 1 mile to
the fairway light buoy. From the fairway light buoy the
track leads SE for 7 miles through a buoyed (lateral)
and dredged channel to the harbour.
1 Useful marks:
Tower (244819N 544243E)
Numerous chimneys (244611N 544130E)
Basin and berth
7.212s
1 EMAL berth. Emirates Aluminium (EMAL) has a
dedicated berth on the S side of the basin for
reception of alumina, which is transported by conveyor
to the silos adjacent to the smelter. The berth, 800 m
in length, can accommodate two 60,000 dwt vessels.
Abu Dhabi Ports Company
(SDD 2011000 044257) [21/11]
Jazrat Ds Terminals Arrival information
Anchorage
183
Paragraph 7.275 1 lines 8-9 Delete:
An optional to the island.
Capt M. Elharidy, PPA, Abu Dhabi
(SDD 2011000 044382) [13/11]
Abu Dhabi to Jabal A annah including
offshore oilfields and terminals
Jazrat Ds Terminals Pilotage
183
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels; vessels
arriving from N using the Jazrat Ds Deep Water
Channel (7.270) or from S using Zaqqm Channel
TSS (7.286) are boarded in position 251000N
525600E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Das Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 074230) [21/11]
Index
NP63
2 - 152
Al Shaheen Oil Terminal FSOs
207
Paragraph 7.473 1 line 5 For Knock Nevis Read Asia.
Paragraph 7.473 1 line 7 For Astro Canopus Read
Maran Canopus.
2 Port Authority. Maersk Oil Qatar AS, Al Jazi
Tower, Asia Street 950, Zone 60, West Bay, PO Box
22050, Doha, Qatar.
E-mail: DOH-Shaheen@maerskoil.com
208
Maersk Oil, Qatar
(SDD 2010000 204902) [09/11]
Al Rayyan Oil Terminal FSU
208
Paragraph 7.474 1 line 3 For Pacific Jewel Read Falcon
Spirit.
(SDD 2010000 219380) [09/11]
Qatar Ras Laffn Pilotage
209
...in position 255600N 514300E for the North Channel
and in position 255400N 514300E for the South
Channel. The...
Harbour Master, Ras Laffn
(SDD 2010000 186068) [23/11]
Bahrain Mn Salmn Tidal streams
221
In 2011 HMS Echo reported that continuous
development and reclamation have affected tidal
streams in the entrance to Khawr al Qulayah and
made the current predictions inaccurate. Local
authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
HMS Echo
(SDD 2011000 192210) [44/11]
Approaches to Ras Tannrah and
Ras al Juaymah Hazard Pipe
225
Paragraph 8.100 heading Replace by: Hazards
1 Crossing traffic. All mariners should be aware that
when using Main...
2 Pipe. A conductor pipe (lit), 15 m in height,
stabilized by 8 anchors, stands in the approaches to
Ras Tannrah and Ras al Juaymah in position
271680N 510295E. Mariners are rquested to give
it a wide berth of at least 1 miles and avoid
anchoring in the vicinity. The pipe is reported (2010)
to be radar conspicuous at a range of 5 miles.
Clear of a lit platform (271591N 512307E)
position approximate, reported 2008, and clear of
a pipe (lit) (271680N 510295E). Thence:
MV SP5 Eric.G.Gibson; Iranian Notice No 4/2010
(SDD 2010000 199595; 208452) [09/11]
Saudi Arabia Ad Dammm
Outer anchorages; depth
232
Caution. In October 2012 an estimated depth of
1185 m was reported in the Inner Holding Anchorage
Area 5 cables NW of D15 Light Buoy (263179N
501159E).
MV NYK Atlas
(SDD 2012000 222913) [48/12]
Saudi Arabia Jubail to Ras as Saffnyah
Ras al Khair Port
241
Ras al Khair Port
Chart 3775 and plan of Ras al Khair Port
General information
8.277a
2 Position and function. Port of Ras al Khair
(273335N 491173E) serves more than eighty
industrial projects in the region. The principal exports
are refined products and minerals including phosphate,
low density bauxite, magnesium and carbonate.
Topography. See 8.278.
3 Approach and entry. The port is approached from
E and entered through a 13 mile long buoyed channel
with a navigable width of 175 m.
Port authority. Saudi Seaports Authority.
Website. www.ports.gov.sa
Limiting conditions
8.277b
1 Controlling depth. The approach channel and
outer harbour have been dredged to 162 m (2010).
Deepest and longest berth. Berth No 3 (8.277f).
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3.
Maximum size of vessel handled. The port can
handle vessels with a maximum draught of 1350 m at
any time or vessels with a maximum draught of
1425 m during HW.
Index
NP63
2 - 153
Arrival information
8.277c
1 Outer anchorage. Four designated berths, each
with a radius of 1000 m; SA1 (274206N 492658E)
with a depth of 25 m is the W-most. The outer extent
of the anchorage is marked by four light buoys
(special).
Unsurveyed area. Fasht Al Kashsh (273000N
493000E), a large unsurveyed area with numerous
reefs and drying banks, marked by a light beacon
(273228N 493345E) lies S of the anchorage.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in 274338N
492445E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Regulations concerning entry. Deep draught
vessels must remain in the centre of the channel.
Spoil ground. A spoil ground lies centred in
273494N 491978E.
Harbour
8.277d
1 General layout. The harbour, open E, contains a
basin, the NE part of which has been dredged (2010)
to 162 m. The SE part, dredged (2010) to 150 m,
contains three berths. A service jetty extends 121 m N
from the S part of the E half of the basin.
Development. Works are in progress (2011), in the
W part of the basin, to construct additional berths;
reclamation is also under way (2011), in both sides of
the basin, as shown on the plan.
Directions
8.277e
1 Landmark:
Refinery (273214N 491162E), situated about
1 mile S of the basin.
Major lights:
Al Frisyah Light (275953N 501037E) (2.22).
Racons:
Al Frisyah (275953N 501037E).
TE 1 Light Beacon (274525N 492435E).
2 Approach. From a position S of Al Frisyah
(275953N 501037E) (2.26) the track leads WSW
for about 45 miles to the entrance of the dredged
channel, passing:
NNW of Al Arabyah (274663N 501047E) from
which a light is exhibited (2.22), thence:
NNW of Middle Shoal (274950N 495650E); a
light buoy (isolated danger) is moored close E of
the shoal; further shoal soundings have been
reported (1982) to lie SW. Thence:
3 NNW of Jazrat Karn (274318N 494956E),
a low islet covered in brushwood; a light
(metal tripod) is exhibited from the islet.
Jazrat Kurayn, a low sandy islet (273895N
494926E), lies 4 miles S; a light (metal
tripod) is also exhibited from the islet. Thence:
SSE of Jazrat arq (275615N 494086E)
(8.291), thence:
SSE of a detached shoal area (275003N
493647E), least depth 49 m, thence:
4 Between RAZ 1 (274332N 492510E) and
RAZ 2 Light Buoys (lateral), thence:
SSE of TE 1 Light Beacon (274525N 492435E)
and clear of a shoal, least depth 66 m, lying
2miles S of the beacon, thence:
Between RAZ 3 (274268N492419E) and RAZ 4
Light Buoys, thence:
Between RAZ 5 (274268N492419E) and RAZ 6
Light Buoys which mark the entrance to the
dredged channel.
5 Leading lights.
Front light (15 min height) (273324N 491116E).
Rear light (29 m in height) (450 m from front).
The alignment (231) of the above lights leads for
about 13 miles through the centre of the dredged
channel to the turning circle.
Useful marks.
Light Beacon (274293N 492134E), standing on
adryingpatchabout 2 miles NWof theentranceto
the channel.
Berths
8.277f
1 There are three berths in-line with a total length of
783 m, on the E side of the basin; Berth No 3 is the
longest with an assigned length of 274 m and depth
alongside of 140 m. Berth No 4 is a service jetty with
a depth alongside of 60 m.
Saudi Ports Authority
(SDDs 2011000 034116/155564) [51/11]
Iraq Khawr al Kafka and Al Barah (Al Bakr)
Oil Terminal Directions; depth
274
After Paragraph 9.87.4 line 7 Insert:
5 WSW of an obstruction (294053N 484992E),
depth 110 m, thence:
Offshore Superintendent, MUSC
(SDD 2011000 052973) [16/11]
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2012 Edition)
Gulf of Masirah Ad Duqm Port Limiting
conditions; arrival information; anchorages;
pilotage; directions
337
Arrival information
13.99a
1 Notice of ETA required, 48, 24, 12 and 6 hours in
advance via email to pilot@portduqm.com and update
by VHF 2 hours in advance. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 for more information.
Outer anchorage berths are allocated by the port
authority according to size, draught, type of vessel
and nature of cargo.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt and
is available on a 24 hour basis. Pilot boards vessels
with a draught of more than 84 m in the vicinity of
Fai rway Li ght Buoy (safe water) (1942 70N
574890E). Vessels with a lesser draught are
boarded 15 miles ENE of the breakwater in position
194225N 574530E. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 for more information.
Index
NP64
2 - 154
2 Approach Deep draught route. Gulf of Masirah is
inhabited by the endangered humpback whale. All
mariners should keep a sharp lookout to prevent
collision and restrict noise. For mitigation purposes all
vessels bound for or from Ad Duqm Port should use
the charted deep draught route which has a minimum
depth of 19 m LAT.
338
3 Entry. A channel marked by light buoys (lateral)
and dredged to 11.0 m (2012) leads generally W and
SSW for about 6 miles to the harbour entrance.
Oman Notice 06/2012
(SDD 2012000 134456) [40/12]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2012 Edition)
les de la Madeleine La Passe depth
120
(SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12]
Trois-Rivires vertical clearance
178
(SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12]
Approach to Chedabucto Bay
Directions; Light
228
Paragraph 12.14 1 line 1 For Useful Marks Read Useful
Mark
Paragraph 12.18 1 line 5 For Useful Marks Read Useful
Mark
Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
Outer Pilot Position to Eddy Point
Directions; Light
229
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
Baie de Chaleurs Directions; Light
295
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
NP66 West Coast of ScotlandPilot (2011 Edition)
Firth of Clyde Upper Part Pilotage
77
A pilot boarding area and a military pilot boarding
area are positioned 3 and 7 cables NW of Kempock
Point (555778N 44906W) respectively.
HMNB Clyde
(SDD 2012000 145310) [35/12]
Firth of Clyde Dunoon Berth
87
Paragraph 2.217 4 line 4 After berth, Insert Dunoon Pier,
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2012000 176068) [38/12]
Mull of Kintyre Machrihanish Bay
Directions; depth
136
4 W of a shoal (552569N 54604W), with a depth
of 71 m, which lies close W of Skerrivore (552575N
54545W). Skerrivore is a...
...and the 71 mshoal which lies close W, but passes inside
Skerrinagal. Mull of Kintyre Light is...
MV Pole Star
(SDD 2012000 223584; 223860) [47/12]
Islay Port Ellen Directions
140
Index
NP66
2 - 155
Thence as required for berthing. Vessels should
refrain from anchoring in the approaches to the ferry
terminal and maintain a clear approach for RoRo
ferries and other large vessels.
Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited
Notice 44/12
(SDD 2012000 162083) [35/12]
Islay Port Ellen Directions
140
...with a depth of 37 m marked by a light buoy (E
cardinal) moored close E, thence:
Notice 59/12
(SDD 2012000 207132) [44/12]
Sound of Jura North Part Risa an t-Sruith
Position
152
(560790N 53870W)
154
(560790N 53870W)
158
(560790N 53870W)
(560790N 53870W)
(560790N 53870W)
(560790N 53870W)
160
(560790N 53870W)
(560790N 53870W)
UKHO
(Chart 2343) [31/12]
Sound of Luing and North Approach
Directions; buoy
163
Paragraph 3.211 3 line 3 For (port hand) Read (E cardinal)
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 15/12
(SDD 2012000 149891) [33/12]
Scotland West Coast Kerrera Sound
Directions; light
184
...extending SWof Heather Island (562447N53019W)
from which a light is exhibited.
185
Heather Island Light (562441N 53024W).
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2011000 213023) [04/12]
Scotland West coast Lynn of Lorn
Directions; light beacon
193
Paragraph 4.136 5 lines 3-4 For black metal framework
tower, red band, Read metal framework structure on white
column,
(SDD 2012000 085533) [20/12]
Loch Linnhe Corpach Directions;
position; depths; berths
207
Paragraph 4.231 1 line 8 For Scottish Pulp and Paper Mills
Read Timber Pier (565046N 50811W)
208
Eof a drying reef (565000N50714W), extending
cable E from Rubha Dearg (565004N
50722W), the E point of a grassy islet lying
cable E of, and connected to the mainland by a
narrow tongue of sand and gravel.
209
Paragraph 4.242 1 line 6 For Scottish Pulp and Paper Mills
Read Timber Pier
Paragraph 4.245 4 lines 4-5 For Boyd Brothers Berth Read
Timber Pier
Read (565004N 50722W)
Index
NP66
2 - 156
Alongside berths. New Wharf (5650 38N
50792W extends E from Eilean nan Craobh which is
connected to the mainland by a causeway. The berth
has a depth alongside of 89 m, is about 60 m in
length and its effective berthing length is extended by
dolphins to the N and S.
Paragraph 4.247 2 line 1 For Boyd Brothers Jetty Read
Timber Pier
210
(565004N 50722W)
BA Chart 2372 (5th Edition) [50/12]
Fort William and Corpach
Directions; buoy; depth
207
Paragraph 4.233 1 line 4 For 55 mRead 27m(565028N
50704W)
209
Clear of a shoal bank (565028N 50704W) with
depth 27 m which is marked by a light buoy
moored close SE.
Northern Lighthouse Board and BA Chart 2372
(SDD 2012000 193390; 207029) [46/12]
Loch Linnhe Northern part Directions; buoy
208
WNW of a Light Buoy (starboard hand) (564923N
50714W) which marks a commercial dive site
situated close WNW of Underwater Centre Ltd
pierhead (564922N 50686W) (4.241),
thence:
(SDD 2012000 174686) [38/12]
Loch Boisdale Directions; light
296-297
...WNW through the channel N of Gasay in the narrow
white sector (292-293) of Loch Boisdale Ferry Terminal
Directional Light (570919N 71824W), passing:
3 NNE of an obstruction (570887N 71693W),
position approximate, which lies within the red
sector of Gasay Light (5.351), thence:
SSW of Loch Boisdale North Side Light (metal post,
2 m in height) (570898N 71704W), thence:
4 NNE of Gasay Rock (570890N 71716W)
which, when covered in calm weather, cannot
be detected owing to the brownish water and
seaweed which covers it. The rock lies within
the red sector of Gasay Light (5.351). Thence:
NNE of a bank (570898N 71732W) with a depth
of 38 m, which fronts Gasay Light (3.351),
thence:
5 SSW of two isolated shoal patches (570905N
71749W and 570907N 71760W), with
depths of 38 m.
Thence the track leads as required for berthing at
the pier, passing:
6 SSW of Sgeir Rock (570916N 71770W)
marked off its S side by Sgeir Rock Light
Buoy (starboard hand).
NNE of the bank (570904N 71770W), with
depths of less than 5 m, which extends from the
NW end of Gasay to the RoRo terminal, and:
SSWof a shoal bank (570918N71788W), with a
depth of 15 m.
7 Useful marks:
Eilean Dubh Light (black column, 2 m in height)
(570909N 71811W).
Hotel (570920N 71821W), a two-storeyed stone
building with gables facing the harbour.
(SDD 2012000 243254) [51/12]
The Little Minch Loch Maddy
Directions; light
336
Paragraph 6.226 7 line 4 Delete reported in 2011 as
unreliable,
(SDD 2012000 045711) [13/12]
Sound of Raasay to Rubha Ridh
Directions; shoal
365
E of a shoal bank (574070N 60720W), with a
366
(574070N 60720W)
BA Chart 2210 [49/12]
Index
NP67
2 - 157
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Portugal Vila do Conde Bar
135
2 Depths in the river are about 2 m but are subject
to frequent change. The bar is restricted for navigation
as it is silted up; all vessels using this bar are
requested to do so only in the period three hours
either side of high water.
Portuguese Notice 351/11
(SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12]
Portugal West coast Porto de Aveiro
Leading line
146
Paragraph 5.114 1 line 2 For 065.6 Read 063.1
Portuguese Notice 10/325/12
(SDD 2012000 221779) [51/12]
Portugal Foz do Arelho Buoy
151
Portuguese Notice 348/11
(SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12]
Spain South West Coast Puerto de Cdiz
Berth
213
...de Levante. Cdiz...
214
Paragraph 6.213 1 lines 8-11 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 27/12 Delete
215
Spare
6.218
(SDD 2012000 134548) [33/12]
Morocco Baie de Tanger Light buoy
228
... lying 5 cables N of Pointe Malabata. Pointe ...
(SDD 2012000 084426) [20/12]
Portugal Arquiplago dos Aores
Princesse Alice Bank Depth
255
...A shoal depth 54 m has been reported (2011) at
373770N 315120W.
Portuguese chart 43101
(SDD2011000199976) [11/12]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Casco Bay and Portland Harbor
Recommended routes
99
Recommended routes
3.131a
1 Recommended two-way routes have been
established through Hussey Sound (3.162) to Cousins
Island (3.166), Broad Sound (3.137) to the berth
(3.143) at Harpswell Neck, and the approaches to
Portland Harbor. Deep-draught vessels, tugs and
barges are requested to follow the designated routes.
2 The routes were designed to reduce the potential
for conflict with pleasure craft, fishing gear and other
small craft, and to reduce the potential for grounding
or collision. Vessels are responsible for their own
safety and are not required to remain inside the
routes nor are fishermen required to keep fishing gear
outside the routes. Other vessels, while not excluded
from these routes, should exercise caution in and
around these areas and should monitor VHF channels
for information concerning deep-draught commercial
vessels, tugs and barges transiting these routes.
103
Recommended route
3.173a
1 See 3.131a.
US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3
(HH 078/550/11) [37/10]
Portland Harbor Pilotage
103
1 See 3.201.
Index
NP68
2 - 158
106
Pilots embark within a 2 mile radius of P Light Buoy
(4332N...
(HH 078/550/11) [37/10]
Massachusetts Bay Gloucester Harbor
Pilotage
122
...board 2 miles SSE of the harbour entrance.
US Coast Pilot 1 42nd Edition 2012
(SDD 2012000 060707) [27/12]
Salem Sound and adjacent waters
125
US Notice 51/13267/09
(SDD 2009000 189337) [10/10]
Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals
Directions; ODAS buoy
145
US Notice 32/13203/10
(SDD 2010000 124632) [35/10]
Vineyard Sound South-west approaches
Directions; wreck
155
(5.102).
US Chart 13218
(SDD 2009000 179678) [10/10]
Nantucket Sound Woods Hole
Great Harbor Directions; light
157
...hand), the line of bearing (344) of Great Harbor
Directional Light (413165N 704055W) leads NNW ...
US Notice 43/13235/11
(SDD 2011000 192820) [44/11]
Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches
Woods Hole Directions; buoy
157
WSW of Great Ledge (3 cables S), marked by No 4
Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
US Notice 50/13235/09
(SDD 2009000 185313) [10/10]
New Bedford Regulated navigation area
165
Regulated navigation area. A regulated navigation
area has been established close S of the hurricane
barrier (5.187).
For definition and general regulations concerning
regulated navigation areas see Appendix V.
252
After Paragraph 165.122 line 2 Insert:
165.125 Regulated navigation area; EPA Superfund
Site, New Bedford Harbor, Massachusetts.
US Notice 38/13232/11
(SDD 2011000 170299) [41/11]
Narragansett Bay Old Harbor
Limiting conditions Depths
168
1 Project depths in the entrance channel, basin and
inner harbour anchorage area are 46 m (15 ft).
(SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]
Great Salt Pond Limiting conditions Depths
182
1 Project depth in the entrance channel is 55 m
(18 ft).
(SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]
Long Island Sound Plum Gut
Dangerous wreck
187
US Notice 10/12358/10
(SDD 2010000 035239) [12/10]
Index
NP68
2 - 159
Bridgeport Harbor Vertical clearance
194
(60 ft)
US Notice 32/12369/11
(SDD 2011000 143892) [35/11]
Port Chester Harbor Depths
202
1 Project depths are 37 m (12 ft) in the anchorage
area and entrance channel, thence 30 m (10 ft) to the
turning basin, thence 09 m (3 ft) to the head of the
project.
(SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10]
East Approach to New York Harbor Directions
210
Paragraph 7.16 4 lines 3-5 Delete , passing To TSS
US Notice 30/12326/12
(SDD 2012000 144702) [32/12]
East Approach to New York Harbor
Directions; buoy
210
US Notice 29/12326/12
(SDD 2012000 140213) [31/12]
New York Harbor and adjacent waters
Entrance channels and Lower Bay Racons
216
A Light Buoy (4027N 7350W).
S Light Buoy (4027N 7355W).
US Light List Corrections Week 46/09
(SDD 2009000 164502) [10/10]
Kill Van Kull Depths
226
(35 ft)
(SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10]
South Brother Island Channel Depths
231
Paragraph 7.165 1 and 7.165 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 South Brother Island Channel, project depth
107 m (35 ft), leads from deep water E of North
Brother Island (4048N 7354W), and along the W
side of Rikers Island to a turning basin on the W side
of Bowery Bay. The channel is marked by buoys and
light buoys.
2 Vessel Mast Heights. Vessels using South Brother
Island Channel and the turning basin at its S end
should ballast...
(SDD 2009000 194556) [10/10]
Approaches to Boston Harbor
Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and Security
Zones; Deepwater Ports
252
165.117 Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety
and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports, First
Coast Guard District.
(a) Location.
(1) Regulated navigation areas. All waters within a
1000 meter radius of the geographical positions
set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are
designated as regulated navigation areas.
(2) Safety and security zones. All waters within a
500 meter radius of the geographic positions
set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are
designated as safety and security zones.
(3) Coordinates.
(i) The geographic coordinates forming the loci
for the regulated navigation areas, safety and
security zones for the Northeast Gateway
Deepwater Port are: 4223 38N. ,
0703531W.; and 422356N., 0703700W.
(NAD 83).
(ii) The geographic coordinates forming the loci
for the regulated navigation areas, safety and
security zones for the Neptune Deepwater
Port are: 4229123N., 07036297W.; and
4227205N., 07036073W.
(b) Definitions. As used in this section
Authorized representative means a Coast Guard
commissioned, warrant, or petty officer or a
Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer
assisting the Captain of the Port (COTP) Boston.
Deepwater port means any facility or structure
meeting the definition of deepwater port 33 CFR
148.5.
Dredge means fishing gear consisting of a mouth
frame attached to a holding bag constructed of
metal rings or mesh.
Support vessel means any vessel meeting the
definition of support vessel in 33 CFR 148.5.
Trap means a portable, enclosed device with one
or more gates or entrances and one or more
lines attached to surface floats used for fishing.
Also called a pot.
Index
NP68
2 - 160
(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels
operating in the regulated navigation areas set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section, except
(1) Those vessel s conducti ng cargo transfer
operations with the deepwater ports whose
coordinates are provided in paragraph (a)(3) of
this section.
(2) Support vessel s operati ng i n conj uncti on
therewith, and
(3) Coast Guard vessels or other law enforcement
vessels operated by or under the direction of an
authorized representative of the COTP Boston.
(d) Regulations.
(1) No vessel may anchor, engage in diving
operations, or commercial fishing using nets,
dredges, traps (pots), or use of remotely
operated vehicles (ROVs) in the regulated
navigation areas set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.
(2) In accordance with the general regulations in
165.23 and 165.33 of this part, entry into or
movement within the safety and security zones
designated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is
prohibited unless authorized by the COTP
Boston, or his/her authorized representative.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section,
tankers and support vessels, as defined in 33
CFR 148.5, operating in the vicinity of NEGDWP
are authorized to enter and move within such
zones in the normal course of their operations
following the requirements set forth in 33 CFR
150.340 and 150.345, respectively.
(4) All vessels operating within the safety and
security zones described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section must comply with the instructions of
the COTP or his/her authorized representative.
(HH 078/550/11) [39/10]
NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Delaware Wilmington Christina River
Depths
78
2 Above Lobdell Canal the project depth to the
Market Street bascule bridge, about 3 miles above the
entrance, is 64 m (21 ft) with a minimum channel
width of 60 m.
US Notice 34/12311/11
(SDD 2011000 150146) [51/11]
Chesapeake Bay Great Wicomico River
Directions; obstruction; dangerous wreck
134
US Chart 12235 New Edition
(SDD 2011000 179449) [51/11]
Potomac River Hallowing Point
Directions; beacon
144
E of Hallowing Point (383812N 770784W),
thence:
US Notice (OCS) 43/12289/11
(SDD 2011000 192820) [51/11]
Chesapeake Bay Choptank River
Directions; fish haven
150
Clear of a fish haven (383927N761697W) with a
minimum depth of 24 m (8 ft), thence:
US Notice 48/12266/11
(SDD 2011000 215357) [51/11]
Georgia St Marys Entrance Anchorages and
harbours; anchorage
236
One mile N of the entrance channel in depths of
about 128 to 140 m (42 to 46 ft), sand and
shingle.
US Coast Pilot 4/2010 Change 12
(SDD 2011000 144218) [51/11]
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2012 Edition)
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
Traffic separation schemes
5
(IMO SN.1/Circ.309) [46/12]
The following routeing measures will be implemented
at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2012
Index
NP69A
2 - 161
Mexico Bay of Campeche Routeing Changes
125
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 39 to
41 m in a charted area 9 miles SE of Cayo Arcas
Light.
Track. Charted IMO recommended two-way routes
should be followed.
126
2 Anchorages for tankers and vessels involved in oil
related activities are charted as follows:
Mid-position Depths
201450N 915250W 39 to 41 m.
194250N 915250W 49 to 59 m.
191750N 915350W 20 to 29 m.
191975N 922550W 50 to 100 m.
185525N 924650W 46 m.
3 An anchorage centred on 184700N 914750W is
established for vessels arriving at, or manoeuvring NE
of the port of Isla del Carmen, located NW of the sea
buoy.
4 An anchorage centred on 183400N 931300W is
established for vessels other than tankers, involved in
cargo exportation activities, arriving at or manoeuvring
NW to the port of Dos Bocas.
1 Description of routeing system. An
IMO-recommended routeing system exists in the area
of offshore oil and gas activity primarily for oil
exploration and production support vessels. Other
vessels are strongly recommended to avoid the
recommended system. The system comprises the
following:
(i) Five ATBAs containing the oil and gas fields,
Cayo Arcas terminal, Rebombeo Oilfield, May
Oilfield and Dos Bocas Oilfield.
(ii) Recommended tracks NNW, NW, WNW and W
in both directions from precautionary area A at
the approaches to Ciudad del Carmen.
(iii) Recommended tracks S of Cayo Arcas terminal.
(iv) Six precautionary areas (A, B, C, D, E, F) at the
junctions of the recommended tracks.
2 Areas to be avoided:
(i) Most of the associated platforms are in an ATBA
centred on 192500M 921000W.
(ii) ATBA centred on Cayo Arcas terminal.
(iii) ATBA centred on Rebombeo Oilfield.
(iv) ATBA centred on May Oilfield.
(v) ATBA centred on Dos Bocas terminal.
3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
wi thi n the charted restri cted areas except i n
designated anchorages (6.72).
127
1 From a position about 13 miles E of Cayo Arcas
(6.61) the route leads generally S for about 85 miles,
avoiding the restricted areas, to the Precautionary
Area 11 miles N of Punta Atalaya Light (183867N
915065W).
2 Useful Mark:
Punta Atalaya Light (white truncated conical
masonry tower, red cupola, 23 m in height)
(183867M 915065W).
BA chart 2626
(IMO SN.1/Circ.309) [46/12]
Mexico Gulf of Campeche Dos Bocas
Directions; light buoy; AIS
127
2 AIS:
Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (182774N
931283W).
129
2 AIS:
931283W).
131
2 AIS:
931283W).
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
(HH. 69A/200/02) [27/12]
United States of America Calcasieu Pass to
Southwest Pass Directions; light; AIS
192
2 AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (285436N
892572W).
Index
NP69A
2 - 162
196
2 AIS:
892572W).
209
2 AIS:
892572W).
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
(SDD 2012000 074965) [27/12]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1
(2011 Edition)
United States of America Straits of Florida
Miami Traffic Regulation; restricted area
130
For information on regulations covering danger
zones and restricted areas see Appendix VI.
287
334.605 Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard
Base Miami Beach, FL; restricted area.
(SDD 2012000 165951) [37/12]
NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2
(2012 Edition)
Nil
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (2010 Edition)
Radio Navigation Warnings
6
Radio navigational warnings and weather
messages
1.31
1 Navigational warnings and weather bulletins for
Barents Sea and Beloye More are issued by
NAVAREA/METAREA XX. They are broadcast in
English on the NAVTEX service by Murmansk and
Arkhangelsk Coast Radio Stations, and on the
SafetyNET service. The latter is currently on trial, and
enters full operational capability on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3(1)
and 5 and The Mariners Handbook for details.
Spare
1.32
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Barents Sea NE of Kolskiy Zaliv
submerged mooring buoys
67
Across Skolpen Bank (7050N 3600E) (1.86),
passing clear of two submerged mooring buoys
above a wreck, depth more than 20 m, in position
6954N 3511E, thence:
(SDD 2012000 015298) [06/12]
Barents Sea Otmel Pakhtusova
Drilling Platform
186
2 The drilling platform Prirazlomnaya situated in
position 691595N 571729E (2011) has a safety
zone of 3 miles radius centred on that position.
Vessels should not enter the safety zone of the
marine ice-stable platform without permission of the
operator of the platform.
(SDD 2011000 225619) [01/12]
Index
3 - 1
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL
PUBLICATIONS
PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
NP No Title Edition Supplement Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
100} The Mariners Handbook 9th (2009) 50/09
136 Ocean Passages for the World 5th (2004) 24/04
350(1) Admiralty Distance Tables Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12
350(2) Admiralty Distance Tables Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08
350(3) Admiralty Distance Tables Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09
735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System 7th (2012) 50/12
5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on Admiralty Paper Charts 5th (2011) 12/11
5012 Admiralty Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 1st (2012) 30/12
133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 3rd (2008) 46/12
231 Admiralty Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 1st (2012) 23/12
294 How to Keep your Admiralty Products Up-to-date 6th (2011)
201 Admiralty Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland
(including Eurpean Channel Ports) Volume 1
2012 & 2013
202 Admiralty Tide Tables Europe (excluding United Kingdom
and Ireland), Mediterranean Sea and Atlantic Ocean
Volume 2
2012 & 2013
203 Admiralty Tide Tables Indian Ocean and South China Sea
(including Tidal Stream Tables) Volume 3
2012 & 2013
204 Admiralty Tide Tables Pacific Ocean (including Tide Stream
Tables) Volume 4
2012 & 2013
120 Admiralty Manual of Tides 1941
122(1) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No.1 Harmonic Tidal Analysis for
Long Periods
1985
122(2) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No. 2 Datums for Hydrographic
surveys
1975
122(3) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No.3 Harmonic Tidal Analysis for
Short Periods
1986
160 Tidal Harmonic constants (European Waters) 5th (2010)
164 Dover, Times of High Water and mean ranges (published
annually)
2012 & 2013
209 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands 4th
218 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and
West Coast of Scotland
5th
219 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and
Approaches
2nd
220 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and
Approaches
2nd
221 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and
Approaches
2nd
222 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches 1st
233 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait 3rd
3 - 2
NP No Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
Supplement Edition Title
249 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary
(with Co-Tidal Charts)
2nd
250 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel 4th
251 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Portion 4th
252 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea North-Western Part 4th
253 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part 2nd
254 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to
Teignmouth
1st
255 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow,
including Isles of Scilly
1st
256 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea and Bristol Channel 4th
257 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland 3rd
258 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel
(Lundy to Avonmouth)
1st
259 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea, Eastern Part 1st
263 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay 1st
264 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and
Adjacent Coasts of France
5th
265 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast 2nd
337 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent
Waters
4th
214 Admiralty Co-Tidal Atlas Persian Gulf 2nd
215 Admiralty Co-Tidal Atlas South-East Asia 1st
303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars
Epoch 2015.0
28/12
303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0 - 40 Dec 0 - 29 2007
303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39 - 89,
Dec 0 - 29
2007
314 The Nautical Almanac 2013 13/12
321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2013 21/12
323 Star Finder and Identifier
GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2013 03/12
GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2014 12/11
DP330 NavPac and Compact Data 2011 - 2015
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.
4 - 1
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL
PUBLICATIONS
PART 4
INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2012 (Week 52/12)
NP Publication Page
100 The Mariners Handbook 4 - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136 Ocean Passages for the World 4 - 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201-12 Admiralty Tide Tables 4 - 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
294 How to Keep Your Admiralty Products Up-to-Date 4 - 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NP100
4 - 2
NP100 The Mariners Handbook
(2009 Edition)
ECDIS
39
...implications.
3 IMO Safety of Navigation Circular 266 (SN Circ266)
warns that ECDIS that is not updated for the latest
versions of IHO Standards may not meet the chart
carriage requirements set out in SOLAS regulation
V/19.2.1.4.
It also advises that any ECDIS which is not
upgraded to be compatible with the latest version of
the Product Specification or the S-52 Presentation
Library may be unable to correctly display the latest
charted features.
4 Additionally, in some cases, the appropriate alarms
and indications may not be activated even though the
features have been included in the ENC.
An up-to-date list of all the relevant IHO standards
relating to ECDIS equipment is maintained within the
About ENCs section of the IHO website: www.iho.int
Software anomalies and feedback from users
2.82a
1 Since 2010, warnings have been issued to alert
mariners to anomalies in the operation of some
ECDIS systems. To date, these have related to
display and alarm behaviour in particular system
configurations, in that equipment may not display
certain combinations of chart features and attributes
correctly, and on rare occasions may fail to display a
navigationally significant feature. This appears to be
caused by anomalous behaviour in some ECDIS
software, especially early versions.
2 The existence of such anomalies is not surprising
given that ECDIS is the first complex, safety-related
computer-based navigational system, and it is quite
possi bl e that further anomal i es remai n to be
discovered. In the first instance, mariners are
recommended to make appropriate checks with the
equi pment manufacturer. Thi s i s of parti cul ar
importance where ECDIS is the only source of chart
information available to the mariner.
3 As ECDIS is now in widespread use, and its
carriage about to become mandatory (2.84), it is
important that any anomalies identified by mariners
are reported to flag-state Administrations so that the
appropriate authorities can investigate them. Mariners
are therefore encouraged to make reports in sufficient
detail to permit analysis, and, when appropriate, to
issue alerts when such anomalies affect the safety of
navigation.
4 For UK-flagged vessels, MCA MIN 406 (M+F) has
requested that reports be made to the MCA by e-mail
to ECDISreport@mca.gov.uk with the following
information:
ECDIS: Manufacturer, model name/type, serial
number (if available), software version.
ENC: Issuer (eg UKHO), cell name (eg GB40282A),
edition number, and the latest update number
applied.
Date time group.
5 Description of anomaly, including location (in
lat/long or otherwise), and screen-shots (if
possible).
Details of system settings at the time of occurrence,
including display mode and display scale, ideally
shown as screen-shots.
Rectifying action (if any).
Additionally, for vessels irrespective of nationality, it
is requested that reports are copied to UKHO via the
Customer Servi ce Desk at
customerservices@ukho.gov.uk
6 Further information will be made available through
Notices to Mariners and within the UK element of the
README.TXT file included on ENC service media.
40
3 Particular issues. Mariners using ECDIS are
reminded not to rely solely on automated voyage
planning and monitoring checks and alarms. Some
ECDIS appear only to undertake route check functions
on larger scale ENCs and therefore alarms might not
activate. This may not be clearly indicated on the
ECDIS display. Mariners should always undertake
careful visual inspection of the entire planned route
using the other/all display mode to confirm that it,
and any deviations from it, is clear of dangers.
4 Some ECDIS may not display certain combinations
of chart features and attributes correctly and on rare
occasions may fail to display a navigationally
significant feature. This appears to be caused by
anomalous behaviour in some ECDIS software,
especially early versions. It is recommended that
appropriate checks are made with the equipment
manufacturer. This is of particular importance where
ECDIS is the only source of chart information
available to the mariner.
5 Further information will be made available through
Notices to Mariners and within the UK element of the
README.TXT file included on ENC service media.
UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 51/11
Navigational Warnings Different types
60
Paragraph 4.6 5 lines 4-6 Delete Navigational to local
warnings.
UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 10/10
NP100
4 - 3
NAVAREAS/METAREAS
60 - 62
1 For the purposes of WWNWS, the world is divided
into 21 geographical sea areas, termed NAVAREAs,
each identified by the roman numerals I - XXI, and
one sub-area (the Baltic Sea). The authority charged
with coordinating and promulgating long range
navigational warnings within a NAVAREA is called the
NAVAREA (or Sub-Area) Coordi nator. The
Coordinators are listed in Admiralty List of Radio
Si gnal s Vol umes 3 and 5 and are shown i n
diagram 4.7.
2 The service in NAVAREAs XVII - XXI is currently
on trial and is expected to become fully operational in
2011.
61
Diagram 4.7 Caption line 3 Replace by:
The service in NAVAREAS XVII - XXI is currently
on trial and is expected to become fully
operational in 2011
63
...almost identical to the 21 NAVAREAs (4.7) within
the Worl d-Wi de Navi gati onal Warni ng Servi ce
(WWNWS). The service in METAREAs XVII - XXI is
currently on trial and is expected to become fully
operational in 2011. Each...
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000
092655) 41/10
PAGE 65, Chapter 4, Section III Reprints of
Navigational Warnings 4.33
Paragraph 4.33 1 Including existing section VII Notice
2 This section lists the serial numbers of all
NAVAREA I messages in force with reprints of those
issued during the week. The full text of all NAVAREA
I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1,
13, 26 and 39 each year.
UKHO 39/12
PAGE 66, Chapter 4, Summary of periodical
information 4.40
Paragraph 4.40 1 including table Replace by:
2 Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners
and Notices issued at regular intervals provide details
of messages, updates and amendments in force.
The table shows where this information can be
found:
Weekly NM
Section
Subject Recapitulation
list details
IA Temporary and
Preliminary
Notices to
Mariners
Serial numbers of
T&P NMs in force
published monthly.
Full text published in
Annual Summary
Part 1 (NP247(1))
each year.
IB Current
Nautical
Publications
Current edition dates
published every
3 months.
II Updates to
Standard
Nautical Charts
Cumulative List of
Admiralty NMs
published in Wk 1
(NP234(A)) and
Wk 26 (NP234(B))
each year.
III NAVAREA I
warnings
Serial numbers of
warnings in force
published weekly.
Full text published
every 3 months in
Wks 1, 13, 26 & 39
each year.
IV Updates to
Admralty
Sailing
Directions
Serial numbers of
updates published
every 3 months.
Annual Summary
Part 2 (NP247(2))
each year.
VI Updates to
Admiralty List
of Radio
Signals
Serial numbers of
updates published
every 3 months.
VII Updates to
Mariners
Handbook
(NP100)
Serial numbers of
updates published
every 3 months.
Annual Summary
Part 2 (NP247(2))
each year
UKHO 39/12
MARPOL 73/78 Special Areas
209
Existing Section IV Week 41/10 Paragraph 10.7 Table
Column 1 The Wider Caribbean Region Replace by:
The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined in article
2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for the Protection
and Development of the Marine Environment of the
Wider Caribbean Region (Cartagena de Indias, 1983),
means the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea proper
including the bays and seas therein and that portion
of the Atlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted
by the 30N parallel from Florida eastward to 7730W
meridian, thence a rhumb line to the intersection of
20N parallel and 59W meridian, thence a rhumb line
to the intersection of 720N parallel and 50W
meridian, thence a rhumb line drawn south-westerly to
the eastern boundary of French Guiana.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h; Roman Dumala (SDD
2010000 151016, 200597) 50/10
NP100
4 - 4
MARPOL - Environmental Control Areas (ECAs) North American and US Caribbean Areas
209
After Paragraph 10.7 Table row 14 Insert:
The North American Environmental Control Area (ECA) includes waters adjacent to the Pacific coast,
the Atlantic/Gulf coast and the eight main Hawaiian islands (Hawaii, Maui, Oahu, Molokai, Niihau, Kauai,
Lanai and Kahoolawe). It extends up to 200 miles from the coasts of the United States of America, Canada
and the French territory of Saint-Pierre et Miquelon, except that it does not extend into marine areas subject
to the sovereignty or jurisdiction of other States. The precise coordinates of the ECA are given in IMO
document MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010.
VI
The United States Caribbean ECA includes the sea area located off the Atlantic and Caribbean coasts of
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands. The precise coordinates of the ECA
are given in IMO document MEPC 62/6/2 dated 17 November 2010.
VI
Paragraph 10.7 Table Note Replace by:
Notes.
1. * The Special Area requirements for these areas have not yet taken effect because of a lack of notifications from
MARPOL. Parties whose coastlines border the relevant Special Areas on the existence of adequate reception
facilities (Regulations 38.6 of MARPOL Annex I and 5(4) of MARPOL Annex V).
2. The North American ECA came into force on 1 August 2011 and will become effective from 1 August 2012.
3. The US Caribbean ECA comes into force on 1 January 2013 and will become effective from 1 January 2014.
211
The Baltic Sea, North Sea, North American waters
and US Caribbean waters as defined in the table at
10.7 are designated as SOx Emission Control Areas
in the Protocol. North American and US Caribbean
waters will also enforce restrictions on the emissions
of NOx and Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) on
becoming effective on 1 August 2012 and 1 January
2014 respectively.
IMO MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010; IMO MEPC 62/6/2
dated 17 November 2010 (HH. 073/200/6) 08/12
MARPOL 73/78 Annex II Categorisation of
Noxious Liquid Substances
210
Category X. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if
discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
major hazard to either marine resources or human
health and, therefore, justify the prohibition of the
discharge into the marine environment.
3 Category Y. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if
hazard to either marine resources or human health or
cause harm to amenities or other legitimate uses of
the sea and therefore justify a limitation on the quality
and quantity of the discharge into the marine
environment.
4 Category Z. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if
minor hazard to either marine resources or human
health and therefore justify less stringent restrictions
on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the
marine environment.
5 Other Substances. Substances which have been
evaluated and found to fall outside Category X, Y or Z
because they are considered to present no harm to
marine resources, human health, amenities or other
legitimate uses of the sea when discharged into the
sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations. The
discharge of bilge or ballast water or other residues or
mixtures containing these substances are not subject
to any requirements of MARPOL Annex II.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex II as amended; MT Magda
(HH. 073/200/06) 03/10
NP100
4 - 5
Loran-C Discontinuation of US and
Canadian signals
220
Note. The transmission of the US Loran-C signal
ceased with effect from 8 February 2010 and is
permanently discontinued. This does not affect US
participation in the Russian-American or Canadian
chains. It has also been announced that the Canadian
signal is to be discontinued from 1 October 2010. This
should be considered when using volumes of Sailing
Directions which cover the withdrawn chains.
Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 5-7 Delete However, on USCharts
to this effect is shown.
NAVAREA IV 40/10 (SDD 2010000 013752) 07/10
NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS)
Gaps in coverage
224
Persian Gulf (Bahrain) - Approaches to
Mn' Salmn.
HMS Pembroke (SDD 2010000 020481) 08/10
IALA Maritime Buoyage System
Lateral Marks Region B
Preferred channels
characteristics of buoys
315
Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED
CHANNELS After...a preferred channel is indicated by:
Left Column Replace by:
Preferred channel to starboard
Colour: Green with one broad red band.
Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.
Topmark (when fitted): Single green can.
Retroflector: Green band or triangle.
Right Column Replace by:
Preferred channel to port
Colour: Red with one broad green band.
Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.
Topmark (when fitted): Single red cone point
upward.
Retroflector: Red band or square.
UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 07/10
IALA Maritime Buoyage System Lateral Marks
Region B Preferred channels
characteristics of buoys
315
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Diagram C.16.2
Lateral Marks - Region BPREFERREDCHANNELSLeft
column Preferred channel to starboard line 2 Replace by:
Shape: Can, pillar or spar.
UKHO; MY Queen K (HH. 073/200/06) 10/10
NP136 Ocean Passages for the World
(2004 Edition)
Singapore Hong Kong Routes
Low-powered vessels; distance
168
UKHO (HH. 074/200/01) 26/04
NP201-12 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2012 Edition)
Page xxxix, Table III, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Ordnance Datum in the United Kingdom
Replace the below data:
322 St. Kilda -4.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
322 St. Kilda -0.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.5 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.13
with:
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.13
UKHO 46/12
Page xxxix, Table III, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Ordnance Datum in the United Kingdom
322 St. Kilda -4.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
322 St. Kilda -0.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
( )
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.5 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
NP201-13
4 - 6
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 290 09 +0015+0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.12
with:
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 290 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.12
UKHO 46/12
177 Burton Stather 5339 0 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.1 -2.3 -2.3 +0.9 1.88 c
177a Flixborough Wharf 5337 0 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.3 -2.6 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c
178 Keadby 5336 0 44 +0135 +0120 +0425 +0410 -2.5 -2.8 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c
with:
177 Burton Stather 53 390 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.0 -2.7 -2.2 -1.1 1.88 c
177a Flixborough Wharf 53 370 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.1 -2.8 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c
178 Keadby 53 360 44 +0130 +0115 +0320 +0235 -2.8 -3.3 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c
UKHO 46/12
Page xxxvi, Table IV, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Land Levelling System in countries outside of the
United Kingdom
1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.19 TAW . . . . . . . . . .
1564 Oostende -0.39 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1565 Nieuwpoort -0.51 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.23 TAW . . . . . . . . . .
1564 Oostende -0.50 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1565 Nieuwpoort -0.65 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
NP294 HOW TO KEEP YOUR ADMIRALTY PRODUCTS UP-TO-DATE (Sixth Edition 2011)
Page 15, Chapter 2, Section III Reprints of Radio Navigational Warnings
Delete and Replace by:
UKHO 39/12
Section III Reprints of NAVAREA I Navigational Warnings
See the note at the start of Section III of the Weekly Edition. Information included in this Section is:
a list of the numbers of all NAVAREA I warnings in force;
a table of all NAVAREA I warnings issued since the last Weekly Edition, with the full text of
those that were in force at the time the table was compiled.
the full text of all NAVAREA I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1, 13, 26
and 39 each year.
It is recommended that in force warnings should be plotted on in-use charts in pencil and kept in a
file or logbook.
More details on the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service can be found in the Mariner's
Handbook (NP100) and the Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 & 5 (NP283(1), NP283(2) &
NP285)
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
177 Burton Stather 53 39 0 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.1 -2.3 -2.3 +0.9 1.88 c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177a Flixborough Wharf 53 37 0 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.3 -2.6 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
178 Keadby 53 36 0 44 +0135 +0120 +0425 +0410 -2.5 -2.8 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
177 Burton Stather 53 39 0 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.0 -2.7 -2.2 -1.1 1.88 c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177a Flixborough Wharf 53 37 0 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.1 -2.8 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
178 Keadby 53 36 0 44 +0130 +0115 +0320 +0235 -2.8 -3.3 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
Page xxxvi, Table IV, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Land Levelling System in countries outside of the
United Kingdom
1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.19 TAW . . . . . . . . . .
1564 Oostende -0.39 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1565 Nieuwpoort -0.51 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with:
1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.23 TAW . . . . . . . . . .
1564 Oostende -0.50 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1565 Nieuwpoort -0.65 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UKHO 46/12
NP294
4 - 7
PAGE 15, Chapter 2, Information available from Weekly Edition of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, before
Hydrographic Note.
Insert:
Section VII Amendments to Miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical
Publications
Amendments to selected miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications are given in Section VII
(see Section I of Weekly Bulletin for list of Publications).
UKHO 23/12
PAGE 21, Chapter 4, Equipment Tools, lines 1 to 6, It is recommended ...to... for this purpose.
Delete and replace by:
UKHO 35/12
PAGE 22, Chapter 4, Equipment Publications, Paragraph 14.
Delete and replace by:
UKHO 23/12
Section VII Amendments to Miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications
Amendments to selected miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications are given in Section VII (see
Section I of Weekly Bulletin for list of Publications).
It is recommended that you have the proper tools before you begin to update your charts.
1. Pens You need two pens with different sizes of nib - use a 0.18mm nib to insert
information and a 0.25mm nib to delete.
14. NP5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on Admiralty Charts is based on
the Chart Specifications of the International Hydrographic Organization
(IHO) adopted in 1982, with later additions and updates. The layout and
numbering accords with the official IHO version of INT 1. It explains every
symbol used on Admiralty Charts and should be used as a guide during
the chart updating process. It is updated by NM in Section VII of the
Weekly Admiralty Notices to Mariners when necessary.
4 - 8
ANNEX A (NP41) (See Page 2 - 101)
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
J F M A M J J A S O N D
Mean annual maximum = 22C
Mean annual minimum = -13C
Period maximum = 26C
Period minimum = -18C
Mean monthly maximum
Mean daily maximum
Mean daily minimum
Mean monthly minimum
Mean maximum and minimum
temperatures (C)
14 yr period
996
1000
1004
1008
1012
1016
1020
1024
1028
1032
MSL pressure (hPa)
Annual mean 1009 hPa
14 yr period
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cloud cover (oktas)
Annual
1100 local mean = 6
1700 local mean = 6
1100 local
1700 local
14 yr period
0
2
4
6
8
10
Days with gales
31 days per year
14 yr period
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
Days with thunder
1 day per year
14 yr period
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Mean precipitation (mm)
1815 mm per year
11 yr period
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Mean precipitation days
(> 0.1mm)
205 days per year
11 yr period
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Days with fog
42 days per year
14 yr period
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Relative humidity (%)
Annual
1100 local mean = 75
1700 local mean = 76
1100 local
1700 local
14 yr period
WMO No 32215 SEVERO-KURILSK
SEVERO-KURILSK
5041'N 15608'E. Height above MSL - 23 m Climate Information for period 1995 - 2008
January
February March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Station Wind Distribution - 1100 local
Station Wind Distribution - 1700 local
Wind flow is towards the circle. The figure
in the circle gives the percentage of calms.
The frequency of wind is given by scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50% 4
Beaufort force is indicated by:
6
8 8 7
6
6
68 68
52 7
9 69
63
1.181
4 - 9
4 - 10
ANNEX B (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 120)
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
1 1 0
Meridian of 0 Greenwich
62 62
61 61
60 60
59 59
58 58
57 57
56 56
55 55
54 54
53 53
52 52
NP57A
NORWAY PILOT
VOL 2A
NP57B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL 2B
NP56
NORWAY PILOT
VOL l
S
K
A
G
E
R
R
A
K
NP55
NORTH SEA (EAST)
PILOT
D
ie

E
l
e
b
R Thames
NP54
NORTH SEA (WEST)
PILOT
N O R T H S E A
M
o
r
a
y

F
irth
Shet l and
I s l ands
NP52
NORTH COAST
OF
SCOTLAND
PILOT
Firth of Forth
2305
288
2291 299
295
219
1942
115
1954
1239
1409
294
1119
292
275 1402
281
286
2672
1422
291
278
2182C
2182D
2182C
2182B
2
1
8
2
A
2182B
2182A
274
273
268
1423
267
266
1407
1192
1191
272
1187
1190
1503
1632
1633
1635
3767
1630
1631
1406
1408
1233
1234
2674
2673
2
6
7
4
2
8
0
4
1
1
1
6
1
0
xvii
Block A for NP57A
4 - 11
4 - 12
ANNEX C (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 120)
62 62
61 61
60 60
59 59
58 58
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
Longitude 6 East from Greenwich
7 8
8
9
9
13
13
NP57B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL 2B
Svinya
Stadlandet
Sildegapet
Vgsy
Bremanger
Mly
F
lo
r
Sunnmrsfjordens
Nordfjord
Ytteryane
12
11
11
12
Stavfjorden
Buefjorden
Utvr
S
o
g
n
e
s
j
e
n
M
o
n
g
s
t
a
d
Fenfsjorden
Sognef j or den
rdalstangen
10
10
9
Stora
Sotra
Selbjrnsfjorden
Bergen
Srfjorden
Odda
8
8
7
7
6
6
5
4
4
Bmlafjorden
Utsira
Karmy
S
u
k
e
d
n
e
s
fjo
r
d
e
n
Sauda

Egersund

Lind
e
s
n
e
s
NP56
NORWAY PILOT
VOL 1
Norway Pilot Vol 2A
NP 57A
Haugesund
Korsfjorden
H
a
r
d
a
n
g
e
r
f
j
o
r
d
e
n
Stavanger
2305
2673
288
2
2
9
1
2291
2673
2672
2
6
7
2
281
288
286
286
299
2674
2
6
7
4

275
2
8
0
4
1
1
Chapter Index Diagram
xviii Block B for NP57A
4 - 13
4 - 14
ANNEX D (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 122)
Bergen Plan B (9.202 - 9.206)
N
Breiviken
Nyhavn
Hegreneset
Elsero
Sandviken
Skutevik
Vgen
Skuteviken
Mseskjret
B y f j o r d e n
8
9
;
<
=
>
?
@
KEY
The circled numbers relate to the same
symbols inserted in the adjacent text.
NP57A
4 - 15
4 - 16
ANNEX E (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 124)
Mly
Mlyna
Ivahavet
Kletten
Mlystraumen
Sildoljefabrikk
Morteneset
Fureneset
Trolleb Industriomrde
Sterneset
Brulykter
N
Goteberghammaren
Seljehammaren
Leistholmen
Ul vesundet
Vgsf j or den
1
2
3
KEY
symbols inserted in the adjacent text.
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
12
NP57A
Mly (13.272a)
See Plan of Mlystraumen
4 - 17
4 - 18
ANNEX F (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 124)
Mlyna
Kulen
Brulykter
N
W
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
L
e
a
d
i
n
g

L
i
n
e

0
1
0
L
e
a
d
i
n
g

L
i
n
e

1
9
0
Mlysundet West passage South West

Mlysundet East passage No1
Mlysundet East passage No2
Mlysundet West passage North West
Mlysundet West passage North East
Mlysundet East passage North West
Mlysundet East passage North East
Mlysundet West passage West
Mlysundet West passage No2
Mlysundet West passage No1
Mlysundet East passage South West
Mlysundet East passage South East
Mlystraumen (13.272b)
NP57A
4 - 19
4 - 20
ANNEX G (NP58A) (See Page 2 - 130)
N
Key
symbols inserted in the adjacent text
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Kvalneset
F
e
rry
Tjuvneset
Kr Fagertun
Olsen/Michaelson
Municipal quay
Shipyard
R
s
s
n
e
s
v
g
e
n
M Michaelson
Concrete
quay
R
R
R
R
W
W
W
W
G
G
G
G
3
2
0
2
5
To accompany Section IV Notice for NP58A 7th Edition

Srlandsvgen (10.73)
4 - 21
4 - 22
Kirkenes
Poluostrov
Rybachiy
Srya
Hammerfest
Senja
Narvik
Andenes
Ldingen
Troms
Honningsvg
Nordkapp
Norway Pilot Vol IIIB
NP 58B
Baseline
Territorial limit
Areas exempted from compulsory
pilotage
N O R W A Y
S W E D E N
F I N L A N D
R U S S I A
NP 58B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIIB
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline
and areas exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.38)
4
-
2
3
ANNEX H (NP58B) (See Page 2 - 132)

Amends To SDs 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amends To SDs 2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Amends To SDs 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS -

Mlysundet West passage South West

To accompany Section IV Notice for NP58A 7th Edition

You might also like

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.